NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORP
10-K405, 1997-07-14
TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS
Previous: TECHNOLOGY FUNDING VENTURE PARTNERS IV, PRE 14A, 1997-07-14
Next: WILDER RICHMAN HISTORIC PROPERTIES II LP, 10-Q, 1997-07-14



<PAGE>
 
                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 10-K

              ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                    For the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997

                         Commission file number 1-13316

                         Newbridge Networks Corporation
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


          Canada                                       98-0077506
(State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
of incorporation or organization) 

600 March Road, Kanata, Ontario, Canada                K2K 2E6
(Address of principal executive offices)              (Zip Code)


Registrant's telephone number, including area code:            (613)  591-3600

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


     Common Shares, no par value                New York Stock Exchange
          (Title of class)           (Name of each exchange on which registered)

  The common shares are also listed on The Toronto Stock Exchange in Canada.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:       None


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.
                                    Yes       X                No
                                            -----                  -----

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. [ X ]

At June 12, 1997 the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by
non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately Cdn$7,177,000,000. The number
of common shares of the registrant outstanding as at June 12, 1997 was
172,825,492.


                         Exhibit index begins on Page 66

                                 Page 1 of 193
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXCHANGE RATES

Financial information herein is expressed in Canadian dollars ($ or Cdn$),
unless expressly stated in United States dollars (US$) or otherwise. The Company
maintains its financial data in Canadian dollars. The high and low exchange
rates (the highest and lowest rates at which Canadian dollars were sold), the
average exchange rate (the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each
month during the period), and the period end exchange rate of the Canadian
dollar in exchange for United States dollars in each of the five 12 month
periods ended April 30, 1997, as calculated from the exchange rates reported by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, are set forth below.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                        12 Month Period Ended April 30,
                      ------------------------------------------------------

                          1997       1996       1995       1994        1993
                          ----       ----       ----       ----        ----
<S>                  <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>          <C> 
High                  US$0.7513  US$0.7527  US$0.7457  US$0.7933   US$0.8453
Low                      0.7145     0.7224     0.7023     0.7166      0.7761
Average                  0.7319     0.7345     0.7248     0.7536      0.8067
Period End               0.7158     0.7345     0.7355     0.7237      0.7873
</TABLE> 

On June 12, 1997, the noon buying rate in New York City for the Canadian dollar
as reported by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York was US$1.00 = Cdn$1.3825
(equivalent to US$0.7233 = Cdn$1.00).


                           -------------------------

The following trademarks are mentioned in this Report on Form 10-K: 
Newbridge(R), MainStreetXpress(TM), VIVID(R) and MainStreet(R) which are
trademarks of Newbridge Networks Corporation; and ACC(R), which is a trademark
of Advanced Computer Communications.

                                    Page 2 
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                                        Page
                                                                                                        ----
PART  I
   <S>                                                                                                <C> 
     Item 1.   Business
                 General................................................................................. 4
                 Networking Industry..................................................................... 4
                 Business Strategy....................................................................... 5
                 Products................................................................................ 6
                 Research and Product Development........................................................ 8
                 Sales, Marketing and Distribution....................................................... 8
                 Customer Service and Support............................................................ 9
                 Manufacturing........................................................................... 9
                 Competition.............................................................................10
                 Government Regulation...................................................................10
                 Proprietary Rights......................................................................11
                 Employees...............................................................................11
     Item 2.   Properties................................................................................11
     Item 3.   Legal Proceedings.........................................................................12
     Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.......................................12

PART  II

     Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity
                 and Related Stockholder Matters
                 Common Share Price Range and Dividends..................................................13
                 Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information..............................14
                 Certain Tax Considerations..............................................................17

     Item 6.   Selected Financial Data...................................................................18
     Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of
                 Financial Condition and Results of Operations...........................................20
     Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...............................................28
     Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants
                 on Accounting and Financial Disclosure..................................................54

PART  III

     Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant........................................55
     Item 11.  Executive Compensation....................................................................57
     Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
                 and Management..........................................................................57
     Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions............................................59

PART  IV

     Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules,
                 and Reports on Form 8-K.................................................................60

SIGNATURES...............................................................................................63
</TABLE> 

                                     Page 3
<PAGE>
 
                                     PART I

Item 1.  BUSINESS


GENERAL

Newbridge Networks Corporation (the "Company" or "Newbridge") is a world leader
in designing, manufacturing, marketing and servicing a comprehensive
desktop-to-desktop family of networking products and systems that enables
customers in more than 100 countries to access the power of multimedia
communications. The Company was incorporated in June 1986 in Ontario under the
Canada Business Corporations Act.

NETWORKING INDUSTRY

The networking industry encompasses a broad array of communications services and
equipment. An increasing variety and volume of communications in the form of
voice, data, text, electronic mail, graphics, video, imaging, facsimile,
videoconferencing, online transaction processing and others are transmitted
across communications networks.

Networks are experiencing robust growth, driven by the demand for networking
solutions from both consumers and corporations. Information networks are
becoming essential to companies in the emerging global, networked economy, as
more and more companies are networked together and electronic commerce enhances
and even supplants traditional business transactions. Computer networks have
become the electronic matrix through which vital business information flows, as
large and small organizations alike seek to communicate more rapidly and
efficiently with their key stakeholder groups, including branch offices, field
force, telecommuters, customers and suppliers.

In addition, the number of households throughout the world connected to the
Internet is projected to increase from around 20 million in 1996 to more than 60
million by the year 2000 (source: Forrester Research). For corporations, the
demand for equipment to create intranets, a term used increasingly to describe
enterprise networks, continues to increase at a compound annual growth rate of
more than 30% (source: Forrester Research).

The key driver for growth in network capacity starts with the desktop computer
where processing power continues to increase dramatically. At the same time,
software suppliers leverage this growing computing power by creating
increasingly power-intensive software applications. This constant upgrade of the
power of the desktop computer pressures network managers to expand the size and
traffic-handling capacity of their networks. In addition, companies are
increasingly reliant on networked computers.

The enterprise network in today's global economy is much more geographically
dispersed than in the past. As well, it is faced with an increasing number of
users demanding higher quality of service. Companies have discovered that
software applications in a client/server environment require larger amounts of
switching and transmission capacity, or bandwidth, which is increasingly
stretched in traditional local area networks (LANs).

In addition, the advent and growth of bandwidth-intensive multimedia
applications have subjected networks to greater quality-of-service (QoS) and
capacity pressures. Multimedia is defined as the combination of multiple media
forms for conveying information. While formats vary and will continue to evolve,
they usually involve elements such as voice, text, image, video, audio and
animation. Combinations of these media provide powerful communications tools,
but they are not tolerant of the quality impairing delays associated with the
"store-and-forward" nature of router-based networks.

                                     Page 4
<PAGE>
 
The term "local area network" is becoming an anachronism as the majority of
network traffic today moves off the LAN on which it originated. In most cases
the network traffic traverses some form of local and/or long distance telephone
company's (carrier) network thus extending the bandwidth pressure to the wide
area network (WAN).

To meet the growing customer demand for network resources, carriers have
deployed new technologies, as they have become available, in a myriad of special
services networks. The networking equipment for special services networks
typically resides as part of the carrier switching and transmission
infrastructure, but separate from the voice-oriented equipment of the public
switched telephone network (PSTN).

Carriers also face a significant second challenge stemming from deregulation and
increased competition. Internet service providers, competitive access providers
and cable television operators have entered the market and provide both indirect
competition through the offering of new services and direct competition through
the offering of lower cost traditional services. This competitive challenge
requires them to reduce costs and optimize network resources while the challenge
of growing demand for new communications services requires carriers to invest in
new infrastructures.

In order to reconcile these conflicting needs, carriers are migrating the
disparate array of networks and services offered from these networks onto a
single, unifying, flexible infrastructure. The scalability and flexibility of
asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) switching technology make it well suited for
multiple traffic types, or services, enabling carriers to launch new higher
margin value-added services. At the same time carriers can lower their up-front
and operating costs and improve the manageability of their overall network
infrastructure by consolidating their present networks onto one ATM-based
network.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

The Company's business strategy is to provide comprehensive fully managed
end-to-end networking solutions to carriers and corporate customers based on a
broad product family which cost effectively addresses their current and future
communications requirements.

Newbridge products are designed in accordance with a common, flexible,
architecture to provide customers with a seamless migration and integration path
across the product family. The full product family is modular for flexibility
and highly scalable to meet evolving customer requirements. Products are
software controlled and remotely manageable for customer ease of use and
efficiency. All Newbridge products are designed to comply with industry
standards throughout the world in order to deliver optimal interoperability and
performance in multiprotocol, multivendor networks.

The markets for Newbridge products are characterized by rapid technological
change. To maintain its leadership position in advanced networking technologies,
Newbridge is committed to research and development. The Company conducts the
majority of its research and development in a lower cost environment compared
with many competitors.

Because of the Company's focus on and commitment to research and development,
coupled with the cost advantages, Newbridge's strategy has been oriented towards
in-house product development. This is in contrast with some other networking
vendors who devote proportionately fewer resources to research and development
and who have more often taken the approach of obtaining technology and products
through acquisitions of other companies. Newbridge believes that its strategy
results in a more cohesive product solution set for delivering seamless
end-to-end networking solutions.

                                     Page 5
<PAGE>
 
For example, common ATM hardware and software development undertaken by the
Company is shared by the VIVID switched routing system for the enterprise
networking market and the MainStreetXpress product line for the wide area
network space. This approach results in lower overall development costs and
allows Newbridge to leverage product functionality developed for one market to
products addressing other markets.

The Company's architectural approach for ATM networks is directed towards
providing solutions to issues facing both carriers and corporate network
managers. For carriers, the Company' product strategy emphasizes robustness and
scalability in the core of the carrier network, versatility and high scalability
at the edge, and a fully-featured, low cost access solution from the customer
premise. This approach enables carriers to reduce infrastructure costs and
differentiate service offerings by provisioning multiple services on a single
network.

The enterprise networking solution, VIVID, is designed to integrate networking
capabilities for video, voice, image and data based on Multi Protocol Over ATM
(MPOA), the only industry standard for switched routing. The VIVID architecture
addresses issues inherent in today's traditional router-based networks with by
optimally handling delay-sensitive multimedia traffic with QoS. VIVID can
deliver significant performance improvements addressing capacity constraints
created by growing demands for connectivity and the changing nature of network
traffic towards bandwidth-intensive multimedia applications.

The Company extends its business strategy through various alliances and strong
relations with affiliated companies. In March 1996 Newbridge and Siemens formed
an alliance to address emerging ATM implementations for carriers. The alliance
incorporates collaborative research and development activities, common branding
under the MainStreetXpress name and joint sales and marketing efforts. Newbridge
maintains other strategic alliances and also works with a family of affiliated
companies. The affiliated companies, in which Newbridge owns an equity stake,
generally address markets within the networking industry which are complementary
to the Newbridge product offering.

PRODUCTS

Newbridge has developed a broad family of digital narrowband and broadband
networking products that are effective in carrier, corporate and hybrid
networks. These products operate under a center-weighted network management
system, which is advantageous for scalable networks, and offer software
controlled end-to-end connectivity. Newbridge products employ a common
architecture that allows time division multiplexing (TDM), X.25, frame relay,
ATM and LAN internetworking to coexist within the same network and provides a
migration path from narrowband to broadband networks.

TDM products from Newbridge, such as the 3600 and 3645 MainStreet Bandwidth
Managers, are leading platforms for private line services throughout the world
because of their wide range of voice and data interfaces, adherence to the range
of domestic and international standards, quality and reliability, end-to-end
network manageability, and flexibility for seamless expansion and migration as
networks grow and applications evolve.

Based on the 3600 MainStreet Bandwidth Manager, the 36120 MainStreet can be used
to deploy frame relay or X.25 networks over a TDM circuit switched network
infrastructure. Network bandwidth can be flexibly divided between frame relay
and circuit switching applications. With just one network architecture handling
circuit and packet switching, network design tasks are simplified and network
efficiency is enhanced. The 36120 MainStreet frame relay switch interworks with
the Company's ATM systems so end-to-end network conversion is not required to
take advantage of the benefits of a high capacity ATM-based core network.

                                     Page 6
<PAGE>
 
The Newbridge family of ATM products represents a broad and flexible array of
end-to-end managed networking solutions. The Newbridge ATM product family
includes high performance enterprise, access, edge and core switches for
corporate and wide area networks. Network operators can build consolidated
networks that deliver services for a variety of applications managed by a single
network management system. This approach enables operators to reduce
infrastructure costs and differentiate service offerings by provisioning
multiple services on a single network.

The MainStreetXpress 36170 Multiservices Switch is a high capacity platform,
designed to scale from 800 Mbit/s (millions of bits per second) to 51.2 Gbit/s
(billions of bits per second). It supports multiple services, including native
cell relay, frame relay, circuit emulation for private line services, LAN
connectivity, internetworking and wireless broadband. The modular architecture
of the MainStreetXpress 36170 switch enables network operators to expand from a
single-shelf system to a large multi-shelf system in an as-needed fashion. The
high port density of the system translates into competitive per-port pricing.

The Company's MainStreetXpress product line also includes the MainStreetXpress
36150 Access Switch, which provides a wide variety of service and transmission
interfaces, and the MainStreetXpress 36190 Core Services Switch, a high
performance ATM backbone or core switch, designed to scale beyond one Terabit (a
trillion bits) per second.

The VIVID switched routing system is an internetworking solution that optimally
supports high bandwidth, delay-sensitive applications such as desktop
videoconferencing, distance learning and collaborative work sessions, while
integrating seamlessly with existing LANs. VIVID uses MPOA switching technology
to combine the performance and simplicity of switching with routing
functionality. The VIVID system also includes a variety of integrated products
for LAN switching and distribution to the desktop, generally acquired as part of
the Company's purchase of Ungermann-Bass Networks, Inc. ("UB Networks") in
fiscal 1997.

Newbridge also addresses the access market segment with products which allow
carriers to deploy multiple services and permit access to those services for
customers with multiple applications. These products include a variety of
primary rate WAN access devices, as well as narrowband WAN access devices for
connecting remote and small sites. In addition, the MainStreet Data Termination
Units extend the network beyond the multiplexer to the end point of both circuit
and packet switched connections. Through its subsidiary ACC, the Company has
also developed a range of bridge/routers for enterprise-wide remote access.

In May 1997 Newbridge and its subsidiary ACC jointly announced the Tigris remote
access concentrator to address a new high growth segment of the networking
market. Tigris was designed as an integrated access platform to deliver Internet
access over both dial-in (modem and ISDN) and dedicated (frame relay, SMDS,
X.25, private line) services.

Newbridge complements products providing connectivity with an extensive suite of
network and service management software products ranging from configuration and
alarm monitoring to interfaces to umbrella management systems and customer
service management systems. The MainStreetXpress 46020 Network Manager provides
unified management of Newbridge, Siemens and third-party LANs and WANs across
multiple technologies, including circuit switching, packet switching, LAN
internetworking and ATM. It features a rich, object-oriented user interface for
efficient user navigation, and a scalable client/server architecture to provide
simultaneous access for up to 128 operators and cost-effective management for
networks containing up to 5,000 nodes and 100,000 network paths.

Sales of networking products and related services accounted for 100% of the
Company's sales in fiscal 1997 and 99% of the Company's sales in fiscal 1996 and
fiscal 1995.

                                     Page 7
<PAGE>
 
RESEARCH AND PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

The Company's research and product development activities apply the latest
technologies to the development of advanced functionality in networking hardware
and software. In its product development strategy, Newbridge employs an
"evergreen" approach in which new products and features are designed to
accommodate the architecture of existing products. This approach protects
customers' investment in their installed base of networking equipment.

In addition to the ongoing evolution of product functionality, a significant
portion of the research and development effort is directed towards the
development of new products for new applications and markets. Major initiatives
include development efforts on new networking products, features and interfaces
for ATM platforms in carrier, carrier access and enterprise network applications
and network and service management software. In addition to the Company's
internal research and product development, the Newbridge development strategy
includes relationships with affiliated companies developing technology
complementary to Newbridge, strategic partnering, such as joint research and
development programs with Siemens, and acquisitions.

Research and development project schedules for high technology products are
inherently difficult to predict, and there can be no assurance that the Company
will achieve its expected initial shipment dates of products in development.
Because timely availability of new and enhanced products is critical to the
success of the Company, delays in availability of these products, or lack of
market acceptance of such products, could adversely affect the Company.

The Company's ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards
and communications service provider offerings, and to develop and introduce new
and enhanced products on a timely basis that are successful in the market will
be a significant factor in the Company's competitive position and its prospects
for growth.

For additional discussion of the Company's research and development expenditures
in fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION

Newbridge sells its products in more than 100 countries. The Company has
established direct sales forces throughout the world, as well as marketing and
distribution arrangements with telephone companies, original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs), distributors and dealers.

In March 1996, the Company formed an alliance with Siemens which includes common
branding under the MainStreetXpress name for ATM products and joint sales and
marketing efforts. Siemens sells the Company's circuit switched networking
products, ATM products and network and service management products, primarily to
carriers in Europe, Latin America, Asia and North America. Newbridge products
are also distributed throughout the world by Alcatel, Lucent Technologies, Cable
and Wireless, Nippon Telegraph and Telephone and other telecommunications
equipment suppliers as well as by global carriers and consortia.

In acquiring UB Networks in January 1997, the Company added sales, pre-sales and
support personnel located throughout the world focused on enterprise network
sales to large corporate and government customers. The acquisition also provided
a global network of distributors, value added resellers and dealers specializing
in enterprise networking equipment.

The Newbridge sales force in the United States and Canada sells directly to
carriers and other communications service providers such as AT&T, Regional Bell
Operating Companies (RBOCs) 

                                     Page 8
<PAGE>
 
and MCI for central office applications for tariffed services, internal network
applications, as well as for resale to users. Newbridge also sells to Fortune
1000 sized companies and institutions directly and through distributors.

The product line is sold throughout Europe, the Middle East and Africa by a
direct sales force as well as through OEM partners and distributors. During
fiscal 1997 the Company enhanced its direct sales presence in Europe through
acquisitions of Ouest Standard Telematique S.A. in France and Danring A/S in
Denmark.

In Latin America and the Asia Pacific area, networking products are sold
primarily through distributors, which are supported by local Newbridge sales and
support offices. The Company extended its distribution capabilities during
fiscal 1997 through acquisitions of systems integrators in Chile, Brazil, Costa
Rica and Argentina.

The Newbridge sales organization throughout the world receives support from
business unit management groups which provide product strategy and consultation
on industry trends and pricing, and which solicit customer feedback for research
and product development planning. The Company's marketing activities are
centrally coordinated and emphasize complete network solutions for the carrier
market and the enterprise network market.

The amount of sales, operating income and identifiable assets attributable to
the Company's principal geographical regions and the amount of export sales from
the Company's operations in Canada for each of the last three fiscal years are
set forth in Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional
discussion of the Company's geographic segments, see "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT

Reliability, performance, up-time and mean-time-to-repair are important factors
customers consider in developing long term relationships with potential
suppliers of networking systems. The increasing dependency of many domestic and
international customers upon information networks has generated a demand for a
very rapid problem response time. To satisfy this customer demand, the Company
offers 24-hour Network Technical Assistance Centers, complemented by the service
support organizations of the Company's distributors. Because of remote
diagnostic capabilities of the Company's products, support engineers can
immediately begin to diagnose field problems. When necessary, support engineers
are dispatched from the Company's sales and support offices or by third party
service providers. The Company's standard product warranty covers defects in
material and workmanship and generally applies for 3 to 15 months after
shipment.

MANUFACTURING

The principal steps in the manufacturing process are the purchase and management
of materials, assembly, testing and final inspection. Because Newbridge
manufactures and assembles virtually all of its products, the Company maintains
direct control over production, quality and product availability. The Company
purchases parts and components for assembly of its products from a large number
of suppliers through a worldwide sourcing program. Although the Company single
sources certain components, no single supplier has accounted for more than 10%
of the Company's total purchases in any of the past three fiscal years.
Newbridge has established strong relationships with key vendors to reduce the
risk of significant shortages or delays relating to availability of materials.
Shortages or delays in the supply of components, however, could adversely affect
the Company's ability to meet scheduled product shipments in any particular
fiscal quarter, which could materially affect the Company's operating results.

                                     Page 9
<PAGE>
 
The Company currently has manufacturing, logistics and warehousing facilities in
Canada, the United Kingdom and France. The Company also has logistics and
warehousing facilities in the United States, Ireland, Hong Kong and Malaysia.

The Company schedules some production of its products based on internal sales
forecasts. The Company's manufacturing procedures are designed to assure rapid
response to customer orders, but may, in certain circumstances, create risk of
excess or inadequate inventory if orders do not match forecast. Because a
substantial portion of customer orders are filled within the fiscal quarter of
receipt, and because of the ability of customers to revise or cancel orders and
change delivery schedules without significant penalty, Management believes that
the Company's backlog as of any given date is not necessarily indicative of
actual revenues for any succeeding period.

COMPETITION

The market for the Company's products is characterized by rapid technological
change, evolving standards and regulatory developments. Many of the Company's
competitors and potential competitors have greater financial, technological,
manufacturing, marketing, and personnel resources than the Company.

In the market for core network products, the Company's competitors include
Alcatel, Cascade Communications, Cisco Systems and Northern Telecom, as well as
traditional circuit switched multiplexer vendors such as Ascom/Timeplex, Network
Equipment Technologies and Tellabs. In the market for network access products
for both service providers and enterprise networks, the Company competes with
Ascend Communications, Cisco Systems and U.S. Robotics, among others. In
addition, the Company's enterprise networking products compete with product
offerings from various vendors including Bay Networks, Cabletron Systems and
Cisco Systems.

Principal competitive factors are product line capabilities including
integration of multiple applications on to a single network, price, ability to
offer complete end-to-end networking solutions, reliability, adherence to
standards, network management capabilities and market presence. Certain
competitors, including traditional carrier core switch suppliers such as
Ericsson, Fujitsu and Lucent Technologies, have a very large installed base of
existing products in carrier and enterprise networks, some of which can be
upgraded to accommodate new technologies and features.

The networking industry recently has been consolidating through strategic
alliances, mergers and acquisitions and joint technology agreements. As a
result, boundaries between different segments of the networking industry are
being blurred as competitors attempt to position their product lines to address
a broader spectrum of networking requirements.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

The sale of networking products may be affected by governmental regulatory
policies, the imposition of carrier tariffs, and taxation of telecommunications
services, which may also affect the availability of high speed digital
transmission lines. These policies are under continuous review and are subject
to change.

In the United States, regulatory policies are likely to have a significant
impact on the competitive environment in which the Company operates. The
Telecommunications Act of 1996 and associated regulatory developments will
eliminate or modify many regulatory restrictions in the telecommunications
market. Deregulation enables local exchange telephone companies, RBOCs, long
distance carriers, and other communications service providers as well as cable
television operators and electric utilities to compete with each other in
offering local and long 

                                    Page 10
<PAGE>
 
distance telephone and multimedia communications services. In addition, the
RBOCs are now permitted to manufacture and sell telecommunications equipment
under certain conditions. Given the substantial resources and large customer
base of the RBOCs, Newbridge could face competition from these companies should
they satisfy these conditions and elect to manufacture networking products.

The regulatory environment in the European Union continues to increase
competition and to open markets for telecommunications equipment vendors. Since
July 1996 the only service which Member States can reserve exclusively for their
public switched network operators is voice telephony. Voice telephony must be
liberalized by January 1, 1998, subject to certain limited exclusions, and by
that date the Member States which have not already fully liberalized their
telecommunications markets are required to have in place the regulatory and
licensing structures that will enable new operators to enter their markets.

Deregulation may also permit mergers among the RBOCs and other major
telecommunications companies throughout the world. Although the impact of
mergers that have been announced or are in the process of consummation cannot be
predicted, greater concentration in the market for telecommunications services
could adversely affect the market for networking products.

Governmental communications regulatory authorities have promulgated regulations
which, among other things, set installation and equipment standards for private
telecommunications systems and require that all newly installed hardware be
registered and meet certain governmental approval standards. Management believes
that the Company currently complies with, and expects to be able to continue to
comply with these requirements.

PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

The name Newbridge, the Company's corporate logo, MainStreet and VIVID are
registered trademarks of the Company in Canada, the United States, the United
Kingdom, Germany, France and many other countries. A number of the Company's
other trademarks and service marks are registered in Canada as well as in
various other jurisdictions. The Company also claims rights to a number of
unregistered trademarks, including MainStreetXpress, and other intellectual
property rights. The Company protects its trademarks, inventions, trade secrets,
and other proprietary rights by contract, trademark registration, patent
registration and appropriate trademark and copyright markings, as well as with
internal security. The Company licenses certain intellectual property rights
from third parties. Management believes that the Company's competitive success
will not depend on the ownership of intellectual property rights, but primarily
on the innovative skills, technical competence and marketing abilities of the
Company's employees.

EMPLOYEES

As of April 30, 1997, the Company had 5,761 employees. None of the Company's
employees is represented by a collective bargaining agreement nor has the
Company ever experienced any work stoppage. Management believes the Company's
relations with its employees are good.


Item 2.  PROPERTIES

The Company owns its corporate headquarters in Kanata, Ontario as well as
facilities for research and development, manufacturing, sales and marketing. The
Company also owns facilities in Newport, Wales for sales, marketing, network
services and manufacturing.

Newbridge leases other facilities in Kanata primarily used for manufacturing
from companies owned by Mr. Terence H. Matthews, Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company and its largest single shareholder. In addition
to Kanata, Ontario and Newport, 

                                    Page 11
<PAGE>
 
Wales, the Company also leases manufacturing and warehouse space in Herndon,
Virginia; Rennes, France; Shannon, Ireland; Ogdensburg, New York; Hong Kong and
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia.

The Company conducts research and development in leased facilities in Herndon,
Virginia; Rennes, France; metropolitan London, England; Santa Clara, California;
Andover, Massachusetts; Santa Barbara, California and Vancouver, British
Columbia. The Company also leases sales and support facilities throughout the
United States and Canada, and in over 40 locations throughout Europe, the Middle
East and Africa, in over 25 locations in Asia Pacific and Russia, and over 10
locations in Latin America.

A facility owned by the Company in Wales is subject to a mortgage. The
outstanding balance and scheduled payments of this mortgage at April 30, 1997
are disclosed in Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Subsequent to the close of the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, Lucent
Technologies Inc. ("Lucent Technologies") filed a complaint dated June 24, 1997
in United States District Court in Delaware against the Company and its United
States subsidiary, Newbridge Networks Inc. Lucent Technologies manufactures and
sells telecommunications systems, software and products, and is both a
distributor of the Company's products and a competitor of the Company. The
complaint alleges that the Company's manufacture and sale in the United States
of Newbridge frame relay and ATM switch products infringe certain United States
patent rights claimed by Lucent Technologies, and requests actual and trebled
damages in an unspecified amount. The Company is in the process of responding to
the complaint, and intends to defend this action vigorously. Based upon its
present understanding of the laws in the United States and the facts, the
Company believes it has meritorious defenses to these claims.

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1995, the Company was served with one of
several complaints filed in United States District Court in Washington, D.C. by
certain persons purporting to be purchasers of Common Shares of the Company. On
or about May 8, 1995 these complaints were combined into a single consolidated
and amended complaint (the "First Amended Complaint") which named the Company
and certain of its executive officers as defendants. The First Amended Complaint
purported to be a class action on behalf of a class of persons who purchased
securities of the Company between March 29 and August 1, 1994 and alleged that
the Company made false and misleading statements in violation of United States
securities law and common law, for which damages were sought in unspecified
amounts. On June 3, 1996, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying
in part the defendants' motion to dismiss. Among other things, the Court
dismissed with prejudice the claim alleging violation of common law. The Court
also dismissed the majority of plaintiffs' allegations of violation of United
States securities law, but granted plaintiffs leave to replead these allegations
in a Second Amended Complaint, which plaintiffs filed on July 3, 1996. The Court
further conditionally certified the action as a class action without prejudice
to the Company's right to renew its objection to class action certification upon
completion of discovery. On April 10, 1997, the Court issued an order granting
in part and denying in part the defendants' motion to dismiss the Second Amended
Complaint. Among other things, the Court dismissed with prejudice a substantial
portion of plaintiffs' allegations. The Company has served an answer denying
plaintiffs' claims. The Company intends to continue to defend this action
vigorously. Based upon its present understanding of the laws in the United
States and the facts, the Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the
action.


Item 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

None.

                                    Page 12
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II

Item 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

COMMON SHARE PRICE RANGE AND DIVIDENDS

Market Price

The Common Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange in the
United States under the symbol NN and are listed for trading on The Toronto
Stock Exchange in Canada under the symbol NNC. The following table sets forth
the range of high and low sale prices for the Company's Common Shares during the
current fiscal year through June 12, 1997 and the fiscal years ended April 30,
1997 and 1996. The reported sales prices have been adjusted to reflect the two
for one stock split effected in the form of a stock dividend, effective
September 30, 1996.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                New York                                    Toronto
                                             Stock Exchange                              Stock Exchange
                                               Price Range                                 Price Range
                                      ------------------------------             ------------------------------    
                                         High               Low                        High            Low
                                         ----               ---                        ----            ---
<S>                                   <C>                <C>                     <C>                <C> 
Fiscal year 1998:
    First quarter (through
        June 12, 1997)                US$43   1/2        US$31   1/2               Cdn$60.00        Cdn$43.80

Fiscal year 1997:
    Fourth quarter                    US$35   1/8        US$27   1/4               Cdn$47.25        Cdn$38.25
    Third quarter                        35   1/4           26   1/2                   47.15            35.75
    Second quarter                       36  7/16           20   5/8                   50.00            28.25
    First quarter                        37   1/8           20  3/16                   51.00            27.75
    
Fiscal year 1996:
    Fourth quarter                    US$33  1/16        US$22 13/16               Cdn$45  1/4      Cdn$28 1/16
    Third quarter                        26   5/8           14  7/16                   36  3/8          19 5/8
    Second quarter                       16  3/16           12  9/16                   22  1/4          17
    First quarter                        18 15/16           14   1/2                   26 1/16          20
</TABLE> 

At June 12, 1997 there were 1,309 shareholders of record of the Company.

Under the provisions of the Investment Canada Act, as amended (the "IC Act"),
the acquisition by non-Canadians, or by corporations in which non-Canadians have
a majority controlling interest, of control of a corporation incorporated in
Canada and carrying on business in Canada is subject to notification and may be
subject to review and approval in certain instances. Given the current value of
the gross assets of the Company, the IC Act requires a non-Canadian who makes an
investment to acquire control of the Company to file an application for review
and obtain an approval.

Dividends

The Company has not paid cash dividends on its Common Shares, and it presently
intends to continue this policy for the foreseeable future in order to retain
earnings for the development of the Company's business.

                                    Page 13
<PAGE>
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

The Company cautions that certain statements in this Report and in the Company's
other periodic reports filed pursuant to the United States Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), in "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and elsewhere, may be
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Exchange
Act, the "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements enacted in the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The forward-looking statements that
may be contained in the Company's reports under the Exchange Act and in other
oral or written statements made by the Company or by its authorized
representatives involve a number of risks and uncertainties. As a consequence,
actual results might differ materially from results forecast or suggested in
these forward-looking statements. Some of these risks and uncertainties are
identified in the discussion to follow. Additional information regarding these
factors and other important factors that could cause actual results to differ
materially may be referred to as part of particular forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements made by the Company or on its behalf are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the important factors discussed
below and to those that may be discussed as part of particular forward-looking
statements.

The Company cautions that the following important factors, among others, could
cause actual results for the fiscal year ending April 30, 1998 and for
subsequent financial reporting periods to differ materially from those forecast
or suggested in any forward-looking statement made by the Company or on its
behalf, in this Report or otherwise. A number of these important factors have
been discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
April 30, 1997 and its quarterly reports on Form 10-Q previously filed with the
United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Potential Fluctuations in Quarterly Results and Growth Rate

A significant portion of the Company's quarterly sales are derived from products
shipped against orders received in each fiscal quarter and from products shipped
against firm purchase orders released in that fiscal quarter. The Company
schedules some production of its products and budgets expenses based on
forecasts of sales, which are difficult to predict. The Company's manufacturing
procedures are designed to assure rapid response to customer demand, but may, in
certain circumstances, create risk of excess or inadequate inventory if orders
do not match forecast. Moreover, shortages or delays in the supply of
manufacturing components at acceptable prices could adversely affect the
Company's ability to meet scheduled product shipments in any particular quarter,
which could materially affect the Company's operating results. Because a
substantial portion of customer orders are filled within the fiscal quarter of
receipt, and because of the ability of customers to revise or cancel orders and
change delivery schedules without significant penalty, quarter to quarter
revenues and, to a greater degree, net earnings, may be subject to greater
variability and less predictability.

The Company cautions that its sales may grow at a slower rate in the future than
historical rates of sales growth. The growth of the Company's sales may be
subject to the rate at which carriers deploy service offerings based on newer
technologies such as ATM. The Company expects the proportion of sales derived
from products based on ATM and other packet based technologies to increase
relative to sales derived from circuit switched networking products in fiscal
1998. As a result quarter to quarter revenues may be subject to greater
variability due to longer sales cycles often associated with the adoption of new
technologies. In addition, the Company is subject to a degree of variation in
quarterly sales as a substantial portion of sales is derived from less mature,
higher growth markets outside of North America and Western Europe. Sales in
these markets are often subject to customer financing, licensing or other import
or foreign exchange controls, and other pre-conditions that can result in delays
or substantial modifications of orders.

                                    Page 14
<PAGE>
 
Unforeseen delays in product deliveries or closing large sales, introductions of
new products by the Company or its competitors, seasonal patterns of customer
capital expenditures or other conditions affecting the networking industry in
particular or the economy generally during any fiscal quarter could cause
quarterly revenue and, to a greater degree, net earnings, to vary greatly. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Manufacturing".

Technological Changes

The market for the Company's products is characterized by rapid technological
change, evolving industry standards, frequent product introductions and evolving
methods used by carriers and corporations in building and managing networks.
Such changes in the market for networking products may adversely affect the
Company's ability to sell its products. The Company's operating results will
depend in significant part upon its ability to maintain the competitiveness of
its product offerings while reducing unit manufacturing costs. In fiscal 1998,
the Company expects that the demand for networking products in more advanced
markets such as North America will continue the trend toward ATM and other
packet based technologies and away from circuit switched networking products.
The Company's ability to anticipate changes in technology, industry standards
and the evolution in methods of building and managing networks, and to develop
and introduce new and enhanced products on a timely basis that are successful in
the market, will be significant factors in the Company's competitive position
and its prospects for growth. Moreover, if technologies or standards supported
by the Company's products or carrier service offerings based on the Company's
products become obsolete or fail to gain widespread commercial acceptance, the
Company's business may be adversely affected. As a result, Management believes
that continued significant expenditures for research and development will be
required in the future. Research and development project schedules for high
technology products are inherently difficult to predict, and there can be no
assurance that the Company will achieve its expected initial shipment dates of
products in development. Because timely availability of new and enhanced
products is critical to the success of the Company, delays in availability of
these products, or lack of market acceptance of such products, could adversely
affect the Company. See "Business".

Competition

The market for the Company's products is also characterized by intense
competition. With the development of the worldwide communications market and the
growing demand for related equipment, numerous manufacturers such as the Company
have emerged to offer products for these markets in competition with traditional
communications equipment suppliers. Competition could further increase if new
companies enter the market or if existing competitors expand their product lines
or upgrade existing products to accommodate new technologies and features. The
Company competes for customers on the basis of product line capabilities,
including integration of multiple applications on to a single network, price,
ability to offer complete end-to-end networking solutions, reliability,
adherence to standards, network management capabilities, and market presence. An
increase in competition could require increased spending by the Company on
research and development and sales and marketing and may otherwise adversely
affect the Company's business. Many of the Company's competitors and potential
competitors have greater financial, technological, manufacturing, marketing, and
personnel resources than the Company. The networking industry recently has been
consolidating through strategic alliances, mergers and acquisitions and joint
technology agreements. As a result, boundaries between different segments of the
networking industry are being blurred as competitors attempt to position their
product lines to address a broader spectrum of networking requirements.
Continued consolidation of the networking industry could result in a
strengthening of the Company's competitors and may adversely affect the
Company's competitive position. See "Business--Competition".

                                    Page 15
<PAGE>
 
Dependence on Key Employees

The Company's success depends upon the continued contributions of its employees,
many of whom would be difficult to replace. Newbridge believes that its future
success will depend in significant part upon its ability to attract and retain
skilled and talented engineers, sales and marketing personnel, and management.
Failure to attract and retain key employees could adversely affect the Company's
business and operating results.

Acquisitions

The Company's strategy includes acquisitions to enhance its business, diversify
its marketing and distribution, and supplement its product development.
Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including difficulties in the integration
of the operations, technologies and products of the acquired enterprises with
those of the Company, the diversion of management and financial resources to the
task of integration of the respective businesses, the entry into markets in
which Newbridge has limited direct prior experience and where competitors have
stronger market positions, and the potential loss of key employees of the
acquired enterprises. In view of these challenges, if the Company is unable to
integrate acquired enterprises efficiently and effectively, it may not obtain
the anticipated benefits of acquisitions, and its business and operating results
could be adversely affected. In addition, acquisitions may affect financial
results. For example, in fiscal 1997 the Company acquired Ungermann-Bass
Networks, Inc. and charged to net earnings $96,940,000 related to a write off of
purchased research and development in process.

Market Price Volatility of Common Shares

The Company's Common Shares have been subject to substantial market price
volatility, some of which has occurred when there have been variations between
the Company's actual or anticipated financial results and the published
expectations of investment analysts and in the aftermath of public announcements
by the Company and its competitors. In addition, the stock market has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations from time to time which have
affected the market price of many technology companies in particular and which
have often been unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. These
broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic and political conditions,
may adversely affect the market price of the Company's Common Shares. Because of
the Company's reliance on stock options as an incentive to its employees,
changes in the market price of the Company's Common Shares could adversely
affect the Company's ability to attract and retain key employees.

Regulation

The sale of networking products may be affected by governmental regulatory
policies, the imposition of carrier tariffs, and taxation of telecommunications
services, which may also affect the availability of high speed digital
transmission lines. These policies are under continuous review and are subject
to change. In the United States, regulatory policies are likely to have a
significant impact on the competitive environment in which the Company operates.
The Telecommunications Act of 1996 and associated regulatory developments will
eliminate or modify many regulatory restrictions in the telecommunications
market. Deregulation may facilitate the increasingly competitive offerings by
communications service providers. In addition, the RBOCs are now permitted to
manufacture and sell telecommunications equipment under certain conditions.
Given the substantial resources and large customer base of the RBOCs, Newbridge
could face competition from these companies should they satisfy these conditions
and elect to manufacture networking products. Notwithstanding the deregulatory
process in the United States and elsewhere, governmental communications
regulatory authorities have promulgated regulations which, among other things,
set installation and equipment standards for private telecommunications systems
and require that all newly 

                                    Page 16
<PAGE>
 
installed hardware be registered and meet certain governmental standards.
Carriers also establish standards for interconnection and integration of network
equipment with public switched telephone networks. Although the Company designs
its products to comply with international standards, to the extent those
standards are changed or if the Company is unable to manufacture standards
compliant products on a cost effective basis, the Company's business may be
adversely affected. See "Business -- Government Regulation" and "-- Networking
Industry".

Foreign Currency Exposure and Concentration of Credit Risk

Because substantial portions of the Company's sales, cost of sales and other
expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars and Pounds Sterling, the Company's
results of operations are subject to change based on fluctuations in the rates
of exchange of those currencies for the Canadian dollar. The Company uses
financial instruments, principally forward exchange contracts, in its management
of foreign currency exposures. Realized and unrealized foreign exchange
contracts are recognized and offset foreign exchange gains and losses on the
underlying net asset or net liability position. These contracts primarily
require the Company to purchase and sell certain foreign currencies with or for
Canadian dollars at contractual rates. Several major financial institutions are
counterparties to the Company's financial instruments. It is Company practice to
monitor the financial standing of the counterparties and limit the amount of
exposure to any one institution. The Company may be exposed to a credit loss in
the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to these contracts. With
respect to accounts receivable, concentration of credit risk is limited due to
the diverse areas covered by the Company's operations. The Company has credit
evaluation, approval and monitoring processes intended to mitigate potential
credit risks. Anticipated bad debt loss has been provided for in the allowance
for doubtful accounts. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations".

Other Factors

The Company further cautions that the factors referred to above and those
referred to as part of particular forward-looking statements may not be
exhaustive, and that new risk factors emerge from time to time in its rapidly
changing business. The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking
statements it may make or has made on its behalf to reflect changes in its
expectations or assumptions or the risks and uncertainties referred to.

CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following discussion outlines Canadian and United States federal income tax
consequences of ownership of the Company's Common Shares that could be relevant
for persons who are not residents of Canada.

Gains on Disposition of Common Shares

Under the provisions of the 1980 Convention between Canada and the United States
with respect to Taxes on Income and on Capital, as amended by the 1983, 1984 and
1995 Protocols thereto (the "Convention"), United States corporations or
individual residents of the United States ("U.S. Shareholders") that do not, and
are not deemed to, use or hold the Common Shares in carrying on a business in
Canada ("Unconnected U.S. Shareholders") generally will not be subject to
Canadian federal income tax on any capital gain recognized upon the disposition
of their Common Shares, provided that the value of the Common Shares is not
derived principally from real estate situated in Canada, as determined at the
time of their disposition. The Company is of the view that the Common Shares
currently do not derive their value principally from such real estate.

                                    Page 17
<PAGE>
 
For United States federal income tax purposes, an Unconnected U.S. Shareholder
generally will recognize a capital gain or loss on the disposition of Common
Shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the
disposition and the U.S. Shareholder's adjusted basis in the Common Shares.
Capital losses are deductible to the extent of capital gains and, in the case of
non-corporate U.S. Shareholders, may be used to offset up to US$3,000 of
ordinary income (US$1,500 in the case of married individuals filing separately).

Taxation of Dividends

Dividends paid to Unconnected U.S. Shareholders owning less than 10% of the
voting shares of the Company generally are subject to Canadian withholding tax
at the reduced rate of 15% under the Convention. In the case of a corporate
Unconnected U.S. Shareholder owning 10% or more of such shares, the withholding
tax rate generally is reduced to 5% under the Convention.

Unconnected U.S. Shareholders generally will treat the gross amount of dividends
paid by the Company, without reduction for Canadian withholding taxes, as
ordinary taxable income for United States federal income tax purposes. In
certain circumstances, however, Unconnected U.S. Shareholders may be eligible to
receive a foreign tax credit for such taxes and, in the case of a corporate
Unconnected U.S. Shareholder owning 10% or more of the voting shares of the
Company, for a portion of the Canadian taxes paid by the Company itself.
Dividends paid by the Company to United States corporations will not, however,
give rise to the dividends received deduction generally allowed those
corporations under United States federal income tax law.


Item 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The income statement data of the Company presented below for each of the five
fiscal years ended April 30, 1997 and the balance sheet data as at April 30,
1997, 1996, 1995, 1994, and 1993 have been derived from the audited Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company that are included as part of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K and the Company's Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the prior
three fiscal years.

The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

                                    Page 18
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                   ------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1997        1996        1995        1994        1993
                                                    ----        ----        ----        ----        ----
                                                  (Canadian dollars, in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                             <C>           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C> 
Income Statement Data:

Sales                                           $1,376,727    $921,244    $800,523    $552,521    $307,570
Cost of sales                                      507,588     319,745     260,471     171,922     115,949
                                                 ---------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Gross margin                                       869,139     601,499     540,052     380,599     191,621

Expenses
  Selling, general and administrative              346,106     231,060     196,073     115,670      78,225
  Research and development                         155,330      97,205      66,066      38,578      26,746
  Purchased research and
     development in process /(1)/                   96,940        --          --          --          --
                                                 ---------     -------     -------     -------     -------

Income from operations                             270,763     273,234     277,913     226,351      86,650
Interest income, net                                18,605      22,607      15,952       8,941         181
Gain on sale of long term investments                 --        12,715        --          --          --
Other expenses                                      (9,615)     (3,443)     (6,512)     (1,389)     (2,611)
                                                 ---------     -------     -------     -------     -------
Earnings before income taxes
   and non-controlling interest                    279,753     305,113     287,353     233,903      84,220

Provision for income taxes                         117,718     100,779      96,944      76,092      24,198

Non-controlling interest                             5,118       1,470       2,019        --          --
                                                 ---------     -------     -------     -------     -------

Net earnings                                    $  156,917    $202,864    $188,390    $157,811    $ 60,022
                                                 =========     =======     =======     =======     =======

Net earnings per share
   Basic                                                92(c)    $1.22       $1.16          99(c)       41(c)
   Fully diluted                                        91        1.19        1.11          94          38

Weighted average number of shares
   Basic                                           170,510     165,842     162,891     159,427     147,428
   Fully diluted                                   184,595     179,665     175,823     171,868     161,049

U.S. GAAP /(2)/
   Net earnings                                   $156,917    $202,864    $188,390    $157,811     $60,022

   Net earnings per share
      Primary                                           90(c)    $1.19       $1.13          94(c)       38(c)
      Fully diluted                                     90        1.17        1.13          94          38
      Fully diluted-- US$                          US$0.66     US$0.86     US$0.82     US$0.71     US$0.31

   Weighted average number of shares
      Primary                                      174,525     170,990     166,646     167,137     157,336
      Fully diluted                                174,525     172,780     166,646     167,137     158,077
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 19
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                As at April 30,
                                               -------------------------------------------------
                                               1997        1996       1995       1994       1993
                                               ----        ----       ----       ----       ----
                                                       (Canadian dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>        <C> 
Balance Sheet Data:                      
                                         
Working capital                            $  638,392  $  658,087   $491,888   $351,458   $219,964
Total assets                                1,496,703   1,093,417    827,163    584,764    383,877
                                                                                          
Short term debt (including current                                                        
  portion of long term obligations)             7,353       2,302      2,562      7,272     18,731
Long term obligations                          10,817         860      3,493      7,767     14,447
Shareholders' equity                        1,126,499     902,686    674,645    473,572    288,154
</TABLE> 

- --------------

/(1)/ See Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
/(2)/ Financial information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K is presented in
      accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, which
      also conform in all material respects with accounting principles generally
      accepted in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"), except for the disclosure of
      certain cash equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and investing
      activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, as disclosed in
      Note 2, the write off of purchased research and development in process, as
      disclosed in Note 5, and the method of calculation of earnings per share,
      as reconciled in Note 15.


Item 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Certain parts of the following discussion and analysis may be forward-looking
statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. As a consequence,
actual results might differ materially from results forecast or suggested in any
forward-looking statements. See "Market for Registrant's Common Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters -- Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking
Information".

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, the Company acquired a 100% equity
interest in Ungermann-Bass Networks, Inc. ("UB Networks"), a manufacturer of
local area network equipment based in Santa Clara, California, for cash
consideration of $146,590,000. The operating results of UB Networks are
consolidated into the operating results of the Company commencing in the fourth
fiscal quarter ended April 30, 1997. During fiscal 1997 the Company also
acquired controlling interests in Coasin Chile S.A. ("Coasin"), a Chilean
systems integrator of networking products; Danring A/S ("Danring"), a Danish
systems integrator of networking products; Ouest Standard Telematique S.A.
("OST"), a manufacturer of local area network equipment based in France; and
Acacia S.A. ("Acacia"), a holding company with controlling interests in systems
integrators of networking products in Brazil, Costa Rica and Argentina. Total
consideration paid during fiscal 1997 for these acquisitions was $69,218,000.

The Company's sales of $1,376,727,000 represented an increase of 49% over sales
of $921,244,000 for fiscal 1996. Net earnings for fiscal 1997 were $156,917,000
compared to $202,864,000 for fiscal 1996. Net earnings for fiscal 1997 on a pro
forma basis, excluding the write off of $96,940,000 of purchased research and
development in process related to the acquisition of UB Networks, were
$253,857,000, which would represent a 25% increase over net earnings for fiscal
1996. An increase in sales, offset by a decrease in the gross margin and an
increase in operating expenses, both expressed as a percentage of sales,
resulted in the increase in net earnings on a pro forma basis in fiscal 1997,
but the write off of purchased research and development in process resulted in a
decrease in actual net earnings.

                                    Page 20
<PAGE>
 
The Company's sales of $921,244,000 for fiscal 1996 represented an increase of
15% over sales of $800,523,000 for fiscal 1995. Net earnings for fiscal 1996
were $202,864,000 compared to $188,390,000 for fiscal 1995. Although an increase
in sales for fiscal 1996 over sales for fiscal 1995 was offset by an increase in
operating expenses and a decrease in gross margin, both expressed as a
percentage of sales, a gain on the sale of a long term investment of $12,715,000
resulted in an improvement in net earnings.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years indicated, the percentage
of sales represented by certain items in the Company's Consolidated Statements
of Earnings.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                        Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                                   ------------------------------------
                                                                   1997            1996            1995
                                                                   ----            ----            ----
     <S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C> 
     Sales                                                         100.0%          100.0%          100.0%
     Cost of sales                                                  36.9            34.7            32.5
                                                                   -----           -----           -----
     Gross margin                                                   63.1            65.3            67.5

     Expenses
        Selling, general and administrative                         25.1            25.1            24.5
        Research and development                                    11.3            10.5             8.3
        Purchased research and
           development in process                                    7.0              --              --
                                                                   -----           -----           -----

     Income from operations                                         19.7            29.7            34.7

     Interest income, net                                            1.3             2.4             2.0
     Other income (expenses)                                        (0.7)            1.0            (0.8)
                                                                   -----           -----           -----

     Earnings before income taxes
        and non-controlling interest                                20.3            33.1            35.9

     Provision for income taxes                                      8.5            10.9            12.1

     Non-controlling interest                                        0.4             0.2             0.3
                                                                   -----           -----           -----

     Net earnings                                                   11.4%           22.0%           23.5%
                                                                   =====           =====           =====

<CAPTION> 
Sales

                                                                        Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                                ------------------------------------------
                                                                   1997            1996            1995
                                                                ----------      ----------      ----------       
                                                                     (Canadian dollars in thousands)
     <S>                                                       <C>               <C>            <C> 
     Sales                                                     $1,376,727        $921,244       $800,523
                                                                =========         =======        =======

     Increase over prior year                                       49%             15%             45%

     Proportion of revenue from:
        Carriers                                                    66%             65%             66%
        Corporate networks                                          34%             35%             34%
</TABLE> 

Product line enhancements and new product lines introduced in fiscal 1996 and
1997 resulted in increased sales to the carrier and corporate networking markets
worldwide. These increases 


                                    Page 21
<PAGE>
 
primarily reflected growth in sales in Asia, Latin America and Europe. Sales in
fiscal 1997 included approximately $90,000,000 of product and service revenue
generated by UB Networks, which the Company acquired in January 1997. Deliveries
to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) for carrier customers and deliveries
under certain large contracts with carriers contributed significantly to sales
in fiscal 1997, fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995. Sales to Siemens A.G. and
subsidiaries, generally under OEM arrangements for resale to end users, were 18%
of total sales for fiscal 1997 (less than 10% in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995).

The Company's sales in fiscal 1997 to carriers for central office applications
for tariffed services, for use within their internal networks and for resale to
end users increased proportionately with the overall increase in sales relative
to fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1995. With the acquisition of UB Networks, Management
expects the proportion of revenues derived from corporate network customers to
increase in fiscal 1998 relative to fiscal 1997. The number of networking
switches and other products supplied by the Company continued to increase in
each of the last two fiscal years. Average selling prices declined slightly in
fiscal 1997 relative to fiscal 1996 and in fiscal 1996 relative to fiscal 1995,
primarily due to discounts on certain large contracts for products for more
basic networking applications outside of North America and Western Europe.

Increases in sales for fiscal 1997 and fiscal 1996 reflected growth in sales of
products based on ATM (asynchronous transfer mode) and other packet-based
technologies worldwide and advanced circuit switched networking products in
Asia, Latin America and Europe. The proportion of product sales from products
based on packet technologies was in excess of 40% in fiscal 1997 compared to
less than 30% for fiscal 1996. The Company expects the proportion of sales
derived from products based on packet technologies to increase relative to sales
derived from circuit switched networking products in fiscal 1998 when compared
to fiscal 1997. As a result quarter to quarter revenues may be subject to
greater variability due to longer sales cycles often associated with the
adoption of new technologies.

The Company's sales and service functions are divided into three main geographic
regions: (1) the Americas Region (consisting of North and South America); (2)
the European Region (consisting of Europe, the Middle East and Africa); and (3)
the Asia Pacific Region (consisting of countries in the Asia Pacific region and
Russia). The percentage of consolidated sales derived by sales management in
each geographic region for fiscal 1997, 1996 and 1995 are set forth below.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                            Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                       ------------------------------------
                                         1997          1996          1995
                                       --------      --------      --------
     <S>                               <C>           <C>           <C> 
     Americas Region                     49%           55%           59%
     European Region                     33%           30%           28%
     Asia Pacific Region                 18%           15%           13%
</TABLE> 

The Company is subject to a degree of variation in quarterly sales as a
substantial proportion of sales is derived from less mature, high growth markets
outside of North America and Western Europe. For additional geographic segment
information, see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

A significant portion of the Company's sales are derived from products shipped
against orders received in each fiscal quarter and from products shipped against
firm purchase orders released in that fiscal quarter. In addition, customers
have the ability to revise or cancel orders and change delivery schedules
without significant penalty. As a result, the Company operates without
significant backlog and schedules some production and budgets expenses based on
forecasts of sales, which are difficult to predict. Unforeseen delays in product
deliveries or closing large sales, introductions of new products by the Company
or its competitors, seasonal 


                                    Page 22
<PAGE>
 
patterns of customer capital expenditures or other conditions affecting the
networking industry in particular or the economy generally during any fiscal
quarter could cause quarterly revenue and, to a greater degree, net earnings, to
vary greatly.

Because substantial portions of the Company's sales, cost of sales and other
expenses are denominated in U.S. dollars and Pounds Sterling, the Company's
results of operations are subject to change based on fluctuations in the rates
of exchange of those currencies for the Canadian dollar. During fiscal 1997, the
decrease in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar and the
Pound Sterling relative to exchange rates in fiscal 1996, resulted in no
material variance in reported sales, gross margin or income from operations.
During fiscal 1996, the increase in the value of the Canadian dollar against the
U.S. dollar and the Pound Sterling relative to exchange rates in fiscal 1995,
resulted in no material variance in reported sales, gross margin or income from
operations. For information related to the Company's policies in its management
of foreign exchange exposures, see Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements.

Cost of Sales and Gross Margin
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                           Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                    ------------------------------------------
                                      1997             1996             1995
                                    --------         --------         --------
                                          (Canadian dollars in thousands)
     <S>                            <C>              <C>              <C> 
     Gross margin                   $869,139         $601,499         $540,052
                                     =======          =======          =======

     As a percent of sales             63%              65%              67%
</TABLE> 

Cost of sales consists of manufacturing costs, warranty expense and costs
associated with the provision of services. The decline in the gross margin as a
percentage of sales in fiscal 1997 relative to fiscal 1996 was primarily the
result of gross margins earned on product sales and service revenues of UB
Networks and other companies acquired during fiscal 1997, which have been below
the average gross margins earned on the Company's other products. The Company
expects the impact of these acquisitions on the gross margin to be greater in
fiscal 1998 compared to fiscal 1997, particularly as only one fiscal quarter of
the operating results of UB Networks are included in the fiscal 1997 results.
The decline in gross margin as a percentage of sales in fiscal 1996 relative to
fiscal 1995 was principally due to a decline in gross margins derived from the
provision of services as the Company invested in programs to strengthen its
customer support and network services organizations as well as an increase in
the proportion of sales derived from service revenues, which yield lower gross
margins than do product sales.

The slight declines in average selling prices in fiscal 1997 relative to fiscal
1996 and in fiscal 1996 relative to fiscal 1995 were generally offset by
reductions in per unit costs of manufacturing, resulting in no material impact
on gross margins. Many component prices are negotiated by the Company with its
suppliers. Component price decreases have been principally due to increases in
volumes purchased. Shortages of certain components can result in increased
component prices.


                                    Page 23
<PAGE>
 
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                               ------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997             1996             1995
                                                               --------         --------         --------
                                                                     (Canadian dollars in thousands)
     <S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C> 
     Selling, general and administrative expenses              $346,106         $231,060         $196,073
                                                                =======          =======          =======

     As a percent of sales                                        25%              25%              24%

     Increase over prior year                                     50%              18%              70%
</TABLE> 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased in fiscal 1997 and in
fiscal 1996 primarily as a result of increases in sales personnel. The majority
of the increase in personnel in fiscal 1997 was the result of acquisitions made
to enhance the Company's business and diversify its marketing and distribution
channels. Incremental hiring and spending made during fiscal 1997 and 1996 was
directed at programs to strengthen the Company's sales and support
infrastructure throughout the world and to market new products.

Research and Development
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                               ------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997             1996             1995
                                                               --------         --------         --------
                                                                     (Canadian dollars in thousands)
     <S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C> 
     Gross research and development expenditures               $195,229         $130,851         $97,905

     Investment tax credits                                      26,400           21,974          22,504

     Customer, government and other funding                       9,484            7,919           6,509

     Net deferral (amortization) of
        software development costs                                4,015            3,753           2,826
                                                                -------           ------          ------
     Net research and development expenses                     $155,330          $97,205         $66,066
                                                                =======           ======          ======

     Gross expenditures as a percent of sales                       14%              14%             12%

     Recoveries as a percent of gross expenditures                  20%              26%             33%

     Net research and development
        expenses as a percent of sales                              11%              11%              8%
</TABLE> 

Research and development expenditures consist primarily of software and hardware
engineering personnel expenses, costs associated with equipment and facilities,
and subcontracted research and development costs. The increased costs in fiscal
1997 and fiscal 1996 reflect spending on new networking products, features and
interfaces, particularly for ATM platforms in carrier, carrier access and
enterprise network applications and network and service management software.

Recoveries decreased as a percentage of gross expenditures in fiscal 1997
compared to fiscal 1996, and in fiscal 1996 compared to fiscal 1995, due to a
decline in the proportion of research and development expenditures eligible for
investment tax credits and due to other forms of recoveries increasing at rates
less than the growth of gross research and development expenditures. Based on
Management's estimates of the proportion of fiscal 1998 gross research and
development expenditures eligible for investment tax credits, current levels of
committed funding, and estimated amortization of deferred software development
costs, Management expects the level of recoveries as a percentage of gross
research and development expenditures in fiscal 1998 to decline relative to
fiscal 1997.


                                    Page 24
<PAGE>
 
The markets for the Company's products are characterized by continuing
technological change. As a result, Management believes that continued
significant expenditures for research and development will be required in the
future.

Purchased Research and Development In Process

Purchased research and development in process of $96,940,000 in fiscal 1997
related to the acquisition of UB Networks. The amount of the purchase price of
UB Networks allocated to purchased research and development in process was
determined through valuation techniques common in the high technology industry.
Under U.S. GAAP, research and development in process acquired by the Company on
the acquisition of UB Networks was written off against net earnings upon
acquisition in the third fiscal quarter ended January 26, 1997. Under accounting
principles generally accepted in Canada research and development in process
acquired by the Company on the acquisition of UB Networks was capitalized upon
acquisition and disclosed on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as at January 26,
1997. Upon review of the recoverability of the research and development in
process, undertaken during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended April 30,
1997, the Company determined that the purchased research and development in
process no longer met all the criteria for deferral and accordingly the balance
has been written off as a charge to earnings for the fourth fiscal quarter. The
Company has significantly altered product plans associated with the research and
development projects and has concluded that recoverability cannot be reasonably
regarded as assured. In addition, Management has determined that adequate
resources may not be made available in future to complete the projects
associated with the purchased in process research and development, as originally
defined.

Interest and Other Expenses
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                               ------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997             1996             1995
                                                               --------         --------         --------
                                                                     (Canadian dollars in thousands)
     <S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C> 
     Interest income                                           $19,956          $23,193          $17,059
     Interest expense on long term obligations                   1,351              586            1,107
     Other expenses                                              9,615            3,443            6,512
</TABLE> 

Interest income for fiscal 1997 declined compared to fiscal 1996 due to a
decline in the cash position maintained, particularly in the latter part of
fiscal 1997, and due to a decline in interest rates earned on investments.
Interest income for fiscal 1996 increased over fiscal 1995 as a result of the
increased cash position maintained throughout fiscal 1996. Interest expense on
long term obligations increased in fiscal 1997 due to the assumption of long
term obligations of companies acquired by the Company during fiscal 1997.
Reduced borrowings in fiscal 1996 relative to fiscal 1995 resulted in a decline
in interest expense on long term obligations.

Other expenses represented less than 1% of sales in fiscal 1997, fiscal 1996 and
fiscal 1995.

Gain on Sale of Long Term Investment

In fiscal 1996 the Company sold its minority equity interest in InSoft, Inc.
("InSoft"), a privately held multimedia software company. The disposition was
effected through a merger in which InSoft shares were exchanged for common
shares of the acquirer, which are publicly traded. The Company recognized a gain
in fiscal 1996 of $12,715,000 on the sale of its InSoft shares, representing the
excess of the market value of the shares of the acquirer received, discounted to
reflect certain restrictions on resale, over the cost to the Company of the
InSoft shares exchanged.


                                    Page 25
<PAGE>
 
Income Taxes
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                       Fiscal Year Ended April 30,
                                                               ------------------------------------------
                                                                 1997             1996             1995
                                                               --------         --------         --------
     <S>                                                       <C>              <C>              <C> 
     Income tax rate                                             42%              33%              34%
</TABLE> 

The income tax rate for fiscal 1997 was 31% of earnings before income taxes and
non-controlling interest, excluding the expense related to purchased research
and development in process. The composite rates of income tax for fiscal 1997,
1996 and 1995 were reduced from the statutory rate primarily as a result of the
application of certain deductions related to manufacturing and processing
activities and to research and development expenditures in Canada. Future
changes in the composite rate of income tax will be primarily due to the
relative profitability of operations and the national tax policies in each of
the various countries in which the Company operates. Management believes that
the composite rate of income tax will remain lower than the statutory rate
because of the deductibility related to manufacturing and processing activities
and research and development expenditures in Canada as well as other tax
planning measures undertaken by the Company. See Note 14 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.

Non-Controlling Interest

The non-controlling interests' share of net earnings of $5,118,000 in fiscal
1997, $1,470,000 in fiscal 1996 and $2,019,000 in fiscal 1995 was due primarily
to net earnings of Transistemas S.A., an Argentine systems integrator of
networking products. The Company has a 51% equity interest in Transistemas S.A.

Net Earnings

Net earnings for fiscal 1997 were $156,917,000 compared to $202,864,000 for
fiscal 1996. Net earnings for fiscal 1997 on a pro forma basis, excluding the
write off of $96,940,000 of purchased research and development in process
related to the acquisition of UB Networks, were $253,857,000, which would
represent a 25% increase over net earnings for fiscal 1996. Although sales
increased 49% in fiscal 1997 over fiscal 1996, a decline in the gross margin and
an increase in operating expenses, both expressed as a percentage of sales,
offset a portion of the incremental profitability associated with the sales
increase. In addition, net earnings of fiscal 1996 included a gain on the sale
of a long term investment of $12,715,000.

Net earnings for fiscal 1996 were $202,864,000 compared to $188,390,000 for
fiscal 1995. Although an increase in sales for fiscal 1996 over sales for fiscal
1995 was offset by an increase in operating expenses and a decrease in gross
margin, both expressed as a percentage of sales, a gain on the sale of a long
term investment of $12,715,000 resulted in an improvement in net earnings.


RECONCILIATION OF FINANCIAL RESULTS TO UNITED STATES ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, which also conform in all
material respects with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States, except for the disclosure of certain cash equivalents on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and investing activities on the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows, as disclosed in Note 2, the write off of purchased
research and development in process, as disclosed in Note 5, and the method of
calculation of earnings per share, as reconciled in Note 15. Other than the
accounting treatment associated with any future acquisitions or mergers,
Management expects that the differences in future years will not be significant.


                                    Page 26
<PAGE>
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997 working capital decreased from
$658,087,000 to $638,392,000. As at April 30, 1997 the Company had $333,904,000
of cash and cash equivalents, which represented a decrease of $121,845,000
during fiscal 1997. The decrease was primarily the result of cash outlays
associated with acquisitions made in fiscal 1997 of $220,645,000. Offsetting the
cash outflow related to acquisitions was net earnings of $156,917,000 plus the
non-cash expense of $96,940,000 associated with the write off of purchased
research and development in process, less additions to property, plant and
equipment of $131,641,000.

On January 17, 1997, the Company acquired a 100% equity interest in UB Networks,
a manufacturer of local area network equipment based in Santa Clara, California,
by the purchase of shares for cash consideration of $146,590,000. The purchase
price includes professional fees and other direct costs of the acquisition, and
excludes additional contingent payments which may be made over the next two
years calculated as 50% of the gross margin earned on UB Networks' products
above a certain amount which approximates the gross margin earned on the
products prior to the acquisition, up to a maximum of 50% of the purchase price
paid to the seller. The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase
method of accounting.

Also during fiscal 1997 the Company acquired controlling interests in Coasin, a
Chilean systems integrator of networking products; Danring, a Danish systems
integrator of networking products; OST, a manufacturer of local area network
equipment based in France; and Acacia, a holding company with controlling
interests in systems integrators of networking products in Brazil, Costa Rica
and Argentina. The cash consideration paid for the controlling interests
acquired was $69,218,000 in aggregate. Certain of these acquisitions have
provisions for contingent payments based on financial performance. The maximum
incremental contingent payments total $19,888,000. All of these acquisitions
were accounted for by the purchase method of accounting.

Two principal components of the Company's working capital are accounts
receivable and inventory. Management believes that the payment terms and
conditions extended to the Company's customers, arrangements with the Company's
suppliers, and the levels of inventory the Company carries relative to its
levels of sales are consistent with practices generally prevailing in the
networking industry.

Existing short term bank credit facilities consist of operating lines of credit
with certain banks in the aggregate amount of $106,135,000. At April 30, 1997
Coasin and Acacia were utilizing $12,820,000 under these lines of credit.

Management anticipates that capital expenditures for fiscal 1998 will exceed
those of fiscal 1997 as the Company plans to invest in new facilities in Canada,
in land and facilities in the metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., in research
and development and manufacturing equipment and in information systems. The
Company intends to extinguish its existing long term obligations as they become
due, and may also increase its current investments in subsidiaries and
associated companies. The Company intends to fund the increased capital
expenditures, retirement of long term obligations and increased investments with
existing cash and cash expected to be generated from operations during fiscal
1998. In addition, the Company may use a portion of its cash resources,
supplemented as appropriate by the issuance of shares or debt, to extend or
enhance its business and diversify its marketing and distribution channels
through acquisitions of or investments in businesses, products or technologies
or through the formation of strategic partnerships with other companies.


                                    Page 27
<PAGE>
 
During August 1996, the Company filed a notice of intention with The Toronto
Stock Exchange to make a normal course issuer bid for common share repurchases
in open market transactions in the United States and Canada. The Company may
purchase up to 4,000,000 outstanding Common Shares in future if Management
considers such investments appropriate. During fiscal 1997, the Company did not
purchase any of its Common Shares. During fiscal 1996, the Company purchased
1,000,000 (fiscal 1995 -- 200,000) of its issued and outstanding Common Shares
for $28,209,000 (fiscal 1995 -- $4,674,000) in open market transactions.

Management believes that the Company's liquidity in the form of existing cash
resources and its credit facilities, as well as cash generated from operations,
will prove adequate to meet its operating and capital expenditure requirements
through the end of fiscal 1998 and into the foreseeable future.

Management believes that inflation did not have a material effect on operations
during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997.


Item 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following financial statements and supplementary data are filed as part of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

            Financial Statements

                  Auditors' Report to the Shareholders
                  Consolidated Statements of Earnings and Retained Earnings for
                    the years ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                  Consolidated Balance Sheets as at April 30, 1997 and 1996
                  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
                    years ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the
                    years ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
                  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

            Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)


                                    Page 28
<PAGE>
 
AUDITORS' REPORT



To the Shareholders of Newbridge Networks Corporation:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Newbridge Networks
Corporation as at April 30, 1997 and 1996 and the consolidated statements of
earnings, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years ended April 30,
1997, 1996 and 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the company as at April 30, 1997
and 1996 and the results of its operations and the changes in its financial
position for the years ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995 in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in Canada which, except as disclosed in
Note 2, Note 5 and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, also
conform in all material respects with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States.



/s/ Deloitte and Touche

Chartered Accountants
Ottawa, Canada
June 2, 1997
(June 24, 1997 for Note 18)


                                    Page 29
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

         (Canadian dollars, amounts in thousands except per share data)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                    Years Ended April 30,
                                                                      ---------------------------------------------

                                                                         1997              1996             1995
<S>                                                                   <C>                <C>               <C> 
Sales                                                                 $1,376,727         $921,244          $800,523
Cost of sales                                                            507,588          319,745           260,471
                                                                       ---------          -------           -------
Gross margin                                                             869,139          601,499           540,052

Expenses
     Selling, general and administrative                                 346,106          231,060           196,073
     Research and development                                            155,330           97,205            66,066
     Purchased research and development
         in process (Note 5)                                              96,940             --               --
                                                                       ---------          -------           -------
Income from operations                                                   270,763          273,234           277,913

Interest income                                                           19,956           23,193            17,059
Interest expense on long term obligations                                 (1,351)            (586)           (1,107)
Gain on sale of long term investment (Note 13)                              --             12,715              --
Other expenses                                                            (9,615)          (3,443)           (6,512)
                                                                       ---------          -------           -------

Earnings before income taxes
     and non-controlling interest                                        279,753          305,113           287,353
Provision for income taxes (Note 14)                                     117,718          100,779            96,944
Non-controlling interest                                                   5,118            1,470             2,019
                                                                       ---------          -------           -------
Net earnings                                                          $  156,917         $202,864          $188,390
                                                                       =========          =======           =======


Earnings per share (Note 15)
     Basic                                                                    92(c)         $1.22             $1.16
     Fully diluted                                                            91(c)         $1.19             $1.11

Weighted average number of shares
     Basic                                                               170,510          165,842           162,891
     Fully diluted                                                       184,595          179,665           175,823

</TABLE> 


        See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                    Page 30
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                         (Canadian dollars in thousands)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                              April 30,                  April 30,
                                                                                1997                       1996
<S>                                                                          <C>                        <C> 
Assets

Cash and cash equivalents (Note 2)                                            $  333,904                 $  455,749
Accounts receivable, net of provision for returns and
     doubtful accounts of $10,572 (April 30, 1996 - $6,651)                      387,338                    244,784
Inventories (Note 3)                                                             159,495                    103,555
Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                         64,191                     21,107
                                                                               ---------                  ---------
                                                                                 944,928                    825,195

Property, plant and equipment (Note 4)                                           294,939                    193,796
Deferred income taxes                                                             37,393                      --
Goodwill (Note 6)                                                                125,565                     26,672
Software development costs (Note 7)                                               22,299                     18,285
Other assets (Note 8)                                                             71,579                     29,469
                                                                               ---------                  ---------
                                                                              $1,496,703                 $1,093,417
                                                                               =========                  =========


Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

Current liabilities
     Accounts payable                                                         $  105,884                 $   64,289
     Accrued liabilities                                                          95,804                     46,033
     Provision for restructuring (Note 5)                                         35,944                      --
     Income taxes                                                                 61,551                     54,484
     Current portion of long term obligations                                      7,353                      2,302
                                                                               ---------                  ---------
                                                                                 306,536                    167,108

Long term obligations (Note 10)                                                   10,817                        860
Deferred income taxes                                                             32,439                      9,902
Non-controlling interest                                                          20,412                     12,861
                                                                               ---------                  ---------
                                                                                 370,204                    190,731
                                                                               ---------                  ---------

Share capital (Note 12)
     Common shares - 171,858,984 outstanding
         (April 30, 1996 - 168,676,280 outstanding)                              351,388                    290,170
Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment                                6,963                      1,285
Retained earnings                                                                768,148                    611,231
                                                                               ---------                  ---------
                                                                               1,126,499                    902,686
                                                                               ---------                  ---------
                                                                              $1,496,703                 $1,093,417
                                                                               =========                  =========
</TABLE> 

        See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                    Page 31
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                         (Canadian dollars in thousands)
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                    Years Ended April 30,
                                                                        --------------------------------------------
                                                                         1997              1996             1995
<S>                                                                     <C>              <C>               <C>  
Operating activities

Net earnings                                                            $156,917         $202,864          $188,390

Items not affecting cash
     Amortization                                                         82,987           58,189            37,607
     Deferred income taxes                                                22,989            4,046             3,166
     Non-controlling interest                                              5,118            1,470             2,019
     Purchased research and development in process                        96,940             --                --
     Gain on sale of long term investment                                   --            (12,715)             --
     Other                                                                 7,002           (1,857)            2,545

Cash effect of changes in:
     Accounts receivable                                                 (87,976)         (63,392)          (48,858)
     Inventories                                                         (20,767)         (40,785)          (20,099)
     Prepaid expenses and other current assets                           (13,668)            (627)           (7,083)
     Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                            (34,615)          20,840            12,133
     Income taxes                                                          8,447           23,757            17,176
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
                                                                         223,374          191,790           186,996
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
Investing activities

Additions to property, plant and equipment                              (131,641)         (96,235)          (81,763)
Acquisitions of subsidiaries,
  excluding cash acquired (Note 5)                                      (220,645)          (1,622)          (19,748)
Capitalized software development costs                                   (12,457)         (10,476)           (8,575)
Proceeds on sale of long term investment (Note 13)                          --             18,364              --
Additions to other assets                                                (34,858)         (14,983)           (5,723)
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
                                                                        (399,601)        (104,952)         (115,809)
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
Financing activities

Issue of common shares                                                    54,096           50,068            12,079
Purchase of common shares                                                   --            (28,209)           (4,674)
Increase in long term obligations                                          1,515             --                 753
Repayment of long term obligations                                        (6,733)          (2,765)          (10,340)
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
                                                                          48,878           19,094            (2,182)
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                        (127,349)         105,932            69,005
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash                            (2,585)           2,186             1,467
Cash from acquisition of subsidiaries                                      8,089             (526)            1,900
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
                                                                        (121,845)         107,592            72,372
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year                         455,749          348,157           275,785
                                                                         -------          -------           -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year                              $333,904         $455,749          $348,157
                                                                         =======          =======           =======
</TABLE> 

        See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                    Page 32
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                         (Canadian dollars in thousands)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      Common Shares        Accumulated
                                               --------------------------    Foreign       Retained      Shareholders'
                                                 Number            Amount    Currency      Earnings         Equity
<S>                                            <C>               <C>       <C>             <C>           <C> 
At April 30, 1994                              161,564,936       $247,362     $6,233       $219,977        $473,572

Exercise of employees' and
     directors' options                          3,149,680         12,079                                    12,079

Purchase of the Company's shares                  (200,000)        (4,674)                                   (4,674)

Income tax benefit related
     to stock options                                               7,679                                     7,679

Effect of foreign currency translation                                        (2,401)                        (2,401)

Net earnings                                                                                188,390         188,390
                                               -----------        -------      -----        -------       ---------
At April 30, 1995                              164,514,616        262,446      3,832        408,367         674,645
                                                                
Exercise of employees' and                                      
     directors' options                          5,161,664         50,068                                    50,068
                                                                
Purchase of the Company's shares                (1,000,000)       (28,209)                                  (28,209)
                                                                
Income tax benefit related                                      
     to stock options                                               5,865                                     5,865
                                                                
Effect of foreign currency translation                                        (2,547)                        (2,547)
                                                                
Net earnings                                                                                202,864         202,864
                                               -----------        -------      -----        -------       ---------
At April 30, 1996                              168,676,280        290,170      1,285        611,231         902,686

Exercise of employees' and
     directors' options                          3,182,704         54,096                                    54,096

Income tax benefit related
     to stock options                                               7,122                                     7,122

Effect of foreign currency translation                                         5,678                          5,678

Net earnings                                                                                156,917         156,917
                                               -----------        -------      -----        -------       ---------
At April 30, 1997                              171,858,984       $351,388     $6,963       $768,148      $1,126,499
                                               ===========        =======      =====        =======       =========
</TABLE> 

        See accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                                    Page 33
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)



1.  Significant Accounting Policies

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in Canada. These principles are also
generally accepted in the United States in all material respects except for the
disclosure of certain cash equivalents on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and
investing activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, as disclosed
in Note 2, the write off of purchased research and development in process, as
disclosed in Note 5, and the method of calculation of earnings per share, as
reconciled in Note 15.

Basis of Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and
its subsidiaries. Investments in companies in which the Company has significant
influence are accounted for by the equity method. Investments in which the
Company does not control or have significant influence over the investee are
accounted for by the cost method.

Fiscal Year

The Company's fiscal year ends April 30. Interim fiscal quarters are 13 weeks
long and close on a Sunday except the fourth fiscal quarter, which closes April
30.

Revenue Recognition and Warranties

Revenue from product sales is generally recorded on shipment, with a provision
for estimated returns recorded at that time. In addition, a provision for
potential warranty claims is provided for at the time of sale, based on warranty
terms and prior claims experience. Service revenue is recognized when the
service is performed, or, in the case of maintenance contracts, is recognized as
costs are incurred to secure and fulfill the contract.

Government Incentives and Investment Tax Credits

Government incentives and investment tax credits are recorded as a reduction of
the expense or the cost of the asset acquired to which the incentive applies.
The benefits are recognized when the Company has complied with the terms and
conditions of the approved grant program or the applicable tax legislation.

Software Development Costs

Certain applications and systems software development costs are capitalized once
technical feasibility has been established for the product, the Company has
identified a market for the product and intends to market the developed product.
No other development costs are capitalized. Such capitalized costs are amortized
over the expected life of the related product.

                                    Page 34
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


Inventories

Finished goods are valued at the lower of cost (first in, first out) and net
realizable value. Work in process and raw materials are valued at the lower of
cost and replacement cost.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Buildings and equipment are
generally amortized on a declining balance basis at rates calculated to amortize
the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements
are amortized using a straight line basis over the term of the lease.

Goodwill

Goodwill is stated at the difference between the Company's cost of the
investments less its proportionate share of the fair value of the net assets of
the subsidiaries. Goodwill is amortized on a straight line basis over the
estimated useful life of the goodwill, generally between ten and twenty years.
The recoverability of such costs is reviewed on an ongoing basis.

Foreign Currency Translation

The Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared using Canadian dollars. All
operations whose principal economic activities are undertaken in currencies
other than Canadian dollars have been determined to be self-sustaining.

The assets and liabilities of non-Canadian operations are translated at fiscal
year end exchange rates and the resulting unrealized exchange gains or losses
are accumulated as a separate component of shareholders' equity described in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets as "Accumulated foreign currency translation
adjustment." The income statements of such operations are translated at exchange
rates prevailing during the fiscal year.

Other monetary assets and liabilities, which are denominated in currencies
foreign to the local currency of any one operation, are translated to the local
currency at fiscal year end exchange rates, and transactions included in
earnings are translated at rates prevailing during the fiscal year. Exchange
gains and losses resulting from the translation of these amounts are included in
the Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Use of Accounting Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires the Company's management to make estimates that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities as at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods
presented. Actual results could differ from the estimates made by management.

                                    Page 35
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

The United States Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Statement of
Accounting Standard No. 123 ("SFAS 123") maintains that the compensation cost
for stock-based plans should be measured using a fair value based method. The
Company currently calculates the compensation cost for its Consolidated Key
Employee Stock Option Plan in compliance with the provisions of the United
States Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25") which allows no
compensation cost to be recorded provided that the exercise price of the options
granted is equal to the fair market value of the Company's stock as at the date
of the grant. The Company discloses, in the notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements, the pro forma net earnings and earnings per share as if the fair
value method of measurement had been applied, as is permitted by SFAS 123.

Calculation of Earnings per Share

The United States Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued the
Statement of Accounting Standard No. 128 ("SFAS 128") in February 1997 related
to changes to the methodologies used in calculating earnings per share under
U.S. GAAP. Under SFAS 128 primary earnings per share would be replaced by basic
earnings per share, the calculation of which, given the Company's capital
structure, would be the same as the calculation of basic earnings per share
under accounting principles generally accepted in Canada. The calculation of
fully diluted earnings per share under U.S. GAAP would be replaced by diluted
earnings per share, the calculation of which, given the Company's capital
structure, would be the same as the calculation of primary earnings per share
under U.S.
GAAP.


2.  Cash and Cash Equivalents

Components of cash and cash equivalents are:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                          April 30, 1997                April 30, 1996
                                                     ----------------------         ----------------------
                                                      Amortized     Market          Amortized      Market
                                                        Cost        Value              Cost        Value
                                                       -------      -------           -------      -------
       <S>                                           <C>         <C>                <C>          <C> 
         Cash                                         $197,007     $197,007          $285,054     $285,074
                                                       -------      -------           -------      -------

         Held to maturity marketable securities, maturing within one year:
                Debt issued or guaranteed
                  by the U.S. Government                  --           --              24,550       24,547
                Debt issued or guaranteed
                  by Provincial
                  governments in Canada                   --           --              13,552       13,585
                Corporate debt securities              136,278      136,322           114,178      114,187
                                                       -------      -------           -------      -------

                                                       136,278      136,322           152,280      152,319
                                                       -------      -------           -------     --------

         Available for sale marketable securities
                Equity securities                          619          619            18,415       18,415
                                                       -------      -------           -------     --------

                                                      $333,904     $333,948          $455,749     $455,808
                                                       =======      =======           =======      =======
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 36
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


Held to maturity marketable securities are investments with original maturities
of three months or more. Available for sale securities are common shares of
publicly traded companies, which have certain resale restrictions, principally
acquired upon the Company's disposition of its minority interest in InSoft, Inc.
(Note 13). Under U.S. GAAP held to maturity and available for sale marketable
securities would be disclosed as a separate caption on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.

Held to maturity marketable securities are carried at amortized cost. The
unrealized gains and losses are not included in the Consolidated Statements of
Earnings as these gains and losses are unlikely to be realized due to the
Company's intent to hold the underlying securities to maturity. Available for
sale securities are carried at the lower of cost and market. Gains and losses on
marketable securities were as follows.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                          1997                      1996
                                                                        --------                   ------
       <S>                                                             <C>                        <C> 
         Held to maturity marketable securities
                 Unrealized gains                                          $  44                     $72
                 Unrealized losses                                            --                      13
                 Realized gains                                               --                      --
                 Realized losses                                              --                      --

         Available for sales marketable securities
                 Unrealized gains                                             --                      --
                 Unrealized losses                                            --                      --
                 Realized gains                                               --                      --
                 Realized losses                                             866                      --
</TABLE> 

If the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows were prepared under U.S. GAAP,
purchases, maturities and sales of marketable securities would be disclosed as
an investing activity. Disclosure in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
prepared under U.S. GAAP would be as follows.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                 1997             1996               1995
                                                                -------          -------           -------
       <S>                                                    <C>             <C>                <C> 
         Investing activities in short 
           term marketable securities:
                Held to maturity securities
                  Maturities                                  $ 508,890        $ 343,000          $314,659
                  Purchases                                    (475,092)        (397,140)         (205,439)
                                                                -------          -------           -------
                                                                 33,798          (54,140)          109,220
         Investing activities, as reported                     (399,601)        (104,952)         (115,809)
                                                                --------         --------          -------

         Investing activities, U.S. GAAP                      $(365,803)       $(159,092)         $ (6,589)
                                                                =======          =======          ========
         Increase (decrease) in cash and
           cash equivalents, as reported                      $(121,845)       $ 107,592          $ 72,372
         Non-cash investing activities
                Available for sale
                  securities (Note 13)                             --            (18,415)             --
         Investing activities in short
           term marketable securities                            33,798          (54,140)          109,220
                                                              ---------          -------           -------
         Increase (decrease) in cash and
           cash equivalents, U.S. GAAP                        $ (88,047)       $  35,037          $181,592
                                                              =========         ========           =======
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 37
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

3.  Inventories
                                             April 30,          April 30,
                                                1997               1996
                                              --------            ------
        <S>                                 <C>               <C> 
         Finished goods                       $100,405          $ 60,824
         Work in process                        20,938            12,711
         Raw materials                          38,152            30,020
                                               -------           -------

                                              $159,495          $103,555
                                               =======           =======

<CAPTION> 

4.  Property, Plant and Equipment

                                                            Amortization        April 30,         April 30,
                                                                Rate               1997              1996
                                                           ---------------       --------          ------
        <S>                                              <C>                  <C>              <C> 
         Land                                                    --             $  5,571          $  4,770
         Buildings                                             2.5%--5%           72,779            49,128
         Equipment                                             10%--50%          500,602           260,195
         Furniture and fixtures                                  20%              34,485            16,256
         Leasehold improvements                              Lease term            9,512             6,758
                                                                                 -------          --------

                                                                                 622,949           337,107

         Accumulated amortization                                               (328,010)         (143,311)
                                                                                 -------          --------

                                                                                $294,939          $193,796
                                                                                 =======          ========

         Capital leases included above                                          $  6,918          $  6,466
                                                                                 =======           =======

<CAPTION> 

                                                                 1997             1996              1995
                                                               --------         --------          --------
        <S>                                                   <C>             <C>                <C> 
         Amortization on property,
           plant and equipment                                  $73,364          $48,662           $29,770
                                                                 ======           ======            ======

         Amortization on property, plant and
           equipment under capital leases                       $ 1,523          $ 1,627           $ 2,016
                                                                 ======           ======            ======
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 38
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

5.  Acquisitions of Subsidiaries

Cash utilized in the acquisitions of subsidiaries is summarized as follows.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                 1997             1996             1995
                                                               --------         --------          ------
  <S>                                                         <C>             <C>              <C> 
   Acquisition of subsidiaries
      excluding cash acquired
         Ungermann-Bass Networks Inc.                         $(146,590)        $   --         $     --
         Coasin Chile S.A.                                      (14,129)            --               --
         Danring A/S                                            (11,144)            --               --
         Ouest Standard Telematique S.A.                        (34,231)            --               --
         Acacia S.A.                                             (9,714)            --               --
         Advanced Computer Communications                        (3,971)            --              (1,394)
         Transistemas S.A.                                         (866)          (1,622)          (18,354)
                                                               ---------          ------           -------
                                                              $(220,645)         $(1,622)         $(19,748)
                                                               ========           ======           =======
</TABLE> 

Acquisition of Ungermann-Bass Networks Inc.

On January 17, 1997, the Company acquired a 100% equity interest in
Ungermann-Bass Networks, Inc. ("UB Networks"), a manufacturer of local area
network equipment based in Santa Clara, California, by the purchase of shares
for cash consideration of $146,590,000. The purchase price includes professional
fees and other direct costs of the acquisition, and excludes additional
contingent payments which may be made over the next two years calculated as 50%
of the gross margin earned on UB Networks' products above a certain amount which
approximates the gross margin earned on the products prior to the acquisition,
up to a maximum of 50% of the purchase price paid to the seller. The acquisition
has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is being
amortized on a straight line basis over a ten year period, commencing in the
fiscal period following that in which the investment was made. The
recoverability of goodwill is reviewed on an ongoing basis. The Company's
investment in UB Networks is summarized below.

<TABLE> 
     <S>                                                       <C> 
     Non-cash current assets                                   $ 64,985
     Property, plant and equipment                               24,708
     Deferred income tax assets                                  36,769
     Purchased research and development in process               96,940
     Goodwill                                                     7,331
     Other long term assets                                       8,290
                                                               --------
     Non-cash assets acquired                                   239,023
                                                               --------

     Provision for restructuring                                (53,979)
     Other current liabilities                                  (64,419)
     Long term obligations assumed                                 (836)
     Non-controlling interest                                    (1,060)
                                                               --------
     Liabilities acquired                                      (120,294)
                                                               --------

     Net non-cash assets acquired                               118,729
     Cash acquired                                               11,981
                                                               --------
                                                                130,710
     Goodwill upon acquisition                                   15,880
                                                               --------
     Total consideration paid                                  $146,590
                                                               ========
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 39
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


The amount allocated to purchased research and development in process was
determined through valuation techniques common in the high technology industry.
Under U.S. GAAP, research and development in process acquired by the Company on
the acquisition of UB Networks was written off against net earnings upon
acquisition. Under accounting principles generally accepted in Canada research
and development in process acquired by the Company on the acquisition of UB
Networks was capitalized upon acquisition and disclosed on the Consolidated
Balance Sheet at January 26, 1997. Upon review of the recoverability of the
research and development in process, undertaken during the fourth quarter of the
fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, the Company determined that the purchased
research and development in process no longer met all the criteria for deferral
and accordingly the balance has been written off as a charge to earnings for the
fourth fiscal quarter. The Company has significantly altered product plans
associated with the research and development projects and has concluded that
recoverability cannot be reasonably regarded as assured. In addition, Management
has determined that adequate resources may not be made available in future to
complete the projects associated with the purchased in process research and
development, as originally defined.

The provision for restructuring relates to programs instituted by the Company to
integrate the operations of UB Networks with the Company and to eliminate
redundant functions. The components of the provision for restructuring and
related spending to April 30, 1997 are as follows.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                   Reduction in      Reduction         Discontinued        Other
                                    Work Force     in Facilities        Activities     Restructuring       Total
                                   ------------    -------------       ------------    -------------       -----
    <S>                            <C>             <C>                 <C>             <C>                <C> 
     Provision upon                                                                                       
         acquisition                 $26,153           $11,582            $9,787           $6,457         $53,979
                                                                                                          
     Incurred to                                                                                          
         April 30, 1997                9,496               970             4,478            3,091          18,035
                                     -------           -------             -----            -----          ------
                                                                                                          
     Provision balances                                                                                   
         at April 30, 1997           $16,657           $10,612            $5,309           $3,366         $35,944
                                      ======            ======             =====            =====          ======
</TABLE> 

The provision for reduction in work force includes severance, related medical
and other benefits, relocation costs and other obligations to employees. The
provision includes termination benefits for approximately 300 employees. The
work force reductions are in all functions and in all regions in which UB
Networks operates. The Company anticipates that these work force reductions will
be substantially completed by the second quarter of fiscal 1998. The provision
for reduction in facilities comprises primarily lease payments and fixed costs
associated with plans to close sales, support and administrative facilities in
the Americas, Europe and Asia Pacific geographic areas. The provision for
discontinued activities includes costs associated with the disposition of assets
and fulfilling prior commitments related to certain discontinued product lines
and activities. The Company anticipates these costs to be incurred over the next
year. The provision for other restructuring costs comprises various direct
incremental costs associated with the integration of operations of UB Networks
with the Company.

The operating results of UB Networks are consolidated into the operating results
of the Company commencing in the fourth fiscal quarter ended April 30, 1997.

                                    Page 40
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


Acquisitions of Coasin Chile S.A., Danring A/S, Ouest Standard Telematique and
Acacia S.A.

During fiscal 1997 the Company acquired controlling interests in Coasin Chile
S.A. ("Coasin"), a Chilean systems integrator of networking products; Danring
A/S ("Danring"), a Danish systems integrator of networking products; Ouest
Standard Telematique S.A. ("OST"), a manufacturer of local area network
equipment based in France; and Acacia S.A. ("Acacia"), a holding company with
controlling interests in systems integrators of networking products in Brazil,
Costa Rica and Argentina. The investments are summarized as follows.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                       Coasin            Danring            OST             Acacia
                                                       ------            -------            ---             ------
   <S>                                               <C>              <C>             <C>                <C> 
     Month of acquisition                             Nov 1996          Jan 1997         Aug 1996          Apr 1997
     Equity interest acquired                               51%              100%             100%               51%
     Purchase price                                    $14,129           $11,144          $34,231          $  9,714
     Maximum incremental
         contingent payments                          US$2,595            --            US$10,000          US$1,640
     Period over which
         contingent payment
         may be made                                   2 years            --              3 years           2 years
     Acquisition accounting method                    Purchase          Purchase         Purchase          Purchase
     Goodwill amortization period                     20 years          20 years         20 years          20 years

     Investment summary:
         Non-cash current assets                       $26,138          $  6,649         $  9,984          $  7,217
         Property, plant equipment                       3,842               119            6,157               805
         Other long term assets                          1,393            --                  490             3,950
                                                       -------          --------         --------           -------
         Non-cash assets acquired                       31,373             6,768           16,631            11,972

         Current liabilities                            (8,960)           (6,877)         (27,017)           (9,928)
         Long term obligations assumed                  (3,428)           --               (6,313)           (1,838)
                                                       -------          --------          -------           -------
         Net non-cash assets acquired                   18,985             (109)          (16,699)              206

         Cash (bank indebtedness) acquired             (11,320)            3,062            6,165            (1,799)
                                                        ------           -------          -------           -------
                                                         7,665             2,953          (10,534)           (1,593)
         Non-controlling interest
           upon acquisition                             (3,755)           --                 --                 780
                                                       -------           -------          -------          --------
         Company's share of assets acquired              3,910             2,953          (10,534)             (813)
         Goodwill upon acquisition                      10,219             8,191           44,765            10,527
                                                        ------           -------           ------            ------
         Total consideration paid                      $14,129           $11,144          $34,231          $  9,714
                                                        ======            ======           ======           =======

<CAPTION> 

6.  Goodwill

                                                                    April 30,        April 30,
                                                                       1997            1996
                                                                    --------          -------
          <S>                                                      <C>               <C> 
           Goodwill                                                 $133,854          $30,169
           Accumulated amortization                                   (8,289)          (3,497)
                                                                    --------          -------
                                                                    $125,565          $26,672
                                                                     =======           ======
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 41
<PAGE>
 
                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
    (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


7.  Software Development Costs
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            April 30,                 April 30,
                                                              1997                      1996
                                                             ------                    ------
         <S>                                                <C>                       <C> 
         Balance, beginning of the year                     $18,285                   $14,532
         Amount capitalized                                  12,457                    10,476
         Amortization                                        (8,443)                   (6,723)
                                                             ------                    ------
                                                            
         Balance, end of the year                           $22,299                   $18,285
                                                             ======                    ======

<CAPTION> 
8.  Other assets
                                                            April 30,                 April 30,
                                                              1997                      1996
                                                             ------                    ------
         <S>                                                <C>                       <C> 
         Long term investments
            Accounted for by the equity method              $19,663                   $18,796
            Accounted for by the cost method                 32,931                     1,894
                                                             ------                    ------
                                                             52,594                    20,690
         Other assets                                        18,985                     8,779
                                                             ------                    ------

                                                            $71,579                   $29,469
                                                             ======                    ======
</TABLE> 

Investments in associated companies over which the Company has significant
influence are accounted for by the equity method and as a result the carrying
value equals the Company's proportionate share of the shareholder's equity of
the investee company. Investees which the Company does not control or have
significant influence over are accounted for by the cost method.


9.  Bank Credit Facilities

At April 30, 1997 short term bank credit facilities consisted of operating lines
of credit in the aggregate amount of $106,135,000, primarily with banks in
Canada, the United Kingdom and the United States. At April 30, 1997, Coasin S.A.
and Acacia S.A. were utilizing $12,820,000 under these lines of credit. Bank
indebtedness is secured by accounts receivable and a general security agreement
that includes assets that are not otherwise pledged as security. The Company
complies with all covenants and restrictions contained in the credit facilities
agreements, including minimum levels of working capital and tangible net worth.

                                    Page 42
<PAGE>
 
                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
    (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

10.  Long Term Obligations
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            April 30,                 April 30,
                                                               1997                      1996
                                                            ---------                 ---------
         <S>                                                <C>                       <C> 
         Mortgage                                           $   283                   $2,109
         Term loans                                          15,487                       --
         Capital lease obligations                            2,400                    1,053
                                                             ------                    -----
                                                             18,170                    3,162

         Less amounts due within one year                    (7,353)                  (2,302)
                                                             ------                    -----

         Balance, end of the year                           $10,817                   $  860
                                                             ======                    =====
</TABLE> 
The mortgage is secured by office and manufacturing facilities with an aggregate
book value of $7,071,000.

Future payments under long term obligations and operating leases at April 30,
1997 are as follows.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                 Principal Amount        Minimum
                                                   on Mortgages        Capital Lease          Operating
                                                  and Term Loans         Payments              Leases
                                                 ---------------         --------              ------
         <S>                                     <C>                     <C>                  <C> 
         Fiscal 1998                                 $ 6,428             $1,070               $29,375
         Fiscal 1999                                   3,595                708                26,439
         Fiscal 2000                                   4,007                523                18,902
         Fiscal 2001                                     601                283                12,127
         Fiscal 2002                                     233                165                 3,875
         Thereafter                                      906                  9                 2,998
                                                      ------              -----                ------
                                                            
                                                     $15,770              2,758               $93,716
                                                      ======                                   ======
         Less imputed interest at 9%                                       (358)
                                                                          -----
                                                 
                                                                         $2,400
                                                                          =====
</TABLE> 
Interest paid on capital leases was $266,000 (fiscal 1996 -- $218,000; fiscal
1995 -- $571,000).


11.  Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company uses financial instruments, principally forward exchange contracts,
in its management of foreign currency exposures. Realized and unrealized foreign
exchange contracts are recognized and offset foreign exchange gains and losses
on the underlying net asset or net liability position. These contracts primarily
require the Company to purchase and sell certain foreign currencies with or for
Canadian dollars at contractual rates. At April 30, 1997 the Company had
$293,414,000 in outstanding foreign exchange contracts (fiscal 1996 --
$129,899,000).

                                    Page 43
<PAGE>
 
                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
    (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

Several major financial institutions are counterparties to the Company's
financial instruments. It is Company practice to monitor the financial standing
of the counterparties and limit the amount of exposure to any one institution.
The Company may be exposed to a credit loss in the event of nonperformance by
the counterparties to these contracts, but does not anticipate such
nonperformance.

With respect to accounts receivable, concentration of credit risk is limited due
to the diverse areas covered by the Company's operations. The Company has credit
evaluation, approval and monitoring processes intended to mitigate potential
credit risks. Anticipated bad debt loss and product returns have been provided
for in the allowance for returns and doubtful accounts. Net additions to the
provision for returns and doubtful accounts (fiscal 1997 -- $3,921,000; fiscal
1996 -- $1,436,000) primarily relate to product returns and are charged to
sales. The carrying amounts for cash, marketable securities, accounts
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair market
value because of the short maturity of these instruments.


12.  Share Capital

Authorized

An unlimited number of Common Shares.

An unlimited number of participating preferred shares, ranking in priority upon
distribution of assets over Common Shares, may be issued in series with
additional provisions as fixed by the Board of Directors.

Stock Split

On September 13, 1996 the Board of Directors declared a two for one stock split,
effected in the form of a stock dividend, payable October 11, 1996 to
shareholders of record on September 30, 1996. All references in the consolidated
financial statements with regard to shares outstanding and per share amounts
have been restated to reflect the stock split.

Employee Stock Option Plans

The Company has established the Newbridge Networks Corporation Consolidated Key
Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") applicable to full-time employees,
directors and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. The options under
the Plan are granted at the then-current fair market value of the Common Shares
of the Company and generally may be exercised in equal proportions during the
years following the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of
grant, and expire on the fifth anniversary or upon termination of employment.
Options granted under the Plan prior to August 1, 1996 generally may be
exercised in equal proportions during the years following the first, second and
third anniversary of the date of grant, and expire on the fourth anniversary or
upon termination of employment. In addition to the number of options outstanding
as at April 30, 1997, the number of options which may be granted under the Plan
is 8,745,273. Amendments to the Plan related to the vesting period and the
number of shares reserved for issuance were approved by the Board of Directors
in June 1997 and are subject to shareholder approval.

                                    Page 44
<PAGE>
 
                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
    (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

During the year ended April 30, 1995 the Company's shareholders approved the
1994 Stock Option Amendment Program for all outstanding options (other than
those granted to directors) exercisable at prices greater than $20.00 per share.
Under the program, the Company amended 4,108,760 options so that each such
option has a date of grant of June 23, 1994, the date the program was initiated,
and has an exercise price of $20.00 per share, the closing price of the
Company's Common Shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange on that date.

Activity in the stock option plan is summarized below.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                                             Option Price
                                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                                                           Weighted
                                               Options             Low         High        Average
                                              ---------           -------     -------      --------
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>         <C>          <C>      
Options outstanding April 30, 1994            12,207,658           $ 0.95      $43.74       $15.45
                                            
     Granted during fiscal 1995                5,134,750           $21.65      $28.60       $24.34
     Cancelled and expired                      (400,656)          $ 0.95      $43.74       $20.75
     Exercised                                (3,149,680)          $ 0.95      $15.17       $ 3.95
                                               ---------                       
                                                                               
Options outstanding April 30, 1995            13,792,072           $ 1.68      $43.74       $16.46
                                                                               
     Granted during fiscal 1996                5,193,100           $19.47      $34.73       $26.94
     Cancelled and expired                      (699,804)          $ 1.68      $34.23       $24.41
     Exercised                                (5,161,664)          $ 1.68      $26.89       $ 9.98
                                               ---------
                                            
Options outstanding April 30, 1996            13,123,704           $ 4.73      $43.74       $22.73
                                                                               
     Granted during fiscal 1997                7,098,800           $30.18      $46.33       $38.89
     Cancelled and expired                      (785,073)          $ 4.76      $44.31       $25.74
     Exercised                                (3,182,704)          $ 4.73      $34.23       $17.23
                                               ---------
                                            
Options outstanding April 30, 1997            16,254,727           $19.47      $46.33       $30.72
                                              ==========
<CAPTION>                                             
                                                                            Option Price
                                                                  ---------------------------------
                                                                                           Weighted
                                               Options             Low         High        Average
                                              ---------           -------     -------      --------
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>         <C>          <C> 
Options outstanding April 30, 1996          
     Vested                                    3,598,694           $ 4.73      $43.74       $18.23
     Unvested                                  9,525,010           $19.47      $43.74       $24.43
                                              ----------                       
                                              13,123,704           $ 4.73      $43.74       $22.73
                                              ==========
     Weighted average remaining             
         contractual life                     2.45 years
                                              ==========

Options outstanding April 30, 1997
     Vested                                    4,867,116           $19.47      $43.74       $23.99
     Unvested                                 11,387,611           $19.47      $46.33       $30.72
                                              ----------                 
                                              16,254,727           $19.47      $46.33       $30.72
                                              ==========
     Weighted average remaining
         contractual life                     2.14 years
                                              ==========
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 45
<PAGE>
 
                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
    (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

Stock Based Compensation

The Company applies APB 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its
Consolidated Key Employee Stock Option Plan. Accordingly, no compensation
expense has been recognized for its stock based compensation plan. Had
compensation costs for the Company's Consolidated Key Employee Stock Option Plan
been determined based on the fair value at the grant date for awards under the
Plan, consistent with the methodology prescribed under SFAS 123, the Company's
net earnings and earnings per share would have been decreased to the following
pro forma amounts.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                              1997               1996
                                                            --------           --------
     <S>                                                    <C>                <C>  
     Net earnings, as reported                              $156,917           $202,864
                                                                               
     Estimated stock based compensation costs                (57,398)           (19,535)
                                                             -------            -------
                                                                               
     Pro forma net earnings                                 $ 99,519           $183,329
                                                             =======            =======
                                                                               
     Basic earnings per share                                     58c          $   1.11
                                                             =======            =======
     Fully diluted earnings per share                             58c          $   1.08
                                                             =======            =======
</TABLE> 
The weighted average fair value of all options granted during fiscal 1997 and
1996 was estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                              1997               1996
                                                            --------           --------
     <S>                                                    <C>                <C> 
     Expected option life, in years                            4.3                3.5
     Volatility                                              112.1%             100.2%
     Risk free interest rate                                   6.4%               5.5%
     Dividend yield                                            nil                nil
</TABLE> 

The Black-Scholes model used by the Company to calculate option values, as well
as other currently accepted option valuation models, were developed to estimate
the fair value of freely tradable, fully transferable options without vesting
restrictions, which significantly differ from the Company's stock option awards.
These models also require highly subjective assumptions, including future stock
price volatility and expected time until exercise, which greatly affect the
calculated values. Accordingly, Management believes that this model does not
necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company's
stock option awards.


13.  Sale of Investment in InSoft, Inc.

On April 25, 1996, the Company sold its minority equity interest in InSoft, Inc.
("InSoft"), a privately held multimedia software company. The disposition was
effected through a merger in which InSoft shares were exchanged for common
shares of the acquirer, which are publicly traded. The Company recognized a gain
in fiscal 1996 on the sale of its InSoft shares of $12,715,000, representing the
excess of the market value of the shares of the acquirer received, discounted to
reflect certain restrictions on resale, over the cost to the Company of the
InSoft shares exchanged.

                                    Page 46
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


14.  Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                     1997           1996          1995
                                                   --------       --------      --------
       <S>                                         <C>            <C>           <C> 
       Current                                      $94,729        $96,180       $85,977
       Deferred                                      22,989          4,599        10,967
                                                    -------        -------       -------
                                                                     
                                                   $117,718       $100,779       $96,944
                                                    =======        =======       =======
</TABLE> 

The provision for income taxes reported differs from the amount computed by
applying the Canadian statutory rate to income before income taxes for the
following reasons.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
                                                     1997           1996          1995
                                                   --------       --------      --------
       <S>                                         <C>            <C>           <C> 
       Earnings before income taxes:
          Domestic                                 $182,745       $155,901      $105,155
          Foreign                                    97,009        149,212       182,198
                                                    -------        -------       -------
                                                                              
                                                   $279,754       $305,113      $287,353
                                                    =======        =======       =======
                                                                              
       Statutory income tax rate (Canada)              43.5%          43.5%         43.5%
                                                       ====           ====          ====
                                                                              
       Expected provision for income tax           $121,693       $132,724      $124,998
       Canadian rate adjustment for research                                  
        and development activities                   (5,062)        (4,318)       (3,754)
       Canadian rate adjustment for                                           
        manufacturing and processing activities     (15,625)       (13,407)       (8,286)
       Loss carryforwards utilized                   (7,262)          --            (352)
       Foreign tax differential                     (39,539)       (21,686)      (17,873)
       Purchased research and development in                                  
        process related to UB Networks               42,169           --            --
       Non-deductible reserves and surtaxes          21,344          7,466         2,211
                                                    -------        -------       -------
       Reported income tax provision               $117,718       $100,779      $ 96,944
                                                    =======        =======       =======
</TABLE> 

The components of the annual timing differences and the related deferred tax
provision are as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                     1997           1996          1995
                                                   --------       --------      --------
       <S>                                         <C>            <C>           <C> 
       Tax depreciation in excess of
        accounting depreciation                    $  4,530         $5,560       $ 6,725
       Accounting provisions not deductible           3,570         (5,096)       (1,750)
       Research and development expenses                                         
        deducted for tax purposes in excess                                      
        of accounting                                 2,530          3,440         5,509
       Restructuring charges related to                                          
        UB Networks                                  13,127           --            --
       Losses available to offset future                                         
        income taxes                                   (768)           695           483
                                                       ----          -----        ------
                                                                                 
       Deferred income tax expense                  $22,989         $4,599       $10,967
                                                     ======          =====        ======
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 47
<PAGE>
 
                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                         April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
    (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)



The components of the deferred tax asset (liability) classified by the source of
cumulative timing difference that gave rise to the credit are as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                              Deferred Tax Asset           Deferred Tax Liability
                                             ---------------------         ----------------------
                                             April 30,    April 30,        April 30,     April 30,
                                               1997         1996             1997          1996
                                             --------     --------         --------      --------
     <S>                                     <C>          <C>              <C>           <C> 
     Accounting depreciation in excess   
        of (less than) tax depreciation       $ 6,764      $  --           $(31,309)     $(20,033)
     Accounting provisions not deductible       5,539         --                299         9,408
     Research and development expenses                                                
        deducted for tax purposes less                                                
        than (in excess of) accounting           --           --             (1,807)          723
     Net operating losses and                                                         
        restructuring charges related to                                              
        acquisition of UB Networks             31,102         --               --            --
     Other                                       --           --                378          --
     Valuation allowance                       (6,012)        --               --            --
                                               ------       ------          -------         -----
                                                                                      
                                              $37,393      $  --           $(32,439)      $(9,902)
                                               ======       ======          =======         =====
</TABLE> 

The Company recorded a deferred tax asset for net operating loss carryovers
associated with the acquisition of UB Networks. These losses will expire at
various dates through the year 2012.

The components of the deferred tax asset (liability) classified by the source of
timing difference that gave rise to the credit are not materially different from
the temporary differences as calculated under the application of U.S. GAAP.

At April 30, 1997, the Company had available investment tax credits of
approximately $48,592,000 for the reduction of future years Canadian federal
income tax liability. These credits expire during the years 2005-2007. Of this
amount $20,113,000 has been applied to reduce the deferred tax liability. No
recognition has been given in these financial statements to the potential tax
benefits associated with the remaining balance of investment tax credits.


15.  Earnings per Share

Earnings per share has been calculated on the basis of net earnings for the
period divided by the daily weighted average number of Common Shares outstanding
during the fiscal year.

The calculation of fully diluted earnings per share assumes that, if a dilutive
effect is produced, all outstanding options had been exercised at the later of
the beginning of the fiscal period and the option issue date, and includes an
allowance for imputed earnings of $11,589,000 (fiscal 1996 -- $10,469,000;
fiscal 1995 -- $6,812,000) derived from the investment of funds which would have
been received at an after tax rate of 3.1% (fiscal 1996 -- 4.0%; fiscal 1995 --
4.0%).

                                    Page 48
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, earnings
per share is calculated using the treasury stock method. The calculation of
earnings per share under United States generally accepted accounting principles
is as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                         1997            1996           1995
                                                       --------        --------       --------
       <S>                                             <C>             <C>            <C> 
       Net earnings                                                                   
          Primary                                           90(c)        $1.19          $1.13
          Fully diluted                                     90(c)        $1.17          $1.13
                                                                                      
       Weighted average number of shares                                              
          Primary                                      174,525         170,990        166,646
          Fully diluted                                174,525         172,780        166,646
</TABLE> 


16.  Related Party Transactions

The Company leases facilities in Canada and the United Kingdom from companies
controlled by Terence H. Matthews, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief
Executive Officer and the largest shareholder of the Company, under terms and
conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the leases were
entered into. Approximately 343,000 square feet has been leased for various
terms expiring between September 1997 and May 2002 at rates between $9.25 and
$14.00 per square foot (approximately $3,200,000 per year). During the fiscal
year ended April 30, 1996 the Company purchased a facility from a company
controlled by Mr. Matthews for its fair market value of $5,244,000.

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997 the Company paid $2,621,000 for
research and development services from associated companies under usual trade
terms and conditions (fiscal 1996 -- $507,000). The Company also purchased
$8,597,000 of equipment and software from associated companies under usual trade
terms, generally for resale (fiscal 1996 -- $7,442,000). The Company sold
$20,559,000 of equipment and software to associated companies under usual trade
terms, generally for resale (fiscal 1996 -- $1,207,000). The Company has equity
interests in these associated companies ranging from 22% to 39% and is
represented on the Boards of Directors of these companies.

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997 the Company purchased approximately
$3,393,000 of equipment under usual trade terms and conditions from corporations
in which the Company has no equity interest, but for which certain directors of
the Company served as chief executive officer and as a director and from
corporations for which Terence H. Matthews served as a director (fiscal 1996 --
$944,000).

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996 the Company performed subcontracted
research and development under agreements between the Company and corporations
controlled by three directors of the Company (the "R&D Corporations").
Subcontracted research and development under these agreements totalled
$3,200,000 for fiscal 1996 (fiscal 1995 -- $4,900,000) and is accounted for as a
recovery of gross research and development costs. The period covered by the
subcontracted research and development agreements ended in the third quarter of
fiscal 1996. The Company will pay a net royalty between 2% and 10%, depending on
the level of cumulative royalties paid, on all sales of products developed.

                                    Page 49
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)


17.  Business Segment Information

The Company operates primarily in one business segment -- the design,
manufacture, sale and service of networking systems and devices for data and
voice communications. The Company primarily operates in Canada, the United
States, Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America. Inter-segment sales are recorded
at cost plus a mark up for development and manufacturing charges.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                      1997             1996             1995
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
<S>                                                <C>              <C>              <C> 
     Sales                                      
         Canada                                 
            External customers                     $  331,139       $  217,541       $  176,468
            Inter-segment sales                       342,729          250,126          173,014
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                      673,868          467,667          349,482
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
         United States                          
            External customers                        351,937          303,505          330,190
            Inter-segment sales                        31,904            9,570            7,404
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                      383,841          313,075          337,594
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
         Europe                                 
            External customers                        440,844          273,665          219,535
            Inter-segment sales                       307,277          142,406            7,906
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                      748,121          416,071          227,441
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
         Asia Pacific                           
            External customers                        185,987          104,394           68,529
            Inter-segment sales                        21,028              204              168
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                      207,015          104,598           68,697
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
         Latin America                          
            External customers                         66,820           22,139            5,801
            Inter-segment sales                        33,447           32,577           20,818
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                      100,267           54,716           26,619
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                
            External customers                      1,376,727          921,244          800,523
            Inter-segment sales                       736,385          434,883          209,310
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                   $2,113,112       $1,356,127       $1,009,833
                                                    =========        =========        =========
     Operating Income                           
         Canada                                      $284,423         $171,367         $116,186
         United States                                 26,847           35,265           91,107
         Europe                                       145,792          111,430          101,142
         Asia Pacific                                  75,260           47,969           30,901
         Latin America                                 (9,289)           4,408            4,643
         Research and development expenses           (155,330)         (97,205)         (66,066)
         Purchased research and development     
            in process                                (96,940)            --               --
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                      270,763          273,234          277,913
Non-operating income                                    8,990           31,879            9,440
     Provision for income taxes                      (117,718)        (100,779)         (96,944)
     Non-controlling interest                          (5,118)          (1,470)          (2,019)
                                                    ---------        ---------        ---------
                                                
     Net earnings                                    $156,917         $202,864         $188,390
                                                    =========        =========        =========
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 50
<PAGE>
 
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                          April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995
     (Canadian dollars, tabular amounts in thousands except per share data)

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                        1997              1996              1995
                                      ----------      -----------          --------
  <S>                              <C>              <C>                 <C> 
     Identifiable Assets
         Canada                       $  405,126       $  607,969          $471,826
         United States                   397,808          184,746           172,085
         Europe                          370,875          131,885           100,227
         Asia Pacific                    218,015          130,075            68,837
         Latin America                   104,879           38,742            14,188
                                      ----------      -----------          --------

                                      $1,496,703       $1,093,417          $827,163
                                      ==========      ===========          ========

<CAPTION> 

Export sales from operations in Canada (excluding inter-segment sales) were as
follows.

                                          1997             1996              1995
                                      ----------         --------          --------
  <S>                              <C>              <C>                 <C> 
         Latin America                  $169,377         $119,385         $  85,591
         Asia Pacific                     49,166           32,902            28,455
                                      ----------         --------          --------

                                        $218,543         $152,287          $114,046
                                      ==========         ========          ========
</TABLE> 

Sales to Siemens A.G. and subsidiaries, generally under OEM arrangements for
resale to end users, were 18% of total sales for fiscal 1997.


18.  Litigation

Subsequent to the close of the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, Lucent
Technologies Inc. ("Lucent Technologies") filed a complaint dated June 24, 1997
in United States District Court in Delaware against the Company and its United
States subsidiary, Newbridge Networks Inc. Lucent Technologies manufactures and
sells telecommunications systems, software and products, and is both a
distributor of the Company's products and a competitor of the Company. The
complaint alleges that the Company's manufacture and sale in the United States
of Newbridge frame relay and ATM switch products infringe certain United States
patent rights claimed by Lucent Technologies, and requests actual and trebled
damages in an unspecified amount. The Company is in the process of responding to
the complaint, and intends to defend this action vigorously. Based upon its
present understanding of the laws in the United States and the facts, the
Company believes it has meritorious defenses to these claims.

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1995, the Company was served with one of
several complaints filed in United States District Court in Washington, D.C. by
certain persons purporting to be purchasers of Common Shares of the Company. On
or about May 8, 1995 these complaints were combined into a single consolidated
and amended complaint (the "First Amended Complaint") which named the Company
and certain of its executive officers as defendants. The First Amended Complaint
purported to be a class action on behalf of a class of persons who purchased
securities of the Company between March 29 and August 1, 1994 and alleged that
the Company made false and misleading statements in violation of United States
securities law and common law, for which damages were sought in unspecified
amounts. On June 3, 1996, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying
in part the defendants' motion to dismiss. Among other things, the Court
dismissed with prejudice the claim alleging 

                                    Page 51
<PAGE>
 
violation of common law. The Court also dismissed the majority of plaintiffs'
allegations of violation of United States securities law, but granted plaintiffs
leave to replead these allegations in a Second Amended Complaint, which
plaintiffs filed on July 3, 1996. The Court further conditionally certified the
action as a class action without prejudice to the Company's right to renew its
objection to class action certification upon completion of discovery. On April
10, 1997, the Court issued an order granting in part and denying in part the
defendants' motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. Among other things,
the Court dismissed with prejudice a substantial portion of plaintiffs'
allegations. The Company has served an answer denying plaintiffs' claims. The
Company intends to continue to defend this action vigorously. Based upon its
present understanding of the laws in the United States and the facts, the
Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the action. Because the outcome
of the action is not certain at this time, no provision for any liability that
may result upon adjudication has been made in these Consolidated Financial
Statements.

                                    Page 52
<PAGE>
 
                        SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

The quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended April 30, 1997 and 1996
are derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company
which include, in the opinion of Management, all normal and recurring
adjustments considered necessary for a fair statement of results for such
periods. The selected quarterly financial data should be read in conjunction
with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                  Fiscal 1996 Quarters Ended                  Fiscal 1997 Quarters Ended
                                  --------------------------                  --------------------------
                               Jul 30,    Oct 29,    Jan 28,    Apr 30,    Jul 28,    Oct 27,    Jan 26,    Apr 30,
                                 1995       1995       1996       1996      1996       1996       1997       1997
                                 ----       ----       ----       ----      ----       ----       ----       ----
<S>                           <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>      <C>        <C> 
                                          (Canadian dollars, amounts in thousands except per share data)

Income Statement Data:

Sales                         $195,510   $217,116   $236,678   $271,940   $286,037   $316,082   $333,267   $441,341
Gross margin                   129,546    141,731    154,075    176,147    185,294    203,897    213,261    266,687

Net earnings                    37,112     45,376     53,881     66,495     60,801     62,781     63,031    (29,696)

Earnings per share
     Basic                          22(c)      27(c)      32(c)      40(c)      36(c)      37(c)      37(c)     (17)(c)
     Fully diluted                  22         27         31         38         35         36         36        (17)

Weighted average
   number of shares
     Basic                     165,115    165,864    166,548    167,807    169,228    170,232    170,941    171,701
     Fully diluted             178,824    179,637    180,534    181,280    181,710    184,131    185,037    187,456

U.S. GAAP
     Net earnings/(1)/         $37,112    $45,376    $53,881    $66,495    $60,801    $62,781   $(33,909)   $67,244

     Net earnings per share/(2)/
         Primary                    22(c)      27(c)       31(c)     38(c)      35(c)      36(c)     (20)(c)     38(c)
         Fully diluted              22         27          31        38         35         36        (20)        38
         Fully diluted         US$0.16    US$0.20     US$0.23   US$0.28    US$0.25    US$0.26   US$(0.15)   US$0.28

     Weighted average
        number of shares
         Primary               168,847    167,672    171,158    173,036    174,930    174,747    170,941    176,554
         Fully diluted         168,847    167,672    172,729    174,454    174,930    174,747    170,941    176,554
</TABLE> 

- ----------------------

/(1)/  Under U.S. GAAP, research and development in process acquired by the
       Company on the acquisition of UB Networks was written off against net
       earnings upon acquisition in the third quarter of fiscal 1997. Under
       accounting principles generally accepted in Canada research and
       development in process acquired by the Company on the acquisition of UB
       Networks was capitalized upon acquisition and disclosed on the
       Consolidated Balance Sheet at January 26, 1997. Upon review of the
       recoverability of the research and development in process, undertaken
       during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, the
       Company determined that the purchased research and development in process
       no longer met all the criteria for deferral and accordingly the balance
       has been written off as a charge to earnings for the fourth fiscal
       quarter. The Company has significantly altered

                                    Page 53
<PAGE>
 
       product plans associated with the research and development projects and
       has concluded that recoverability cannot be reasonably regarded as
       assured. In addition, Management has determined that adequate resources
       may not be made available in future to complete the projects associated
       with the purchased in process research and development, as originally
       defined.

/(2)/  See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


Item 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
             ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

                                    Page 54
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART III

Item 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

The directors and executive officers of the Company and their ages at June 19,
1997 are:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Name and Municipality of Residence                   Age                        Position
- ----------------------------------                   ---                        --------
<S>                                                <C>        <C> 
Terence H. Matthews                                   54       Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Kanata, Ontario, Canada                                          Officer and Director

Peter Sommerer                                        48       Vice Chairman of the Board
Kanata, Ontario, Canada                                          and Director

Peter D. Charbonneau                                  43       President, Chief Operating Officer
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada                                          and Director

James C. Avis                                         47       Executive Vice President,
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada                                          Business Development

John D. Everard                                       48       Executive Vice President and General 
Chepstow, Wales                                                  Manager, European Region

Conrad W. Lewis                                       44       Executive Vice President, Business Units
Stittsville, Ontario, Canada

Constantin S. Loudiadis                               48       Executive Vice President and General 
Ottawa, Ontario, Canada                                          Manager, Asia Pacific Region

Scott W. Marshall                                     43       Executive Vice President, Research and 
Kanata, Ontario, Canada                                          Development

Dr. Donald Mills                                      63       Vice President, Administration
Kanata, Ontario, Canada                                          and Director

F. Michael Pascoe                                     45       Executive Vice President and General 
Great Falls, Virginia, USA                                       Manager, Americas Region

Bruce W. Rodgers                                      42       Executive Vice President, Operations
Richmond, Ontario, Canada

Kenneth B. Wigglesworth                               33       Vice President, Finance and
Kanata, Ontario, Canada                                          Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE> 

All of the above mentioned executive officers, with the exception of Constantin
S. Loudiadis, have been employed by the Company in various capacities during the
past five years. Prior to joining the Company in January 1997, Mr. Loudiadis
held a variety of positions within the telecommunications group of Bell Canada
since 1970, most recently as Vice President, Corporate Development of BCE Mobile
Communications Inc.

                                    Page 55
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Name and Municipality of Residence                   Age           Position
- ----------------------------------                   ---           --------
<S>                                                 <C>           <C> 
Dr. Denzil J. Doyle                                   65           Director
Kanata, Ontario, Canada

Alan D. Horn                                          45           Director
Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Trevor G. Jones                                       58           Director
Willowdale, Ontario, Canada

Peter C. Madsen                                       46           Director
Manassas, Virginia, USA

Graham C. C. Miller                                   66           Director
Cotuit, Massachusetts, USA

Kent H. E. Plumley                                    60           Director
Kanata, Ontario, Canada

Daniel C. Rusheleau                                   46           Director
Renfrew, Ontario, Canada

Dr. John C. J. Thynne                                 65           Director
London, England
</TABLE> 

Terence H. Matthews founded the Company in June 1986 and has served as Chairman
of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company since that
time. From the inception of the Company to June 1993 Mr. Matthews also served as
President.

Peter Sommerer has been Vice Chairman of Board of the Company since December
1996 and a Director of the Company since July 1991. From February 1987 to
December 1996, Mr. Sommerer held a variety of positions with the Company, most
recently as President and Chief Operating Officer.

Peter D. Charbonneau has been President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company since December 1996 and a Director since November 1996. From January
1987 to December 1996, Mr. Charbonneau held a variety of positions with the
Company, most recently as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

Dr. Denzil J. Doyle has been a Director of the Company since September 1987. Dr.
Doyle has been Chairman of Capital Alliance Ventures Inc., a venture capital
company specializing in investments in high technology companies since November
1995, and President of Doyletech Corporation, a consulting corporation
specializing in new business ventures, since November 1982. He is also a
director of International Datacasting Corporation, a manufacturer of satellite
data broadcasting equipment. Dr. Doyle is a member of the Employee Compensation
Committee and the Directors' Affairs Committee of the Board of Directors of the
Company.

Alan D. Horn has been a Director of the Company since July 1991. Mr. Horn has
been Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Rogers
Communications Inc., a communications company, since October 1996. From April
1990 to October 1996 he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Rogers
Telecommunications Limited, an investment holding company. He is Chairman of the
Audit Committee and a member of the Directors' Affairs Committee of the Board of
Directors of the Company.

Trevor G. Jones has been a Director of the Company since June 1991. Mr. Jones
has been President of JWA Associates, a business consulting company, since April
1991. Mr. Jones is 

                                    Page 56
<PAGE>
 
Chairman of the Directors' Affairs Committee and a member of the Audit Committee
of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Peter C. Madsen has been a Director of the Company since September 1987. Mr.
Madsen has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Fastcomm
Communications Corporation, a telecommunications company, since September 1992.
Mr. Madsen has also been President of Professional Marketing Corporation, a
telecommunications equipment distributor, since February 1992.

Graham C. C. Miller has been a Director of the Company since September 1987. Mr.
Miller has been Chairman of the Board of LTX Corporation, a manufacturer of
semiconductor testing equipment, since 1976, and was President and Chief
Executive Officer until February 1994. He is a member of the Audit Committee and
the Directors' Affairs Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Dr. Donald Mills has been Vice President, Administration of the Company since
April 1989. Dr. Mills has been a Director of the Company since September 1988.

Kent H. E. Plumley has been a Director of the Company since June 1986. Mr.
Plumley has been a partner of Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt, Barristers & Solicitors,
since May 1990. Mr. Plumley is the Chairman of the Employee Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Daniel C. Rusheleau has been a Director of the Company since September 1987 and
is a member of the Employee Compensation Committee. Since October 1993 Mr.
Rusheleau has been President and Chief Executive Officer of West End Systems
Corp., a communications equipment vendor. From December 1991 to October 1993 he
was Vice President, Systems Architecture and Technology of the Company.

Dr. John C. J. Thynne has been a Director of the Company since April 1992. Dr.
Thynne has been Director General of the Electronic Components Industry
Federation (United Kingdom) and Managing Director of Camrose Consultancy
Services since January 1991. Dr. Thynne is a member of the Audit Committee of
the Board of Directors of the Company.

All directors of the Company hold office until the next annual meeting of
shareholders or until the election and qualification of their successors.
Executive officers of the Company are appointed by and serve at the discretion
of the Board of Directors.


Item 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, "Statement of Executive
Compensation" as set forth in the form of the Company's proxy circular for the
annual and special meeting of shareholders to be held on September 4, 1997. Such
incorporation by reference shall not be deemed to specifically incorporate by
reference the information contained under the sub-captions "Report on Executive
Compensation" and "Performance Graph".


Item 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ownership of
the Company's Common Shares as at June 12, 1997 (i) by each person known by the
Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Company's Common Shares, (ii) by
each of the Company's directors and (iii) by all directors and executive
officers of the Company as a group. The information as to beneficial ownership
is presented in accordance with the rules and regulations 

                                    Page 57
<PAGE>
 
under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and consequently may
differ from similar information that appears in the Company's proxy circular
prepared in accordance with the Canada Business Corporations Act for the annual
and special meeting of shareholders to be held on September 4, 1997.
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

                                                               Shares Issuable
                                                               Within 60 Days          Total Shares
                                     Shares Currently           Upon Exercise          Beneficially   % of
Name and Address                     Directly Owned             of Options/(1)/          Owned             Class
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                       <C>                     <C>                 <C> 
Terence H. Matthews                   41,088,808                   nil                 41,104,808/(2)/     23.78%
  Kanata, Ontario                                                               
                                                                                
Donald Mills                           1,139,516                 8,332                  1,166,848/(3)/        *
                                                                                                             
Peter C. Madsen                          388,860                10,000                    410,060/(4)/        *
                                                                                                             
Kent H. E. Plumley                       266,052                25,998                    338,788/(5)/        *
                                                                                                             
Peter D. Charbonneau                      30,000                44,664                    242,364/(6)/        *
                                                                                                             
Peter Sommerer                               nil                83,330                    108,330/(7)/        *
                                                                                                             
Graham C. C. Miller                       45,616                24,666                     70,282/(8)/        *
                                                                                                             
Denzil J. Doyle                           26,000                24,666                     54,666/(9)/        *
                                                                                                               
John C. J. Thynne                         23,000                24,000                     47,000             *
                                                                                                               
Alan D. Horn                                 nil                26,664                     26,664             *
                                                                                                               
Trevor G. Jones                            8,068                   nil                      8,068             *
                                                                                                               
Daniel C. Rusheleau                        1,000                   nil                      1,000             *
                                                                                                             
                                                                                                             
All directors and executive
officers as a group (20 persons)      43,409,020               475,642                 44,196,498/(10)/    25.57%
</TABLE> 
- ---------------

* Less than 1%

/(1)/    Shares issuable upon exercise of stock options that are exercisable
         within 60 days of June 12, 1997.

/(2)/    Includes 4,974,000 shares owned directly; 16,000 shares beneficially
         owned through his wife, as to which shares he disclaims beneficial
         ownership; 32,395,988 shares beneficially owned through control of
         Kanata Research Park Corporation; 1,745,920 shares beneficially owned
         through control of 2874806 Canada Inc.; 1,770,000 shares beneficially
         owned through control of 3090-8081 Quebec Inc.; 127,900 shares
         beneficially owned through 2985314 Canada Inc., and 75,000 shares
         beneficially owned through 2874814 Canada Inc.

/(3)/    Includes 19,000 shares beneficially owned through his wife, as to which
         shares he disclaims beneficial ownership.

/(4)/    Includes 11,200 shares beneficially owned through his children, as to
         which shares he disclaims beneficial ownership.

/(5)/    Includes 42,872 shares and 3,866 shares issuable within 60 days upon
         the exercise of options beneficially owned through his wife, as to
         which shares and shares issuable upon the exercise of options he
         disclaims beneficial ownership.

/(6)/    Includes 167,700 shares beneficially owned through his wife, as to
         which shares he disclaims beneficial ownership.

                                    Page 58
<PAGE>
 
/(7)/   Includes 25,000 shares beneficially owned through his wife, as to which
        shares he disclaims beneficial ownership.

/(8)/   Includes 45,616 shares owned jointly with his wife.

/(9)/   Includes 4,000 shares beneficially owned through his wife, as to which
        shares he disclaims beneficial ownership.

/(10)/  Includes, in the aggregate, 303,972 shares and 7,864 shares issuable
        within 60 days of June 12, 1997 upon the exercise of options
        beneficially owned through spouses and children, as to which shares and
        shares issuable upon the exercise of options they disclaim beneficial
        ownership.

Except as otherwise indicated, the persons in the table have sole voting and
investment powers with respect to all Common Shares beneficially owned by them
subject to community property laws where applicable and the information
contained in the footnotes to the table.

Statements contained in the table as to shares beneficially owned by directors
and executive officers or over which they exercise control or direction are, in
each instance, based upon information obtained from such directors and executive
officers. The Company is not aware of any person except the holder set forth
above who beneficially owns or exercises control or direction over shares
carrying more than 5% of the votes attached to such shares of the Company as at
June 12, 1997.


Item 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 99 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, "Statement of Executive
Compensation" as set forth in the form of the Company's proxy circular for the
annual and special meeting of shareholders to be held on September 4, 1997. Such
incorporation by reference shall not be deemed to specifically incorporate by
reference the information contained under the sub-captions "Report on Executive
Compensation" and "Performance Graph".



                                    Page 59
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART IV

Item 14.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

       (a)   (1)    The following financial statements and supplementary data
                    are filed as part of this Report under Item 8:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                                                               Page
                                                                                               ----
                    Financial Statements
                    <S>                                                                        <C> 
                       Auditors' Report to the Shareholders......................................29
                       Consolidated Statements of Earnings and
                          Retained Earnings for the years
                          ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995....................................30
                       Consolidated Balance Sheets as at
                          April 30, 1997 and 1996................................................31
                       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the
                          years ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995..............................32
                       Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                          for the years ended April 30, 1997, 1996 and 1995......................33
                       Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements............................34

                    Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)................................53
</TABLE> 
       (b)   The Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 17,
             1997 related to the purchase of Ungermann-Bass Networks, Inc.

       (c)   The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as
             part of this Report (Exhibit 10.1 is a compensatory plan or
             arrangement):

             3.1      Articles of Amalgamation./(1)/
            
             3.2      By-Law No. 3.
            
             10.1     Newbridge Networks Corporation Consolidated Key Employee
                      Stock Option Plan, as amended.
            
             10.2     Notice of Intention to make a normal course issuer bid
                      dated August 16, 1996 filed with The Toronto Stock
                      Exchange regarding common share repurchases./(2)/

             10.3--

             10.7     [Reserved]
            
             10.8     Credit Facilities Letter dated June 20, 1994 between
                      Newbridge Networks Corporation and Royal Bank of Canada.
                      /(3)/
            
             10.9--

             10.13    [Reserved]
            
             10.14    License Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between 2880016
                      Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation;
                      Development Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between
                      2880016 Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation.
                      /(4)/
            
             10.15    License Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between 3015955
                      Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation;
                      Development Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between
                      3015955 Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation.
                      /(4)/

                                    Page 60
<PAGE>
 
             10.16    License Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between 3028623
                      Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation;
                      Development Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between
                      3028623 Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation.
                      /(4)/

             10.17    Lease dated May 29, 1997 for 76,230.65 square feet at 359
                      Terry Fox Drive, Kanata, Ontario.

             10.18    Agreement and Purchase and Sale dated February 16, 1996
                      for approximately 25,000 square feet at Langstone Business
                      Park, Langstone, Newport, Wales./(5)/

             10.19    Letter Agreement dated May 10, 1995 and Lease dated April
                      1, 1990 for 4,573 square feet, more or less, at 362 Terry
                      Fox Drive, Kanata, Ontario./(5)/

             10.20    Lease dated May 1, 1995 for 1,882 square feet, more or
                      less, at 362 Terry Fox Drive, Kanata, Ontario./(4)/

             10.21    Lease dated April 1, 1995 for 13,106 square feet, more or
                      less, at 50 Sandhill Road, Kanata, Ontario./(4)/

             10.22    Lease dated April 23, 1997 for 242,856.67 square feet,
                      more or less, at 349 Terry Fox Drive, Kanata, Ontario.

             10.23    Sublease dated October 1, 1996 for 20,718 square feet,
                      more or less, at 350 Terry Fox Drive, Kanata, Ontario.

             10.24    Non-Competition Agreement between Terence Matthews and
                      Newbridge Networks Corporation dated October 14, 1987.
                      /(6)/

             11.1     Computation of earnings per share under accounting
                      principles generally accepted in Canada.

             11.2     Computation of earnings per share under accounting
                      principles generally accepted in the United States.

             21       Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

             23       Consent of Independent Accountants.

             27       Financial Data Schedule

             99       "Statement of Executive Compensation" as set forth in the
                      form of the Company's proxy circular for the annual and
                      special meeting of shareholders to be held on September 4,
                      1997, incorporated by reference in Items 11 and 13 of this
                      Annual Report on Form 10-K, to the extent set forth
                      therein. This exhibit shall not be deemed to be
                      "soliciting material" or to be "filed" with the United
                      States Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of
                      Section 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of
                      1934, nor shall it be deemed to be a "management proxy
                      circular" for the purposes of soliciting proxies under the
                      Canada Business Corporations Act.

_____________________

/(1)/  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
       (File No. 0-17865) for the fiscal quarter ended July 30, 1994.

/(2)/  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
       (File No. 1-13316) for the fiscal quarter ended July 28, 1996.


                                    Page 61
<PAGE>
 
/(3)/  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
       (File No. 0-17865) for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1994.

/(4)/  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
       (File No. 1-13316) for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1995.

/(5)/  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
       (File No. 1-13316) for the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996.

/(6)/  Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
       S-1 (File No. 33-29187) filed on June 8, 1989, as amended.


                                    Page 62
<PAGE>
 
                                   SIGNATURES



Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                    NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION





     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Terence H. Matthews
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Terence H. Matthews,
                                             Chairman of the Board of
                                             Directors and Chief
                                             Executive Officer


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.




     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Terence H. Matthews
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Terence H. Matthews,
                                             Chairman of the Board, Chief   
                                             Executive Officer and Director
                                             (Principal Executive Officer)
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Kenneth B. Wigglesworth
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Kenneth B. Wigglesworth,
                                             Vice President
                                             and Chief Financial Officer
                                             (Principal Financial and
                                             Accounting Officer)
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Peter D. Charbonneau
                                             --------------------------------
                                             Peter D. Charbonneau,
                                             President, Chief Operating Officer
                                             and Director


                                    Page 63
<PAGE>
 
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Dr. Denzil J. Doyle
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Dr. Denzil J. Doyle,
                                             Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Alan D. Horn
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Alan D. Horn,
                                             Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Trevor G. Jones
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Trevor G. Jones,
                                             Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Peter C. Madsen
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Peter C. Madsen,
                                             Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Graham C. C. Miller
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Graham C. C. Miller,
                                             Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Dr. Donald Mills
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Dr. Donald Mills,
                                             Vice President and Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Kent H. E. Plumley
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Kent H. E. Plumley,
                                             Director

                                    Page 64
<PAGE>
 
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Daniel C. Rusheleau
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Daniel C. Rusheleau,
                                             Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Peter Sommerer
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Peter Sommerer,
                                             Vice Chairman of the Board
                                             and Director
                                       
                                       
                                       
                                       
     Date: June 25, 1997               By:   /s/   Dr. John C. J. Thynne
                                             ----------------------------------
                                             Dr. John C. J. Thynne,
                                             Director


                                    Page 65
<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

Exhibit
No.                                                                               Page
- -------                                                                           ----
<S>     <C>                                                                       <C> 
3.1      Articles of Amalgamation.(1)

3.2      By-Law No. 3. ............................................................68--79

10.1     Newbridge Networks Corporation Consolidated Key Employee Stock Option 
         Plan, as amended. ........................................................80--93

10.2     Notice of Intention to make a normal course issuer bid dated August 16,
         1996 filed with The Toronto Stock Exchange regarding common share
         repurchases.(2)

10.3--
10.7     [Reserved]

10.8     Credit Facilities Letter dated June 20, 1994 between Newbridge Networks
         Corporation and Royal Bank of Canada.(3)

10.9--
10.13    [Reserved]

10.14    License Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between 2880016 Canada Inc. and
         Newbridge Networks Corporation; Development Agreement effective May 1,
         1994 between 2880016 Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation.(4)

10.15    License Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between 3015955 Canada Inc. and
         Newbridge Networks Corporation; Development Agreement effective May 1,
         1994 between 3015955 Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation.(4)

10.16    License Agreement effective May 1, 1994 between 3028623 Canada Inc. and
         Newbridge Networks Corporation; Development Agreement effective May 1,
         1994 between 3028623 Canada Inc. and Newbridge Networks Corporation.(4)

10.17    Lease dated May 29, 1997 for 76,230.65 square feet at 359 Terry Fox 
         Drive, Kanata, Ontario. ..................................................94--134

10.18    Agreement and Purchase and Sale dated February 16, 1996 for
         approximately 25,000 square feet at Langstone Business Park, Langstone,
         Newport, Wales.(5)

10.19    Letter Agreement dated May 10, 1995 and Lease dated April 1, 1990 for
         4,573 square feet, more or less, at 362 Terry Fox Drive, Kanata,
         Ontario.(5)

10.20    Lease dated May 1, 1995 for 1,882 square feet, more or less, at 362
         Terry Fox Drive, Kanata, Ontario.(4)
</TABLE> 

                                    Page 66

<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 3.2


                                    Page 68
<PAGE>
 
                                  BY-LAW NO. 3
                                  ------------

         A by-law relating generally to the transaction of the business
                                 and affairs of

                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION
                         ------------------------------

           BE IT ENACTED as a by-law of the Corporation as follows:


                                1- INTERPRETATION
                                   --------------

         1.0      Definitions - In the by-laws of the Corporation, unless the 
                  -----------
         context otherwise requires:

                  "Act" means the Canada Business Corporations Act, and any
                  statute that may be substituted therefor, as from time to time
                  amended;

                  "articles" means the articles attached to the certificate of
                  incorporation dated June 9, 1986 of the Corporation as from
                  time to time amended or restated;

                  "board" means the Board of Directors of the Corporation;

                  "by-laws" means this by-law and all other by-laws of the
                  Corporation from time to time in force and effect;

                  "Corporation" means Newbridge Networks Corporation;

                  "meeting of shareholders" includes an annual meeting of
                  shareholders or a special meeting of shareholders or both, and
                  includes a meeting of any class or series of any class of
                  shareholders;

                  "non-business day" means Saturday, Sunday and any other day
                  that is a holiday as defined in the Interpretation Act
                  (Canada);

                  "recorded address" means in the case of a shareholder the
                  address as recorded in the securities register and in the case
                  of joint shareholders the address appearing in the securities
                  register in respect of such joint holdings or the first
                  address so appearing if there are more than one; and in the
                  case of a 

                                    Page 69
<PAGE>
 
                  director, officer, auditor or member of a committee of the
                  board, the latest address as recorded in the records of the
                  Corporation;

                  "signing officer" means, in relation to any instrument, any
                  person authorized to sign the same on behalf of the
                  Corporation by section 2.2 or by a resolution passed pursuant
                  thereto;

                  Words importing the singular number include the plural and
         vice versa; words importing gender include the masculine, feminine and
         neuter genders; and words importing persons include individuals, bodies
         corporate, partnerships, trusts and unincorporated organizations.

                         2 - BUSINESS OF THE CORPORATION
                             ---------------------------

         2.1  Financial Year - Until changed by the board,  the financial 
              --------------
         year of the Corporation  shall end on the 30th day of April in each
         year.

         2.2  Execution of Instruments - The board may from time to time
              ------------------------
         determine the officers or other persons by whom any particular
         documents or instrument or class of documents or instruments of the
         Corporation shall be executed and the manner of execution thereof,
         including the use of facsimile reproductions of any or all signatures
         and the use of the corporate seal or a facsimile reproduction thereof.

                          3 - BORROWING AND SECURITIES
                              ------------------------

         3.1  Borrowing  Power - Without  limiting the borrowing  powers of 
              ----------------
         the  Corporation as set forth in the Act, the board may from time
         to time:

                  (a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

                  (b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge, bonds, debentures,
                  notes or other evidence of indebtedness or guarantee of the
                  Corporation, whether secured or unsecured;

                  (c) to the extent permitted by the Act, give, directly
                  or indirectly, financial assistance to any person by means of
                  a loan, a guarantee to secure the performance of an obligation
                  or otherwise;

                  (d) mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise create a security
                  interest in all or any property of the Corporation, owned or

                                    Page 70
<PAGE>
 
                  subsequently acquired, to secure any obligation of the
                  Corporation.

         Nothing in this section limits or restricts the borrowing of money by
         the Corporation on bills of exchange or promissory notes made, drawn,
         accepted or endorsed by or on behalf of the Corporation.

         3.2 Delegation - The board may from time to time by resolution delegate
             ----------
         to a director, a committee of directors or an officer of the
         Corporation as may be designated by the board all or any of the powers
         conferred on the board by section 3.1 or by the Act to such extent and
         in such manner as the board shall determine at the time of each such
         delegation.

                                  4 - DIRECTORS
                                      ---------

         4.1 Number of Directors and Quorum - Until changed in accordance with
             ------------------------------
         the Act, the board shall consist of not fewer than the minimum number
         and not more than the maximum number of directors provided in the
         articles. Subject to the Act, the quorum for the transaction of
         business at any meeting of the board shall consist of a majority of
         directors or such other number of directors as the board may from time
         to time determine.

         4.2 Election and Term - Directors shall be elected yearly to hold
             -----------------
         office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their
         successors are elected. At each annual meeting of shareholders, all the
         directors then in office shall retire but, if qualified, shall be
         eligible for re-election. A director not elected for an expressly
         stated term ceases to hold office at the close of the first annual
         meeting of shareholders following his election. The number of directors
         to be elected at any such meeting shall be the number of directors then
         in office unless the directors otherwise determine. The election shall
         be by resolution. If directors are not elected at a meeting of
         shareholders the incumbent directors continue in office until their
         successors are elected.

         4.3 Vacancies - Subject to the Act, a quorum of the directors may fill
             ---------
         a vacancy in the board, except a vacancy resulting from a failure of
         the shareholders to elect the number or minimum number of directors
         required by the articles. In the absence of a quorum of the board, or
         if the vacancy has arisen from a failure of the shareholders to elect
         the number or minimum number of directors required by the articles, the
         directors then in office shall forthwith call a special meeting of
         shareholders to fill the vacancy. If the directors fail to call such
         meeting or if there are no such directors then in office, any
         shareholder may call the meeting.

                                    Page 71
<PAGE>
 
         4.4  Place of  Meetings - Meetings of the board may be held at the 
              ------------------
         registered  office of the  Corporation  or at any other place in
         or outside Canada.

         4.5  Calling of Meetings - Meetings of the board shall be held from
              -------------------
         time to time at such time and at such place as the board, the chairman
         of the board or any two directors may determine.

         4.6  Notice of Meeting - Notice of the time and place of each meeting
              -----------------
         of the board shall be given to each director not less than 48 hours
         before the time when the meeting is to be held. A notice of a meeting
         of directors need not specify the purpose of or the business to be
         transacted at the meeting except where the Act requires such purpose or
         business to be specified.

         A director may in any manner waive notice of or otherwise consent to a
         meeting of the board. Attendance of a director at a meeting of
         directors is a waiver of notice of the meeting, except where a director
         attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the
         transaction of any business on the grounds that the meeting is not
         lawfully called.

         4.7  Adjourned Meeting - Notice of an adjourned meeting of the board is
              -----------------
         not required if the time and place of the adjourned meeting is
         announced at the original meeting.

         4.8  Chairman - The chairman of any meeting of the board shall be the
              --------
         first mentioned of such of the following officers as have been
         appointed and who is a director and is present at the meeting: chairman
         of the board, president, or a vice-president who is a director. If no
         such officer is present, the directors present shall choose one of
         their number to be chairman.

         4.9  Votes to Govern - At all meetings of the board every question
              ---------------
         shall be decided by a majority of the votes cast on the question. In
         case of an equality of votes the chairman of the meeting (unless
         precluded from voting pursuant to the Act) be entitled to a second or
         casting vote. Any question at a meeting of the board shall be decided
         by a show of hands unless a ballot is required or demanded.

         4.10 Conflict of Interest - A director or officer of the Corporation
              --------------------
         who is a party to, or who is a director or officer of or has a material
         interest in any person who is a party to, a material contract or
         proposed material contract with the Corporation shall disclose in
         writing to the Corporation or request to have entered in the minutes of

                                    Page 72
<PAGE>
 
         meetings of directors the nature and extent of his interest at the time
         and in the manner provided by the Act. Any such contract or proposed
         contract shall be referred to the board or the shareholders for
         approval even if such contract is one that in the ordinary course of
         the business would not require approval by the board or the
         shareholders, and a director interested in a contract so referred to
         the board shall not vote on any resolution to approve the same except
         as provided by the Act.

         4.11 Remuneration and Expenses - The directors shall be paid such
              -------------------------
         remuneration for their services as the board may from time to time
         authorize. The directors shall also be entitled to be reimbursed for
         travelling and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending
         meetings of the board or any committee thereof. Nothing herein
         contained shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in
         any other capacity and receiving remuneration therefor.

                                  5 - COMMITTEES
                                      ----------

         5.1  Committee of Directors - The board may appoint from its members a
              ----------------------
         committee of directors, however designated, and delegate to such
         committee any of the powers of the board except those which, under the
         Act, a committee of directors has no authority to exercise.

         5.2  Procedure - Unless otherwise determined by the board, each
              ---------
         committee shall have the power to fix its quorum at not less than a
         majority of its members, to elect its chairman and to regulate its
         procedure.

                                  6 - OFFICERS
                                      --------

         6.1  Appointment - The board may from time to time appoint a chief
              -----------
         executive officer, president, one or more vice-presidents (to which
         title may be added words indicating seniority or function), a
         secretary, a treasurer and such other officers as the board may
         determine, including one or more assistants to any of the officers so
         appointed. The board may specify the duties of and, in accordance with
         this by-law and subject to the provisions of the Act, delegate to such
         officers power to manage the business and affairs of the Corporation.
         An officer may but need not be a director and one person may hold more
         than one office.

         6.2  Officers of Divisions - From time to time the board or, if
              ---------------------
         authorized by the board, the chief executive officer, may appoint one
         or more officers for any division as the board may consider 

                                    Page 73
<PAGE>
 
         appropriate and prescribe their powers and duties and settle their
         terms of employment and remuneration.

         6.3 Powers and Duties of Officers - The powers and duties of all
             -----------------------------
         officers shall be such as the terms of their engagement call for or as
         the board or chief executive officer may specify. Any of the powers and
         duties of an officer to whom an assistant has been appointed may be
         exercised and performed by such assistant, unless the board otherwise
         directs.

         6.4 Agents and Attorneys - The board may from time to time to appoint
             --------------------
         agents or attorneys for the Corporation in or outside Canada with such
         powers of management or otherwise (including the power to sub-delegate)
         as may be thought fit.


                7 - PROTECTION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS
                    --------------------------------------------

         7.1 Limitation of Liability - Every director and officer of the
             -----------------------
         Corporation in exercising his powers and discharging his duties shall
         act honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of the
         Corporation and exercise the care, diligence and skill that a
         reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances.
         Subject to the foregoing, no director or officer shall be liable for
         the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other director or
         officer or employee, or for joining in any receipt or other act for
         conformity, or for any loss, damage or expense happening to the
         Corporation through the insufficiency or deficiency of title to any
         property acquired for or on behalf of the Corporation, or for the
         insufficiency or deficiency of any security in or upon which any of the
         moneys of the Corporation shall be invested, or for any loss or damage
         arising from the bankruptcy, insolvency or tortious acts of any person
         with whom any of the moneys, securities or effects of the Corporation
         shall be deposited, or for any loss occasioned by any error of
         judgement or oversight on his part, or for any other loss, damage or
         misfortune whatever which shall happen in the execution of the duties
         of his office or in relation thereto, unless the same are occasioned by
         his own wilful neglect or default; provided that nothing herein shall
         relieve any director or officer from the duty to act in accordance with
         the Act and the regulations thereunder or from liability for any breach
         thereof.


         7.2 Indemnity - Except in respect of an action by or on behalf of the
             ---------
         Corporation or body corporate to procure a judgement in its favour, the
         Corporation shall indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation, a
         former director or officer of the Corporation, or a 

                                    Page 74
<PAGE>
 
         person who acts or acted at the Corporation's request as a director of
         officer of a body corporate of which the Corporation is or was a
         shareholder or creditor, and his heirs and legal representatives,
         against all costs, charges and expenses, including an amount paid to
         settle an action or satisfy a judgment, reasonably incurred by him in
         respect of any civil, criminal or administrative action or proceeding
         to which he is made a party by reason of being or having been a
         director or officer of the Corporation or body corporate or by reason
         of having undertaken such liability; and the Corporation shall with the
         approval of a court indemnify any such person in respect of an action
         by or on behalf of the Corporation or body corporate to procure a
         judgement in its favour, to which such person is made a party by reason
         of being or having been a director or an officer of the Corporation or
         body corporate, against all costs, charges and expenses reasonably
         incurred by such director or officer in connection with such action;

         if in each case such person:

                  (a) acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best 
         interests of the Corporation; and

                  (b) in the case of a criminal or administrative action or
         proceeding that is enforced by a monetary penalty, he had reasonable
         grounds for believing that his conduct was lawful.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall, without requiring
         the approval of a court, indemnify any person referred to above, in
         respect of an action by or on behalf of the Corporation or body
         corporate to procure a judgment in its favour who has been
         substantially successful on the merits in the defence of any civil,
         criminal or administration action or proceeding to which such person is
         made a party by reason of being or having been a director or officer of
         the Corporation or body corporate, against all costs, charges and
         expenses reasonably incurred by such person in respect of such action
         or proceeding, provided that such person has satisfied the appropriate
         conditions referred to in (a) and (b) above.

         The Corporation shall also indemnify such person in such other
         circumstances as the Act permits or requires. Nothing in this by-law
         shall limit the right of any person entitled to indemnity to claim
         indemnity apart from the provisions of this by-law.

         7.2 Insurance - Subject to the limitations contained in the Act, the
             ---------
         Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any
         person referred to in section 7.2 as the board may from time to time
         determine.

                                    Page 75
<PAGE>
 
                                   8 - SHARES
                                       ------

         8.1 Share Certificates - Every holder of one or more shares of the
             ------------------
         Corporation shall be entitled, at the holder's option, to a share
         certificate, or to a non-transferable written acknowledgment of the
         holder's right to obtain a share certificate, stating the number of
         class or series of shares held by the holder as shown on the securities
         register. Share certificates and acknowledgments of a shareholder's
         right to a share certificate, respectively, shall be in such form as
         the board shall from time to time approve. Any share certificate shall
         be signed in accordance with section 2.2 and need not be under the
         corporate seal; provided that, unless the board otherwise determines,
         certificates representing shares in respect of which a transfer agent
         and/or registrar has been appointed shall not be valid unless
         countersigned by or on behalf of such transfer agent and/or registrar.
         The signature of one of the signing officers or, in the case of share
         certificates which are not valid unless countersigned by or on behalf
         of a transfer agent and/or registrar, the signatures of both signing
         officers, may be printed or mechanically reproduced in facsimile upon
         share certificates and every such facsimile signature shall for all
         purposes be deemed to be the signature of the officer whose signature
         it reproduces and shall be binding upon the Corporation. A share
         certificate executed as aforesaid shall be valid notwithstanding that
         one or both of the officers whose facsimile signature appears thereon
         no longer holds office at the date of issue of the certificate.

                            9 - DIVIDENDS AND RIGHTS
                                --------------------

         9.1 Dividend Cheques - A dividend payable in cash shall be paid by
             ----------------
         cheque drawn on the Corporation's bankers or one of them to the order
         of each registered holder of shares of the class or series in respect
         of which it has been declared and mailed by prepaid ordinary mail to
         such registered holder at his recorded address, unless such holder
         otherwise directs. In the case of joint holders the cheque shall,
         unless such joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the
         order of all of such joint holders and mailed to them at their recorded
         address. The mailing of such cheque as aforesaid, unless the same is
         not paid on due presentation, shall satisfy and discharge the liability
         for the dividend to the extent of the sum represented thereby plus the
         amount of any tax which the Corporation is required to and does
         withhold.

         9.2 Non-Receipt of Cheques - In the event of non-receipt of any
             ----------------------
         dividend cheque by the person to whom it is sent as aforesaid, the
         Corporation shall issue to such person a replacement cheque for a like

                                    Page 76
<PAGE>
 
         amount on such terms as to indemnity, reimbursement of expenses and
         evidence of non-receipt and of title as the board or any officer or
         agent designated by the board may from time to time prescribe, whether
         generally or in any particular case.

         9.3  Unclaimed Dividends - Any dividend unclaimed after a period of 6
              -------------------
         years from the date on which the same has been declared to be payable
         shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Corporation.

                          10 - MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                               -----------------------

         10.1 Annual Meetings - The board shall call an annual meeting of
              ---------------
         shareholders. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held at such
         time in each year and, subject to section 10.3, at such place as the
         board may from time to time determine, for the purpose of considering
         the financial statements and reports required by the Act to be placed
         before the annual meeting, electing directors, appointing auditors and
         for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought
         before the meeting provided, in the case of any annual meeting called
         other than by the board, the board shall approve the submission to the
         meeting of any question or matter requiring approval of the
         shareholders.

         10.2 Special Meetings - The board shall have power to call a 
              ----------------
         special meeting of shareholders at any time.

         10.3 Place of Meeting - Meetings of shareholders shall be held at the
              ----------------
         registered office of the Corporation or elsewhere in the municipality
         in which the registered office is situate or, if the board shall so
         determine, at some other place in Canada or, if all the shareholders
         entitled to vote at the meeting so agree, at some place outside Canada
         and a shareholder who attends a meeting outside Canada is deemed to
         have so agreed except when such shareholder attends such meeting for
         the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on
         the grounds that the meeting is not lawfully held.

         10.4 Chairman, Secretary and Scrutineers - The chairman of any meeting
              -----------------------------------
         of shareholders shall be the first mentioned of such of the following
         director or officers as have been appointed and who are present at the
         meeting: chairman of the board, president, or a director designated by
         the board. If the secretary of the Corporation is absent, the chairman
         shall appoint some person, who need not be a shareholder, to act as
         secretary of the meeting. If desired, one or more scrutineers, who need
         not be shareholders, may be appointed by the chairman with such duties
         as the chairman may prescribe.

                                    Page 77
<PAGE>
 
     10.5  Quorum - A quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of
           ------
     shareholders shall be five persons present in person, each being a
     shareholder or representative duly authorized in accordance with the Act
     entitled to vote thereat or a duly appointed proxy for a shareholder so
     entitled and together holding or representing by proxy not less than 10% of
     the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting.
     If a quorum is present at the opening of the meeting, the shareholders
     present in person or by proxy may proceed with the business of the meeting
     even if a quorum is not present throughout the meeting.

     10.6  Votes to Govern - At any meeting of shareholders every question
           ---------------
     shall, unless otherwise required by the articles or by-laws or by law, be
     determined by the majority of the votes cast on the question. In case of an
     equality of votes either upon a show of hands or upon a poll, the chairman
     of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

     10.7  Show of Hands - Subject to the provisions of the Act, any question at
           -------------
     a meeting of shareholders shall be decided by a show of hands unless a
     ballot thereon is required or demanded as hereinafter provided. Upon a show
     of hands every person who is present and entitled to vote shall have one
     vote. Whenever a vote by show of hands shall have been taken upon a
     question, unless a ballot thereon is so required or demanded, a declaration
     by the chairman of the meeting that the vote upon the question has been
     carried or carried by a particular majority or not carried and an entry to
     that effect in the minutes of the meeting shall be prima facie evidence of
     the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in
     favour of or against any resolution or other proceeding in respect of the
     said question, and the result of the vote so taken shall be the decision of
     the shareholders upon the said question.

     10.8  Ballots - On any question proposed for consideration at a meeting of
           -------
     shareholders, and whether or not a show of hands has been taken thereon,
     the chairman may require, or any shareholder or proxyholder entitled to
     vote at the meeting may require or demand a ballot. A ballot so required or
     demanded shall be taken in such manner as the chairman shall direct. A
     requirement or demand for a ballot may be withdrawn at any time prior to
     the taking of the ballot. If a ballot is taken each person present shall be
     entitled, in respect of the shares which each person is entitled to vote at
     the meeting upon the question, to that number of votes provided by the Act
     or the articles, and the result of the ballot so taken shall be the
     decision of the shareholders upon the said question.

                                    Page 78
<PAGE>
 
                                  11 - REPEAL
                                       ------

     11.1  Repeal - Upon this by-law coming into force, By-law No. 2 of the
           ------
     Corporation is repealed. However, such repeal shall not affect the previous
     operation of such by-law or affect the validity of any act done or right,
     privilege, obligation or liability acquired or incurred under the validity
     of any contract or agreement made pursuant to such by-law prior to its
     repeal. All officers and persons acting under such repealed by-law shall
     continue to act as if appointed under the provisions of this by-law and all
     resolutions of the shareholders or board with continuing effect passed
     under such repealed by-law shall continue good and valid, until amended or
     repealed, except to the extent inconsistent with this by-law.

                              12 - EFFECTIVE DATE
                                   --------------

     12.1  Effective Date - This by-law shall come into force when enacted by
           --------------
     the directors, subject to the Act.

                                    Page 79

<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT 10.1



                                    Page 80
<PAGE>
 
                   [LOGO OF NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS APPEARS HERE]


                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION
                  CONSOLIDATED KEY EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.   Purpose of the Plan

     The purpose of the Newbridge Networks Corporation Consolidated Key Employee
     Stock Option Plan is to develop the interest of and provide an incentive to
     eligible employees, directors and consultants of Newbridge Networks
     Corporation (the "Corporation") and its subsidiaries in the Corporation's
     growth and development by granting to eligible employees, directors and
     consultants from time to time options to purchase Common Shares of the
     Corporation, thereby advancing the interests of the Corporation and its
     shareholders.

2.   Definitions

     In this Plan:

     (a)  "Associates" has the meaning assigned by the Ontario Securities Act;

     (b)  "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of the Corporation;

     (c)  "Committee" means:

          (i)  with respect to Participants, the Employee Compensation Committee
          of three or more members appointed by the Board of Directors to
          administer the Plan and the Board of Directors if no Employee
          Compensation Committee has been appointed; and

          (ii) with respect to Director Participants, the Board of Directors;

     (d)  "Common Shares" means the common shares of the Corporation;

     (e)  "Corporations Act" means the Canada Business Corporations Act, as
          amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

     (f)  "Date of Grant" means, for any Option, the date upon which the Option
          was granted;

                                    Page 81
<PAGE>
 
     (g)  "Director Participant" means a director of the Corporation who is not
          an employee of the Corporation;

     (h)  "Disability" means permanent and total disability as determined under
          policies established by the Committee for the purposes of the Plan;

     (i)  "Exercise Period" means, with respect to any Option Shares, the period
          during which an Optionee may purchase such Option Shares;

     (j)  "Insider" means an insider of the Corporation as defined in the
          "Employee Stock Option and Stock Purchase Plans, Options for Service
          and Related Matters" section of The Toronto Stock Exchange Company
          Manual;

     (k)  "Ontario Securities Act" means the Securities Act, RSO 1990, c.s 5, as
          amended;

     (l)  "Option" means a non-assignable and non-transferable option to
          purchase Common Shares granted pursuant to the Plan;

     (m)  "Optionee" means a Participant or a Director Participant who has been
          granted one or more Options;

     (n)  "Option Shares" means Common Shares which are subject to purchase upon
          the exercise of outstanding Options;

     (o)  "Participant" means a current or former full-time permanent employee
          of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or a director (other
          than a Director Participant) of any Subsidiary of the Corporation, or
          a person (other than a Director Participant) or corporation or other
          entity providing consulting or similar services to the Corporation or
          any of its Subsidiaries;

     (p)  "Plan" means the Newbridge Networks Corporation Consolidated Key
          Employee Stock Option Plan as set out herein;

     (q)  "Plan Shares" means that number of Common Shares reserved for issuance
          pursuant to the exercise of stock options in accordance with the terms
          of the Plan;

     (r)  "Retirement" means retirement from active employment with the
          Corporation or a Subsidiary in accordance with the Corporation's or
          Subsidiary's policies from time to time relating to mandatory or early
          retirement of employees, or with the consent for purposes of the Plan
          of such officer of the Corporation as may be designated by the
          Committee, at or after such earlier age and upon the completion of
          such years of service as the Committee may specify; and

                                    Page 82
<PAGE>
 
     (s)  "Subsidiary" means any corporation in which the Corporation, directly
          or through one or more corporations which are themselves Subsidiaries
          of the Corporation, owns 50% or more of the shares eligible to vote at
          meetings of the shareholders.

3.   Eligibility

     All Participants and Director Participants shall be eligible to participate
     in the Plan. Eligibility to participate shall not confer upon any
     Participant any right to be granted Options pursuant to the Plan. The
     extent to which any Participant shall be entitled to be granted Options
     pursuant to the Plan shall be determined in the sole and absolute
     discretion of the Committee.

     Provided however that:

          (i)   The number of Common Shares reserved for issuance to any one
                person pursuant to Options shall not exceed 5% of the
                outstanding issue; and

          (ii)  The number of Common Shares reserved for issuance pursuant to
                Options granted to Insiders shall not exceed 10% of the
                outstanding issue;

          (iii) The number of Common Shares issued to Insiders within a one year
                period pursuant to the Plan shall not exceed 10% of the
                outstanding issue; and

          (iv)  The number of Common Shares issued to any one Insider and such
                Insider's Associates within a one-year period shall not exceed
                5% of the outstanding issue.

     For purposes of the meaning of "outstanding issue" in (iii) and (iv) above,
     this shall be determined on the basis of the number of Common Shares that
     are outstanding immediately prior to the share issuance in question,
     excluding shares issued pursuant to the Plan over the preceding one-year
     period.

4.   Number of Option Shares Available for Grants

     The Plan Shares shall not exceed 25,000,000 Common Shares, subject to the
     adjustment of such number pursuant to paragraph 18.

     No Option may be granted by the Committee which would have the effect of
     causing the total number of all Option Shares to exceed the number of Plan
     Shares.

                                    Page 83
<PAGE>
 
     Upon the expiration, cancellation or termination, in whole or in part, of
     an unexercised Option, the Option Shares subject to such Option shall be
     available for other Options to be granted from time to time.

5.   Granting of Options

     The Committee may from time to time grant Options to Participants to
     purchase a specified number of Common Shares at a specified exercise price
     per share. The number of Option Shares to be granted, the exercise price,
     the Date of Grant, and such other terms and conditions of the Option shall
     be as determined by the Committee.

     The Committee shall grant Options to Director Participants upon the
     occurrence of the events set forth in Schedule I to the Plan. For all such
     Options, the Date of Grant, exercise price and number of Option Shares
     shall, subject to the adjustment of the number of Option Shares pursuant to
     paragraph 18, be as set forth in Schedule I, and such other terms and
     conditions of the Option as determined by the Committee.

6.   Exercise Price

     The exercise price per Common Share purchasable under an Option shall not
     be lower than the average of the average of the daily high and low board
     lot trading prices on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the five days
     preceding the Date of Grant, rounded to the next highest cent.

7.   Exercise Period

     Unless otherwise specified by the Committee at the time of granting an
     Option, and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, each Option shall be
     exercisable in the following installments:

                                    Page 84
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

     Percentage of Total Number
     of Option Shares Which
     May Be Purchased                   Exercise Period

     ------------------------------     --------------------------------
     <S>                                <C> 
     25%                                From the first anniversary of the 
                                        Date of Grant to and including the 
                                        fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant

     25%                                From the second anniversary of the
                                        Date of Grant to and including the 
                                        fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant

     25%                                From the third anniversary of the
                                        Date of Grant to and including the
                                        fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant

     25%                                From the fourth anniversary of the
                                        Date of Grant to and including the
                                        fifth anniversary of the Date of Grant
</TABLE> 

     Once an installment becomes exercisable it shall remain exercisable until
     expiration or termination of the Option, unless otherwise specified by the
     Committee. Each Option or installment may be exercised at any time or from
     time to time, in whole or in part, for up to the total number of Common
     Shares with respect to which it is then exercisable. The Committee shall
     have the right to accelerate the date upon which any installment of any
     Option is exercisable.

8.   Term of Options

     Subject to accelerated termination as provided for in the Plan, each Option
     shall, unless otherwise specified by the Committee, expire on the fifth
     anniversary of the Date of Grant, provided, however, that no Option may be
     exercised after the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

9.   Exercise of Options

     An Optionee or the transferee of an Option pursuant to paragraph 14 may, at
     any time within the Exercise Period elect to purchase all or a portion of
     the Option Shares which the Optionee is then entitled to purchase by
     delivering to the Corporation a completed notice of exercise, specifying
     the Date of Grant of the Option being exercised, the exercise price of the
     Option and the number of Option Shares the Optionee desires to purchase.
     The notice of exercise shall be accompanied by payment in full of the
     purchase price for such Option Shares. 

                                    Page 85
<PAGE>
 
     Payment can be made by cash, certified cheque, bank draft, money order or
     the equivalent payable to the order of the Corporation.

10.  Withholding of Tax

     If the Corporation determines that under the requirements of applicable
     taxation laws it is obliged to withhold for remittance to a taxing
     authority any amount upon exercise of an Option, the Corporation may, prior
     to and as a condition of issuing the Option Shares, require the Optionee or
     the transferee of an Option pursuant to paragraph 14 exercising the Option
     to pay to the Corporation, in addition to and in the same manner as the
     purchase price for the Option Shares, such amount as the Corporation is
     obliged to remit to such taxing authority in respect of the exercise of the
     Option. Any such additional payment shall, in any event, be due no later
     than the date as of which the applicable amount must be remitted by the
     Corporation to the appropriate taxing authority.

11.  Share Certificates

     Upon exercise of an Option and payment in full of the purchase price and
     any applicable tax withholdings, the Corporation shall cause to be issued
     and delivered to the Optionee within a reasonable period of time a
     certificate or certificates in the name of or as directed by the Optionee
     representing the number of Common Shares the Optionee has purchased.

12.  Termination of Employment or Services

          Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an Optionee's
     employment or services as a director or consultant terminate for any reason
     other than death, Disability or Retirement, any Option held by such
     Optionee shall expire and be cancelled upon the earlier of the 60th day
     following such termination or the expiration of the stated term of such
     Option.

     Options shall not be affected by any change of employment within or among
     the Corporation or its Subsidiaries or by termination of services as a
     director, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, so long as the
     Participant continues to be an employee of or consultant to the Corporation
     or a Subsidiary or a director of the Corporation or a Subsidiary.

13.  Termination by Reason of Death, Disability or Retirement

     Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an Optionee's employment
     or services as a director or consultant terminate by reason of death,
     Disability or Retirement, any Option held by such Optionee shall expire and
     be cancelled upon the earlier of the 180th day following such termination
     or the expiration of the stated term of such Option.

                                    Page 86
<PAGE>
 
14.  Transfer and Assignment

     Options granted under the Plan are not assignable or transferable by the
     Optionee or the Optionee's personal representative or subject to any other
     alienation, sale, pledge or encumbrance by such Optionee except by will or
     by the laws of intestacy. During the Optionee's lifetime Options shall be
     exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee's personal
     representatives. The obligations of each Optionee shall be binding on his
     heirs, executors and administrators.

15.  No Right to Employment

     The granting of an Option to a Participant under the Plan does not confer
     upon the Participant any right to expectation of employment by, or to
     continue in the employment of, the Corporation or any Subsidiary, or to be
     retained as a consultant by the Corporation or any Subsidiary.

16.  Rights as Shareholders

     The Optionee or the transferee of an Option pursuant to paragraph 14 shall
     not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to Option Shares until
     the Common Shares have been duly purchased and paid for in accordance with
     the terms of the Plan.

17.  Administration of the Plan

     The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. No member of the
     Committee, while a member, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan
     other than with respect to Options granted as set forth in Schedule I to
     the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the
     authority to:

     (a)  determine the individuals and entities (from among the class of
          individuals and entities eligible to receive Options) to whom Options
          may be granted;

     (b)  determine the number of Common Shares to be subject to each Option;

     (c)  determine the terms and conditions of any grant of Option, including
          but not limited to
     
          (i)    the time or times at which Options may be granted;

          (ii)   the exercise price at which Option Shares may be purchased;

          (iii)  the time or times when each Option shall become exercisable and
                 the duration of the Exercise Period;

                                    Page 87
<PAGE>
 
          (iv)   whether restrictions or limitations are to be imposed on Option
                 Shares, and the nature of such restrictions or limitations, if
                 any; and

          (v)    any acceleration of exercisability or waiver of termination
                 regarding any Option, based on such factors as the Committee
                 may determine;

     (d)  interpret the Plan and prescribe and rescind rules and regulations
          relating to the Plan.

     The interpretation and construction by the Committee or the Board of
     Directors of any provisions of the Plan or of any Option granted under it
     shall be final and binding on all persons. No member of the Committee or
     the Board of Directors shall be liable for any action or determination made
     in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option granted under it. The
     day-to-day administration of the Plan may be delegated to such officers and
     employees of the Corporation or any Subsidiary as the Committee shall
     determine.

18.  Recapitalization and Reorganization

     The number of Plan Shares, the number of Option Shares subject to each
     outstanding and unexercised Option and the exercise price for such Option
     Shares, as well as the number of Option Shares for Director Participants
     set out in Schedule 1, shall be appropriately adjusted for any change in
     the Common Shares or in the number of Common Shares outstanding by reason
     of any stock split, stock dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common
     Shares other than pursuant to any optional stock dividend program,
     subdivision, combination, reclassification, amalgamation, arrangement,
     consolidation, rights or warrant offering to purchase Common Shares at or
     below market price, or any other relevant change or event affecting the
     Common Shares. Each adjustment to the exercise price for Option Shares
     pursuant to this provision shall be calculated and rounded to the nearest
     higher cent. Any fractional shares which might otherwise become subject to
     an Option as a result of an adjustment pursuant to this paragraph shall be
     eliminated without any payment therefor.

19.  Conditions of Exercise

     The Plan and each Option shall be subject to the requirement that, if at
     any time the Committee determines that the listing, registration or
     qualification of the Common Shares subject to such Option upon any
     securities exchange or under any provincial, state or federal law, or the
     consent or approval of any governmental body, securities exchange, or the
     holders of the Common Shares generally, is necessary or desirable, as a
     condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Option or the
     issue or purchase of Common Shares thereunder, no such Option may be
     granted or exercised in whole or in part unless such 

                                    Page 88
<PAGE>
 
     listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been
     effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the
     Committee.

20.  Loans

     The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, but subject always to
     section 44 of the Corporations Act, grant loans, on such terms as are
     permitted by law and the Board of Directors may determine, to Optionees,
     who are employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, to enable them to
     purchase Option Shares, provided that all Common Shares purchased with the
     proceeds of such loans shall be held by a trustee until the Corporation has
     been repaid in full.

21.  Notices

     All written notices to be given by the Optionee to the Corporation shall be
     delivered personally or by registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed as
     follows:

     Newbridge Networks Corporation
     600 March Road
     Kanata, Ontario
     K2K 2E6
     Attention: Secretary

     Any notice given by the Optionee pursuant to the terms of an Option shall
     not be effective until actually received by the Corporation at the above
     address.

22.  Corporate Action

     Nothing contained in the Plan or in an Option shall be construed so as to
     prevent the Corporation or any Subsidiary of the Corporation from taking
     corporate action which is deemed by the Corporation or the Subsidiary to be
     appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have
     an adverse effect on the Plan or any Option.

                                    Page 89
<PAGE>
 
23.  Amendments

     The Board of Directors shall have the right, in its sole discretion,
     subject to the prior approval of The Toronto Stock Exchange and, if
     required, of the holders of Common Shares of the Corporation, to alter,
     amend, modify or terminate the Plan or any Option granted under the Plan at
     any time without notice. The Board of Directors shall not, however, alter,
     amend or modify Schedule I more often than once every six months other than
     to comport with changes to applicable tax and employee benefit laws and the
     respective rules and regulations thereunder. No such amendment, however,
     may, without the consent of the Optionee or the transferee of an Option
     pursuant to paragraph 14, alter or impair any rights or increase any
     obligations with respect to an Option previously granted under the Plan.

24.  Amendment and Consolidation of Prior Plans

     This Plan amends, consolidates and restates each of the Newbridge Networks
     Corporation 1989-1994 Stock Option Plan for United States Subsidiaries, the
     Newbridge Networks Corporation Canadian Key Employee Stock Option Plan and
     the Newbridge Networks Corporation United Kingdom Key Employee Stock Option
     Plan (together, the "Prior Plans"), and the terms and provisions of this
     Plan shall be deemed to supersede and replace the terms and provisions of
     each of the Prior Plans. No provision of this Plan, however, may, without
     the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair any rights or increase any
     obligations with respect to an option granted under the Prior Plans prior
     to the effective date of this Plan.

25.  Change in Control

     In the event of a "Change in Control", as defined below, unless otherwise
     determined by the Committee or the Board of Directors prior to the
     occurrence of such Change in Control, any Options outstanding as of the
     date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred and not then
     exercisable shall become fully exercisable effective one day prior to the
     date of such Change of Control. In addition, the value of all outstanding
     Options shall, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board of
     Directors at or after the Date of Grant, be cashed out on the basis of the
     "Change in Control Price", as defined below, as of the date such Change in
     Control is determined to have occurred or such other date as the Committee
     or the Board of Directors may determine prior to the Change in Control.
     Outstanding options as of the date of such Change of Control may be cashed
     out only if the Change in Control Price is higher than the Exercise Price
     of such outstanding options. Further, the Committee or the Board of
     Directors shall have the right to provide for the conversion or exchange of
     any outstanding Options into or for options, rights or other securities in
     any entity participating in, or resulting from, the Change in Control.

                                    Page 90
<PAGE>
 
     For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" means the happening of any
     of the following:

     (a)  When any "person", together with any "affiliate" or "associate" of
          such person, as such terms are defined by the Corporations Act (other
          than the Corporation, a Subsidiary or a Corporation employee benefit
          plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee), or a
          group of persons acting jointly or in concert with one another,
          hereafter acquires the "beneficial ownership", as defined in the
          Corporations Act, of, or control or direction over, directly or
          indirectly, securities of the Corporation representing 20 percent or
          more of the combined voting power of the Corporation's then
          outstanding securities; or

     (b)  The occurrence of a transaction requiring shareholder approval
          involving the acquisition of the Corporation by an entity other than
          the Corporation or a Subsidiary through purchase of assets, by
          amalgamation or otherwise.

     For purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control Price" means the highest price
     per Common Share paid in any transaction reported on The Toronto Stock
     Exchange or paid or offered in any bona fide transaction related to a
     potential or actual change in control of the Corporation at any time during
     the preceding 60-day period as determined by the Committee or the Board of
     Directors.

26.  Termination of Plan

     Except as otherwise provided herein, Options may be granted only within the
     ten year period from the date the Plan has been adopted by the Board of
     Directors. The termination of the Plan shall have no effect on outstanding
     Options, which shall continue in effect in accordance with their terms and
     conditions and the terms and conditions of the Plan, provided that no
     Option may be exercised after the tenth anniversary of its Date of Grant.

27.  Further Assurances

     Each Participant or Director Participant shall, when requested to do so by
     the Corporation, sign and deliver all such documents relating to the
     granting or exercise of Options deemed necessary or desirable by the
     Corporation.

                                    Page 91
<PAGE>
 
28.  Governing Law

     The Plan is established under the laws of the Province of Ontario, and the
     rights of all parties and the construction and effect of each provision of
     the Plan shall be according to the laws of the Province of Ontario.


DATED the 21st day of October, 1991, as amended the 13th day of September, 1993,
the 6th day of June, 1995, the 5th day of July, 1996 and the 3rd day of June,
1997.

NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

/s/ Terence H. Matthews
- ---------------------------------
Chairman


/s/ John A. Farmer
- ---------------------------------
Secretary

                                    Page 92
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE I

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
Reason for Grant              Date of Grant                           Option Grant
- ----------------              -------------                           ------------
<S>                           <C>                                     <C> 
Annual service on Board of    Date of each annual meeting of          10,000 Option Shares
Directors                     shareholders at which the
                              Director Participant is elected to
                              the Board of Directors by the
                              shareholders

Annual service as member      Date of each annual meeting of          2,000 Option Shares
of a Standing Committee       shareholders following which
(other than as Chair)         the Director Participants is
                              appointed as a member of a
                              Standing Committee by the
                              Board of Directors

Annual service as Chair of    Date of each annual meeting of          4,000 Option Shares
a Standing Committee          Shareholders following which
                              the Director Participant is
                              appointed as Chair of a Standing
                              Committee by the Board of
                              Directors
</TABLE> 

Notes:

1.   A Director Participant must be a member of the Board of Directors or a
     Standing Committee of the Board of Directors, as the case may be, as of the
     Date of Grant.

2.   The exercise price of Options granted to Director Participants shall not be
     lower than the average of the average of the daily high and low board lot
     trading prices of the Common Shares on The Toronto Stock Exchange for the
     five days preceding the Date of Grant, rounded to the next highest cent.

3.   "Standing Committee" of the Board of Directors means a committee formed by
     the board to meet on a regular basis over an extended period of time, and
     which is declared by the Board of Directors to be a Standing Committee, and
     includes the Audit Committee, the Employee Compensation Committee and the
     Directors' Affairs Committee.

                                    Page 93

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 10.17




                                    Page 94
<PAGE>
 
                 THIS INDENTURE made this 29th day of May, 1997.

BETWEEN:

                       KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION

                      (Hereinafter called the "Landlord")

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                       (Hereinafter called the "Tenant")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART



        WITNESSETH that in consideration of the rents, covenants, conditions and
agreements herein contained, the Landlord and the Tenant covenant and agree as
follows:

1.00    LEASED PREMISES

        The Landlord hereby leases to the Tenant all those premises consisting
        of the building known municipally as 359 Terry Fox Drive and comprising
        approximately Seventy-Six Thousand Two Hundred and Thirty point Six Five
        (76,230.65) rentable square feet of space on the ground floor ("Leased
        Premises") in the City of Kanata which said building is erected on the
        lands (herein called the "Lands") described in Schedule "A" annexed
        hereto. The Leased Premises are more particularly outlined on the floor
        plan annexed hereto and marked Schedule "B".

1.01    ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

        For the purposes of this Lease and any additions or amendments thereto:

        (a)    "Improvements" means all improvements located on the Lands,
               including the Building, the parking lot or structure servicing
               the Building and other facilities and physical structures which
               are for the exclusive use of occupants of the Building;

        (b)    "Common Areas" means at any time those portions of the Lands and
               Building not leased or designated for lease to tenants but
               provided to be used in common by (or by the sublesses, agents,
               employees, customers or licensees of) Landlord, Tenant and other
               tenants of the Building, whether or not they are open to general
               public and shall include any fixtures, chattels, systems, decor,
               signs, facilities or landscaping contained in those areas or
               maintained or used in connection with them, and shall be deemed
               to include the city sidewalks adjacent to the Lands and any
               pedestrian walkway system (either above or below ground), park,
               or other public facility in respect of which Landlord is from
               time to time subject to obligations arising from the Lands and
               Building.

                                    Page 95
<PAGE>
 
        (c)    "Tenant's Proportionate Share" means seventy-nine percent (79%)
               provided the said percentage may be varied based on the actual
               area of the Leased Premises as certified by the Landlord.

2.00    TERM

        To have and to hold the Leased Premises for and during a period of
        years, (hereinafter called the "Term") commencing on the 1st day of
        June, l997 for approximately Fifty-Eight Thousand Two Hundred and Thirty
        point Six Five rentable square feet and for approximately Eighteen
        Thousand rentable square feet from the 1st day of August, 1997 or the
        date the area is substantially complete in accordance with Schedule "G"
        whichever is the later and from thenceforth next ensuing and fully to be
        completed and ended on the 31st day of May 2002.

2.01    INABILITY TO GIVE OCCUPANCY

        It is hereby agreed that if the Landlord is unable to deliver vacant
        possession of the Leased Premises on the date of commencement of the
        Term by reason of the Leased Premises or the Building being uncompleted
        or by reason of any previous tenant or occupant overholding (but not by
        reason of circumstances beyond the Landlord's control or by reason of
        the failure of the Tenant to complete Tenant's Work herein or by reason
        of the Tenant failing on or before the date occurring six (6) weeks
        prior to the commencement of the Term herein to supply all necessary
        approvals and specifications which the Landlord requires in order to
        complete the Leasehold Improvements herein,) the Landlord shall
        diligently exercise all of its rights to obtain completion and vacant
        possession of the Leased Premises and the rent payable hereunder shall
        abate at a rental per day equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent payable
        until such completion or vacant possession is obtained but the Landlord
        shall not be liable to the Tenant for damages of any nature whatsoever
        and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect subject only to
        the abatement of rent as aforesaid.

2.02    EARLY OCCUPANCY

        If the Tenant occupies the Leased Premises prior to the commencement of
        the Term, then during the period up to the date of commencement the
        Tenant shall be a tenant of the Landlord subject to all the covenants,
        conditions and agreements set out in this Lease and at a rental per day
        equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent and Additional Rent and such rental
        shall be paid on or before the commencement of the Term.

2.03    OVERHOLDING

        If the Tenant shall continue to occupy the Leased Premises after the
        expiration of this Lease with or without the consent of the Landlord and
        without any further written agreement, the Tenant shall be a monthly
        tenant at a rent equivalent to 150% of the Monthly Rent and Additional
        Rent hereby reserved and subject to all the terms and conditions herein
        set out except as to length of tenancy.


3.00    RENT - Basic Rent

        In each year during the Term of this Lease the Tenant covenants and
        agrees to pay without any set-off or deduction whatsoever, to the
        Landlord, as rent for the Leased Premises the following:

                                    Page 96
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                        Years      Rate/sq foot      Leased Premises
                        -----      ------------      ---------------
                        <S>        <C>               <C> 
                        1-5         $9.25            $705,133.51
</TABLE> 

        herein called "Annual Rent". The Annual Rent will be adjusted
        proportionately for any lease year which is other than twelve months.

3.01    MONTHLY RENTAL

        The Annual Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments of Fifty-
        Eight Thousand Seven Hundred and Sixty-One Dollars and Thirteen Cents
        ($58,761.13) (hereinafter called the "Monthly Rent") in advance on the
        first day of each calendar month during the Term. If the Term commences
        on any day other than the first (1st) or ends on any day other than the
        last of a calendar month, rent for the fraction of a month at the
        commencement and at the end of the Term shall be prorated at a rate per
        day equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent payable.

3.02    ADDITIONAL RENT

        The Tenant covenants to pay as additional rent all sums to be paid to
        the Landlord hereunder including, without limiting the generality of the
        foregoing, all tax on the Tenant's leasehold improvements, Goods and
        Services Tax and the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Tax, Capital
        Tax, Landlord's Business Tax and Operating Costs (herein called
        "Additional Rent").

3.03    ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL RENTALS

        During the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly in advance
        on the 1st day of each and every month during the Term, one-twelfth
        (1/12) of the amount of such annual Additional Rent as reasonably
        estimated by the Landlord to be due from the Tenant. Such estimates may
        be adjusted from time to time and re-adjusted by the Landlord and the
        Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly installments of Additional Rent
        according to such estimates, as so adjusted.

3.04    DEFICIENCY OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        If the aggregate amount of such estimated Additional Rent payments made
        by the Tenant in any year should be less than the Additional Rent due
        for such year, then the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional
        Rent within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice thereof from the
        Landlord the amount of such deficiency.

3.05    EXCESS OF ADDITIONAL RENTAL INSTALLMENTS

        If the aggregate amount of such Additional Rent payments made by the
        Tenant in any year of the Term should be greater than the Additional
        Rent due for such year, then should the Tenant not be otherwise in
        default hereunder, the amount of such excess will be applied by the
        Landlord to the next succeeding installments of such Additional Rent due
        hereunder; and if there be any such excess for the last year of the
        Term, the amount thereof will be refunded by the Landlord to the Tenant
        within thirty (30) days after the completion of the Landlord's year-end
        audit provided the Tenant is not otherwise in default under the terms of
        the Lease.

                                    Page 97
<PAGE>
 
3.06    PRO-RATING OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        If only part of any calendar year is included within the Term the amount
        of the Additional Rent payable by the Tenant for such partial year shall
        be prorated and shall be based upon the estimates made by the Landlord
        and upon a final determination of such Additional Rent, the amount
        remaining unpaid at the termination of this Lease shall, notwithstanding
        such termination, be adjusted and paid within a reasonable time
        thereafter.

3.07    PREPAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Landlord is required to pay any
        amount, which it is entitled to collect from the tenants of the
        Building, more frequently than provided for in this Lease or if the
        Landlord is required to prepay any such amount, the Tenant shall pay to
        the Landlord its portion of such amount calculated in accordance with
        this Lease, forthwith upon demand.

3.08    DISPUTE AS TO AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        In the event of any dispute by the Tenant as to the amount of any
        Additional Rent claimed by the Landlord or the amount of the Tenant's
        Proportionate Share thereof, the opinion of the Landlord's auditors
        shall be conclusive and binding as to the amount thereof for any period
        to which the opinion relates.

3.09    MANNER AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF RENT

        All rent shall, until further written notice is received from the
        Landlord, be paid by the Tenant without any prior demand therefor to
        Kanata Research Park Corporation, at par in the City of Ottawa at the
        principal office of, Kanata Research Park Corporation, 600 March Road,
        P.O. Box l3600, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2K 2E6, or at such other place
        in Canada as Kanata Research Park Corporation may designate in writing
        from time to time and shall be payable in lawful money of Canada. The
        Landlord agrees that payments made to Kanata Research Park Corporation
        pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to be payments made to the
        Landlord and the Tenant shall not be required to see to the application
        thereof.

3.10    DEFAULT

        Any sums received by the Landlord from or for the account of the Tenant
        when the Tenant is in default hereunder may be applied at the Landlord's
        option to the satisfaction, in whole or part, of any of the obligations
        of the Tenant then due hereunder in such manner as the Landlord sees
        fit, and regardless of any designation or instructions of the Tenant to
        the contrary.

3.11    ACCRUAL OF RENT

        Rent shall be considered as annual and accruing from day to day, and
        where it becomes necessary for any reason to calculate such rent for an
        irregular period of less than one (1) year an appropriate apportionment
        and adjustment shall be made. Where the calculation of any Additional
        Rent is not made until after the termination of this Lease, the
        obligation of the Tenant to pay such Additional Rent shall survive the
        termination of this Lease and such amounts shall be payable by the
        Tenant upon demand by the Landlord.

                                    Page 98
<PAGE>
 
3.12    NET LEASE

        The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it is intended that this Lease
        shall be a completely carefree net lease for the Landlord and that the
        Landlord shall not be responsible during the Term for any costs,
        charges, expenses or outlays of any nature whatsoever arising from or
        relating to the Leased Premises, whether foreseen or unforeseen and
        whether or not within the contemplation of the parties at the
        commencement of the Term except as shall be otherwise expressly provided
        for in this Lease and other than Income Tax due by the Landlord, the
        Tenant shall be responsible for any business transfer tax, value added
        tax, multi-stage sales tax, goods and services tax or any other tax or
        levy on rental income that may be charged, levied or assessed by any
        government or other applicable taxing authority against the Landlord
        whether known as a goods and services tax or any other name ("Goods and
        Services Tax").

4.00    TENANT'S BUSINESS TAX

        In each and every year during the Term the Tenant covenants to pay and
        discharge prior to the same becoming due and payable all taxes, rates,
        duties and assessments and other charges that may be levied, rated,
        charged or assessed against or in respect of the Tenant's or other
        occupant's use and occupancy of the Leased Premises or in respect of the
        Tenant's or other occupant's leasehold improvements, equipment,
        machinery, trade fixtures and facilities situate or installed on or in
        the Leased Premises and every tax and licence fee in respect of any and
        every business carried on in the Leased Premises or in respect of the
        use or occupancy thereof by the Tenant (and any and every subtenant,
        licensee or occupant thereof) whether such taxes, rates, duties,
        assessments and licence fees are charged by any municipal,
        parliamentary, school or other body during the term hereby demised. The
        Tenant will indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord from and against
        payment of all loss, costs, charges and expenses occasioned by, or
        arising from any and all such taxes, rates, duties, assessments, licence
        fees, and any and all taxes which may in future be levied or charged in
        lieu of such taxes; and any such loss, costs, charges and expenses
        suffered by the Landlord may be collected by the Landlord as rent with
        all rights of distress and otherwise as reserved to the Landlord in
        respect of rent in arrears. The Tenant further covenants and agrees that
        upon written request of the Landlord, the Tenant will promptly deliver
        to the Landlord for inspection receipts for payment of all such taxes,
        rates, duties, assessments, licence fees and other charges in respect of
        all improvements, equipment and facilities of the Tenant on or in the
        Leased Premises or in respect of any business carried on in the Leased
        Premises which were due and payable up to one (1) month prior to such
        request.

4.01    LANDLORD'S BUSINESS TAX

        In the event that there are any taxes, rates, duties, assessments or
        charges levied, rated, charged or assessed against the Landlord by any
        municipal or other governmental authority with respect to the Landlord's
        use or occupancy of any part of the Building or the Land which the
        Tenant is entitled to use in common with other persons or with respect
        to any other part of the Building which the Landlord uses or occupies
        for the purpose of supplying services to the Leased Premises (such
        taxes, rates, duties, assessments or charges hereinafter called the
        "Landlord's Business Tax"), then it is agreed that in addition to all
        other sums, the Tenant is required to pay pursuant to this Lease, the
        Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent, the Tenant's
        Proportionate Share of such Landlord's Business Tax.

                                    Page 99
<PAGE>
 
4.02    TAX ON TENANT'S LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

        The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent, in respect of
        each applicable tax year, an amount equal to that portion of the Tax for
        such tax year, as determined by the Landlord, which may reasonably be
        regarded as being attributable to the fixtures, improvements,
        installations, alterations, additions and equipment from time to time
        made, erected or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant in the Leased
        Premises.

4.03    PROPERTY TAX

        "Tax" in this Lease means an amount equivalent to all taxes, rates,
        duties, levies and assessments whatsoever levied, rated, charged or
        assessed by any municipal, parliamentary, educational, school or other
        governmental authority charged upon the Building, the Lands, the
        property and all improvements now or hereafter appurtenant thereto or
        upon the Landlord on account thereof including all taxes, rates, duties,
        levies and assessments for local improvements and including any tax
        which has been attracted by the Tenant's leasehold improvements and
        equipment and for which the Tenant is responsible hereunder and
        excluding any portion of Tax payable solely by any other tenant and
        excluding any Tax charged against or applicable to the other office
        buildings constructed on the Lands and the parking spaces (excluding
        visitor parking) applicable to such buildings and excluding such taxes
        as corporate income, capital gains, profits or excess profits, taxes
        assessed upon the income of the Landlord, and shall also include any and
        all taxes which may in future be levied in lieu of Tax as hereinbefore
        defined.

4.04    ALLOCATION OF TAX

        If the Tax or any portion thereof that may be payable by the Tenant by
        reason of this Lease, depends upon an assessment or an approximation of
        an assessment which has not been made by the taxing authority or
        authorities having jurisdiction, the Landlord shall determine the same;
        any such determination made by the Landlord shall be binding upon the
        Tenant unless shown to be unreasonable or erroneous in some substantial
        respect. The Landlord shall have the right from time to time to
        reasonably allocate and re-allocate Taxes not charged separately to the
        various buildings (including the Building) and the parking garages
        located on the Lands.

4.05    SEPARATE SCHOOL TAXES

        If the Tenant or any subtenant or licensee of the Tenant or any occupant
        of the Leased Premises shall elect to have the Leased Premises or any
        part thereof assessed for separate school taxes, the Tenant shall pay to
        the Landlord, as additional rent, as soon as the amount of the separate
        school taxes is ascertained, any amount by which the amount of separate
        school taxes exceeds the amount which would have been payable for Tax
        had such election not been made and if the Tenant or any subtenant or
        licensee of the Tenant shall elect to have the Leased Premises or any
        part thereof assessed for separate school taxes as aforesaid and if such
        separate school taxes are less than the taxes which would have been
        payable for school taxes had such election not been made, then and in
        that event, the Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from the rent for the
        first month of the year following which such taxes were payable, the
        amount by which the separate school taxes were less than the amount
        which would have been payable for school taxes in the year prior to such
        month.

                                   Page 100
<PAGE>
 
4.06    TAX APPEAL

        Any expense incurred by the Landlord in obtaining or attempting to
        obtain a reduction in the amount of the Tax or the assessment upon which
        the Tax may be based, shall be added to and included in the amount of
        the Tax and if the Tenant shall have paid its Proportionate Share of the
        Tax and the Landlord shall thereafter receive a refund of any portion of
        the Tax, the Landlord shall make an appropriate refund to the Tenant.

4.07    CAPITAL TAX

        "Capital Tax" means the tax or excise imposed or capable of being
        imposed upon the Landlord by any government authority having
        jurisdiction which is measured or based in whole or in part upon the
        taxable capital employed by the Landlord, which said taxable capital
        shall be deemed to be the cost to the Landlord of said Building and
        Lands computed as if the amount of such tax were that amount due if the
        Building and the Lands were the only property of the Landlord, the
        Landlord was entitled to no capital deduction, investment allowance or
        any other deduction whatsoever. For the purpose of this paragraph the
        Term "investment allowance" and "capital deduction" shall be defined by
        reference to the applicable taxing statute.

5.00    OPERATING COSTS

        "Operating Costs" in this Lease means the total charges, expenses,
        costs, fees, rentals, disbursements or outlays incurred, accrued, paid,
        payable or attributable whether by the Landlord or others on behalf of
        the Landlord for complete repair, maintenance, operation, cleaning and
        management of the Building, Lands and all the improvements thereon and
        the components of each of them (herein collectively called the
        "Property") such as are in keeping with maintaining the standard of a
        first class commercial Property so as to give it high character and
        distinction; and including, without limiting the generality of the
        foregoing, the cost of all repairs and replacements required for such
        operation and maintenance, the cost of maintaining and repairing the
        heating, air-conditioning, ventilating and mechanical systems and
        equipment in the Building, the cost of operating and maintaining any
        elevators, (including the cost of service contracts); the costs of
        providing hot and cold water; the costs of providing electricity not
        otherwise chargeable to tenants; the costs of all fuel, gas and steam
        used in heating, ventilating and air-conditioning; the cost of energy
        conservation devices or equipment; the cost of snow removal; landscape
        maintenance including the cost of replacing any landscaping on the
        Lands; the cost of window cleaning; the cost of insurance premiums for
        fire, casualty, liability, rental and any other insurance coverage
        maintained by the Landlord in connection with the Property; telephone
        and other utility costs; the amount paid or payable for all salaries,
        wages and benefits and other payments paid to or on behalf of persons
        engaged in the cleaning, supervision, maintenance and repair of the
        Property (including wages of the on site Property Manager); the cost of
        accounting services necessary to prepare the statements and opinions for
        the tenants and to compute the rents and other charges payable by the
        tenants of the Building and the reasonable cost of collecting and
        enforcing payment of all amounts payable by the tenants; the cost of
        porters, guards and other protection services; the cost of providing
        security services; the cost of garbage or refuse removal from the
        Building not otherwise chargeable to tenants; the cost of repair and
        maintenance of the roadways, curbs, paving, walkways, pools,
        landscaping, lighting and other common facilities and outside areas;
        cost of services provided for the common use of the tenants; building
        management (not exceeding the going rate charged by trust companies for
        building management in the Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton for
        similar buildings); the cost of service contracts with independent

                                   Page 101
<PAGE>
 
        contractors and all other expenses, paid or payable by the Landlord in
        connection with the operation of the Property together with an
        administration fee equal to fifteen percent of Operating Costs, but such
        Operating Costs shall not include any interest on any debt or capital;
        retirement of any debt; any amounts directly chargeable by the Landlord
        to any tenant or tenants of the Building and the cost of any repairs
        paid for by insurance proceeds or for which the Landlord was reimbursed
        by insurance proceeds.

5.01    ALLOCATION OF OPERATING COSTS

        In determining the Operating Costs attributable to the Building, the
        Landlord shall have the right from time to time to reasonably allocate
        and re-allocate such Operating Costs which represent operating costs
        incurred for facilities or services shared by the Building and such
        other buildings as are owned or operated by the Landlord and which are
        not charged or allocated separately against the Building and any such
        other building or buildings. Any such determination made by the Landlord
        shall be binding upon the Tenant unless shown to be unreasonable or
        erroneous in some substantive respect. The Tenant shall have the right
        to reasonable access to the books and records of the Landlord to conduct
        an examination and to ascertain whether allocations of Operating Costs
        made by the Landlord have been made reasonably.

5.02    FULL OCCUPANCY

        If in any year the Building has not been fully occupied for the whole
        year, the amount of the Operating Costs for such year may be adjusted by
        the Landlord, acting reasonably, to an amount which reflects what the
        amount of the Operating Costs would be if the Building had been fully
        occupied for the whole year.

5.03    USE OF ELECTRICITY

        The Tenant shall not, without the Landlord's prior written consent in
        each instance, connect any additional fixtures, appliances or equipment
        to the Building's electric distribution system or make any alteration or
        addition to the electrical system of the Leased Premises existing at the
        commencement of the Term. If the Landlord grants such consent, the cost
        of all additional risers and other equipment required therefor shall be
        paid as Additional Rent by the Tenant to the Landlord upon demand. As a
        condition to granting such consent, the Landlord may require the Tenant
        to agree to pay an increase in the Additional Rent for Operating Costs
        by an amount which will reasonably reflect the increased cost of the
        Landlord of the additional electrical services to be furnished to the
        Leased Premises by the Landlord.

5.04    METERS

        The Tenant covenants to pay for the cost of any additional metering
        which may be required by the Landlord to be installed in the Building
        for the purpose of determining the amount of electricity consumed by the
        Tenant in the Leased Premises.

6.00    ASSIGNING OR SUBLETTING

        The Tenant covenants that it will not assign or sublet the Leased
        Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the
        Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld save and
        except in the event of any of the following, in which case the Landlord
        may arbitrarily withhold its consent:

                                   Page 102
<PAGE>
 
        (a)    an assignment or sublet of the whole of the Leased Premises, the
               terms of which have a net present value that are less or more
               than the net present value of the terms of the Lease (not
               including the value of initial leasehold improvements, leasing
               commissions or inducements of any kind under the Lease) and in
               the latter event if the Landlord consents to such assigned or
               sublet the Tenant shall pay the increased value to the Landlord
               as Additional Rent.;

        (b)    a sublet of a part of the Leased Premises;

        (c)    where the assignee or subtenant is then a tenant of the Landlord
               at the Building and the Landlord has or will have during the next
               following six (6) months, vacant space for rent in the Building.

6.01    REQUEST TO ASSIGN OR SUBLET

        If the Tenant requests the Landlord's consent to an assignment of this
        Lease or to a subletting of the whole or any part of the Leased
        Premises, the Tenant shall submit to the Landlord the name and address
        of the proposed assignee or subtenant together with a copy of an offer
        or agreement to assign or sublet or the sublease or assignment and such
        additional information as to the nature of its business and its
        financial responsibility and standing (including financial statements)
        as the Landlord may reasonably require ("required information").

6.02    ASSIGNMENT

        The Landlord's consent to any assignment may be conditional upon the
        assignee entering into an assignment in form and content satisfactory to
        the Landlord, to perform, observe and keep each and every covenant,
        condition and agreement in this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be
        performed, observed and kept including the payment of rent and all other
        sums and payments agreed to be paid or payable under this Lease on the
        days and times and in the manner specified.

6.03    CONSENT NOT TO RELEASE TENANT

        In no event shall any assignment or subletting to which the Landlord may
        have consented release or relieve the Tenant from his obligations fully
        to perform all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be
        performed.

6.04    NOTICE OF CHANGE OF CONTROL

        Where there is a change in corporate control of the Tenant, the Tenant
        shall forthwith so advise the Landlord in writing.

6.05    COST OF CONSENT

        The Tenant further agrees that prior to any consent for assignment,
        subletting or change in control being effective and binding upon the
        Landlord, the Tenant shall pay on demand the Landlord's reasonable costs
        (including the Landlord's own administrative costs) incurred in
        connection with the Tenant's request for such consent.

7.00    TENANT'S COVENANTS

        The Tenant further covenants with the Landlord as follows:

                                   Page 103
<PAGE>
 
7.01    TENANT REPAIRS

        To repair, maintain and keep the Leased Premises and all trade fixtures
        and improvements therein in good and substantial repair subject only to
        defects in construction of the structural members of the Building,
        reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire, lightning and tempest or
        other casualty against which the Landlord is insured (herein
        collectively referred to as "Tenant Repair Exceptions"); and that the
        Landlord may enter and view state of repair and that the Tenant will
        repair according to notice in writing, except for Tenant Repair
        Exceptions and that the Tenant will leave the Leased Premises in good
        repair, except for Tenant Repair Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything
        hereinbefore contained, the Landlord may in any event make repairs to
        the Leased Premises without notice if such repairs are, in the
        Landlord's opinion, necessary for the protection of the Building and the
        Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord that if the Landlord
        exercises any such option to repair, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord
        together with the next instalment of Monthly Rent which shall become due
        after the exercise of such option all sums which the Landlord shall have
        expended in making such repairs and that such sums, if not so paid
        within such time, shall be recoverable from the Tenant as rent in
        arrears. Provided further that in the event that the Landlord from time
        to time makes any repairs as hereinbefore provided, the Tenant shall not
        be deemed to have been relieved from the obligation to repair and leave
        the Leased Premises in a good state of repair.

7.02    RULES AND REGULATIONS

        That the Tenant and his employees and all persons visiting or doing
        business with him on the Leased Premises shall be bound by and shall
        observe rules and regulations annexed hereto or as may hereafter be
        reasonably set by the Landlord of which notice in writing shall be given
        to the Tenant and upon such notice being delivered all such rules and
        regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of
        this Lease. Such rules and regulations shall not be inconsistent with
        nor derogate from the terms of this Lease and in any event shall apply
        equally to all tenants of the Building and be non-discriminatory in
        their application.

7.03    USE OF PREMISES

        The Leased Premises shall be used only for office and hi-technology
        manufacturing purposes.

7.04    INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS

        That it will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Leased
        Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy in
        force from time to time covering the Building including any regulations
        made by any fire insurance underwriters applicable to such policies. In
        the event the Tenant's occupancy or conduct or business in, or on the
        Leased Premises, whether or not the Landlord has consented to the same,
        results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time
        to time by the Landlord with respect to the Building, the Tenant shall
        pay any such increase in premiums as Additional Rent within ten (10)
        days after bills for such additional premiums shall be rendered by the
        Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of the
        Tenant's use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, a schedule issued by
        the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing
        the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the
        several items and charges which make up such rate. The Tenant shall
        promptly 

                                   Page 104
<PAGE>
 
        comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance
        authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the
        Leased Premises.

7.05    CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE

        If any policy of insurance upon the Building or any part thereof or upon
        the Lands or any part thereof shall be cancelled or rendered voidable by
        the insurer by reason of any act, omission or occupation of the Leased
        Premises or any part thereof by the Tenant, any assignee or subtenant of
        the Tenant or by anyone permitted by the Tenant to be upon the Leased
        Premises, and the Tenant, after receipt of notice from the Landlord,
        shall have failed to immediately reinstate such insurance policies or
        avoid cancellation of such insurance policies, the Landlord may at its
        option determine this Lease forthwith by leaving upon the Leased
        Premises notice in writing of its intention so to do and thereupon rent
        and any other payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease
        shall be apportioned and paid in full to the date of such determination
        and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Leased
        Premises to the Landlord and the Landlord may re-enter and take
        possession of the same or the Landlord shall pay any increased cost of
        such insurance and the Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent, on demand,
        the amount by which the premiums for such insurance are so increased.

7.06    OBSERVANCE OF LAW

        To comply promptly at its own expense with all provisions of law
        including without limitation, federal and provincial legislative
        enactments, building by-laws, and any other governmental or municipal
        regulations which relate to the partitioning, equipment, operation and
        use of the Leased Premises, and to the making of any repairs,
        replacements, alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or
        improvements of or to the Leased Premises. And to comply with all
        police, fire and sanitary regulations imposed by any federal, provincial
        or municipal authorities or made by fire insurance underwriters, and to
        observe and obey all governmental and municipal regulations and other
        requirements governing the conduct of any business conducted in the
        Leased Premises. Provided that in default of the Tenant so complying the
        Landlord may at its option where possible comply with any such
        requirement and the cost of such compliance shall be payable on demand
        by the Tenant to the Landlord as Additional Rent.

7.07    WASTE AND OVERLOADING OF FLOORS

        Not to do or suffer any waste or damage, disfiguration or injury to the
        Leased Premises or the fixtures and equipment thereof or permit or
        suffer any overloading of the floors thereof; and not to place therein
        any safe, heavy business machine or other heavy thing without first
        obtaining the consent in writing of the Landlord; and not to use or
        permit to be used any part of the Leased Premises for any dangerous,
        noxious or offensive trade or business and not to cause or permit any
        nuisance in, at or on the Leased Premises; and without the prior consent
        in writing of the Landlord, the Tenant will not bring onto or use in the
        Leased Premises or permit any person subject to the Tenant to bring onto
        or use on the Leased Premises any fuel or combustible material for
        heating, lighting or cooking nor will it allow onto the Leased Premises
        any stove, burner, kettle, apparatus or appliance for utilizing the same
        and the Tenant will not purchase, acquire or use electrical current or
        gas for consumption on the Leased Premises except from such supplier
        thereof as shall have been approved in writing by the Landlord.

                                   Page 105
<PAGE>
 
7.08    INSPECTION

        To permit the Landlord, its servants or agents to enter upon the Leased
        Premises at any time and from time to time for the purpose of inspection
        and of making repairs, alterations or improvements to the Leased
        Premises or to the Building and the Tenant shall not be entitled to
        compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort occasioned
        thereby. The Landlord, its servants or agents may at any time and from
        time to time enter upon the Leased Premises to remove any article or
        remedy any condition which, in the opinion of the Landlord, reasonably
        arrived at, would be likely to lead to cancellation of any policy of
        insurance and such entry by the Landlord shall not be deemed to be a re-
        entry. The Tenant shall, upon written request of the Landlord, produce
        audited Financial Statements of the Tenant, which statements shall
        include a Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Statement of Retained
        Earnings, Statement of Source and Application of Funds.

7.09    INDEMNITY TO LANDLORD

        To promptly indemnify and save harmless the Landlord for any and all
        liabilities, damages, costs, claims, suits or actions of any nature or
        kind including the full cost to the Landlord in resisting or defending
        the same to which the Landlord shall or may become liable or suffer
        arising out of or by reason of:

        (a)    any breach, violation or non-performance by the Tenant of any of
               its covenants and obligations under this Lease;

        (b)    any damage to property while said property shall be in or about
               the Leased Premises including the systems, furnishings and
               amenities thereof, as a result of the negligence, misuse or
               wilful act of the Tenant, its express or implied invitees,
               licensees, agents, servants or employees; and

        (c)    any injury to any invitee, licensee, agent, servant or employee
               of the Tenant, including death resulting at any time therefrom,
               occurring on or about the Leased Premises, the Property or the
               Lands;

        and this indemnity shall survive the expiry or sooner determination of
        this Lease.

7.10    DAMAGE BY TENANT

        That if the Building including the Leased Premises, the elevators,
        boilers, engines, pipes and other apparatus (or any of them) used for
        the purpose of heating, ventilating or air-conditioning the Building or
        operating the elevators, or if the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric
        lighting or other equipment of the Building or the roof or outside walls
        or other parts of the Building will not function properly or become
        damaged or destroyed through the negligence, carelessness or misuse of
        the Tenant, or of any of its invitees, licensees, agents, servants,
        employees, clients, customers or contractors, or through it or them in
        any way stopping up or injuring any heating, ventilating or air-
        conditioning apparatus, elevators, water pipes, drainage pipes or other
        equipment or parts of the Building, the expense of the necessary
        repairs, replacements or alterations shall be borne by the Tenant and
        paid forthwith on demand to the Landlord as Additional Rent.

                                   Page 106
<PAGE>
 
7.11   TENANT INSURANCE

       (a)   To maintain in force during currency of this Lease at the Tenant's
             expense insurance policies to cover the following:

             (i)     comprehensive general liability insurance with limits of
                     not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00)
                     (including bodily injury and property damage, tenant's
                     legal liability, cross liability and contractual liability)
                     to cover all responsibilities assumed by the Tenant with
                     respect to the use or occupancy of and the business carried
                     on, in or from the Leased Premises, in amounts acceptable
                     to the Landlord;
                           
             (ii)    all risk insurance covering leasehold improvements made or
                     installed by or on behalf of the Tenant in an amount equal
                     to the full replacement value thereof; and
                           
             (iii)   any other insurance that the Landlord (or the Landlord's
                     mortgagee, if any) may reasonably require from time to time
                     in form and amounts and for insurance risks against which a
                     prudent Tenant would protect itself;
                          
       (b)   That all Tenant's insurance required hereunder shall be with
             insurers and upon terms and conditions to which the Landlord has no
             reasonable objection. Copies of all policies, or certificates
             evidencing the insurance or its renewal shall be delivered to the
             Landlord at the Landlord's request;

       (c)   That all policies of insurance to be maintained by the Tenant
             shall, in the case of general liability insurance, include the
             Landlord (and, where applicable, the Landlord's mortgagee) as
             additional insured and, in the case of all other insurance
             coverage, contain a waiver by the insurer and Tenant of any rights
             of subrogation or indemnity or any other claim to which the insurer
             might otherwise be entitled against the Landlord (and mortgagee) or
             the agents or employees of the Landlord. All such insurance
             policies shall also contain a provision prohibiting the insurer
             from cancelling or altering the insurance coverage without first
             giving the Landlord thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof;

       (d)   That if the Tenant fails to take out or maintain in force such
             insurance, the Landlord may take out the necessary insurance and
             pay the premium therefor and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord
             the amount of such premium immediately on demand as Additional
             Rent; and

       (e)   That if both the Landlord and the Tenant have claims to be
             indemnified under any such insurance, the indemnity shall be
             applied first to the settlement of the claim of the Landlord and
             the balance, if any, to the settlement of the claim of the Tenant.

7.12   NO ABATEMENT OF RENT

       That there shall be no abatement or reduction of rent and that the
       Landlord shall not be liable for any damage howsoever caused to property
       of the Tenant or of any person subject to the Tenant which is in or upon
       or being brought to or from the Leased Premises or the Building or for
       personal injury (including death) sustained in any 

                                   Page 107
<PAGE>
 
       manner by the Tenant or any person subject to the Tenant while the Tenant
       or any such person is on or upon entering or leaving the Leased Premises
       or Building unless such property damage or personal injury may have been
       attributable to fault or neglect on the part of the Landlord or of any
       person for whom the Landlord is at law responsible, and that the Tenant
       will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from and against all claims
       and demands made against the Landlord by any person for or arising out of
       any such property damage or personal injury.

7.13   EXHIBITING PREMISES

       To permit the Landlord or its agents or servants to enter and show the
       Leased Premises, during normal business hours, to prospective purchasers
       of the Building and may after notice of termination of this Lease has
       been given or within the last six (6) months of the Term, enter and show
       the Leased Premises to prospective tenants and erect signs stating that
       the premises are "To Let".

7.14   TENANT MAINTENANCE

       That the Tenant will maintain in good repair all plate and window glass,
       all electrical fixtures, outlets and wiring, all plumbing and plumbing
       fixtures, all heating equipment and all water and gas piping and outlets
       within the Leased Premises and that he will make good any damage caused
       by or resulting from breakage of glass, interference with the electrical,
       plumbing, heating, water or gas systems of the Building or misuse of any
       of the equipment, outlets, piping or wiring of any such system by the
       Tenant or any person subject to the Tenant and the Tenant agrees that he
       shall prior to taking possession of the Leased Premises inspect the
       entire Leased Premises and shall be satisfied they are clean and in good
       order and in a good state of repair, and that all plate and window glass
       is whole and that the sanitary arrangements in the Building are in
       satisfactory condition.

7.15   SIGNS

       The Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe or place any sign, symbol,
       notice or lettering of any kind anywhere outside the Leased Premises
       within the Leased Premises so as to be visible from the outside of the
       Building with the exception only of an identification sign (which sign
       shall be subject to the Landlord's written approval as to size, design
       and location).

7.16   NAME OF BUILDING

       Not to refer to the Building by any name other than that designated from
       time to time by the Landlord and the Tenant shall use the name of the
       Building for the business address of the Tenant but for no other purpose.

7.17   KEEP TIDY

       The Tenant shall provide its own cleaning and janitorial services. At the
       end of each business day, the Tenant shall leave the Leased Premises in a
       tidy condition.

7.18   DELIVERIES

       The Tenant shall receive, ship, take delivery of and allow and require
       suppliers or others to deliver or take delivery of merchandise, supplies,
       fixtures, equipment,

                                   Page 108
<PAGE>
 
       furnishings, wares or merchandise only through the loading entrance and
       other facilities provided for that purpose and at the times set by the
       Landlord.

7.19   NOTICE OF DAMAGE

       To notify the Landlord promptly of any damage to or defect in the Leased
       Premises or the Building or any part thereof including any electrical,
       plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, water, sprinkler or gas
       systems or equipment, or the water pipes, gas pipes, telephone lines or
       electrical apparatus within or leading to the Leased Premises, and in
       case of fire to give immediate notice thereof to the Fire Department.

7.20   ALTERATIONS, ETC

       The Tenant will not make or erect in or to the Leased Premises any
       installations, alterations, additions or partitions or remove or change
       the location or style of any installations, alterations, equipment,
       outlets, piping or wiring relating to the electrical, plumbing, water,
       gas, air-conditioning, heating or ventilating systems without submitting
       drawings and specifications to the Landlord and obtaining the Landlord's
       prior written consent in each instance. The Tenant must further obtain
       the Landlord's prior written consent to any change or changes in such
       drawings and specifications submitted as aforesaid. The Tenant's request
       for such consent shall be in writing and accompanied by an adequate
       description of contemplated work and with appropriate working drawings
       and specifications thereof. The Landlord's cost of having its architects
       or engineers examine such drawings and specifications shall be payable by
       the Tenant. The Landlord may require that any and all work be performed
       by the Landlord's contractors or workmen or by contractors or workmen
       engaged by the Tenant but in each case only under written contract
       approved in writing by the Landlord and subject to all reasonable
       conditions which the Landlord may impose and subject to inspection by and
       reasonable supervision of the Landlord. The Landlord may at its option
       require that only the Landlord's contractors be engaged for any
       mechanical, electrical, plumbing, structural or sprinkler work to be done
       in the Leased Premises. Any work performed by or for the Tenant shall be
       performed by competent workmen whose labour union affiliations are not
       incompatible with those of any workmen who may be employed in the
       Building by the Landlord, its contractors or subcontractors. The cost of
       all such work and of all materials, labour and services involved therein
       and of all services, necessitated thereby shall be at the sole cost and
       expense of the Tenant and shall be completed in a good and workmanlike
       manner and with reasonable diligence in accordance with the description
       of the work approved by the Landlord. Any such alterations, additions,
       and fixtures shall, when made or installed, be and become the property of
       the Landlord without payment being made therefor; provided that upon the
       determination of this Lease the Landlord may at its option require the
       Tenant, or itself at the Tenant's expense, to remove the same and to
       restore the Leased Premises to the condition in which they were at the
       commencement of this Lease.

7.21   CONSTRUCTION LIENS

       The Tenant covenants that he will not suffer or permit during the Term
       hereof any construction or other liens for work, labour, services or
       material ordered by him or for the cost of which he may be in any way
       obligated to attach to the Leased Premises or the Building or the Land
       and that whenever and so often as any such liens shall attach or claims
       therefor shall be filed, the Tenant shall within twenty (20) days after
       the

                                   Page 109
<PAGE>
 
       Tenant has notice of the claim for lien, procure the discharge thereof by
       payment or by giving security or in such manner as is or may be required
       or permitted by law.

7.22   SECURITY

       The Tenant will maintain on the Leased Premises sufficient moveable
       property to guarantee the payment of one (1) year's Annual Rent and
       Additional Rent.

7.23   HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

       (a)   The Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to be
             brought onto, created in, released or discharged from, placed or
             disposed of, at or near the Building or Lands;

       (b)   The Tenant shall not cause or permit to occur any violation of any
             federal, provincial, municipal or local law, ordinance, or
             regulation, now or hereinafter enacted (the "Laws"), relating to
             environmental conditions on, under, at, near or about the Building
             or Lands, or relating to the Landlord, the Tenant or the Building,
             air, soil or ground water condition, including without limitation,
             the generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances;

       (c)   For the purposes of this section, "Hazardous Substances" means any
             substance, or class of substance or mixture of substances which may
             be detrimental to the environment, plant or animal life, or human
             health and includes, without limitation, flammable, explosives, or
             radioactive materials, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs),
             chemicals believed to cause cancer or reproductive toxicity,
             pollutants, contaminants, hazardous wastes, toxic substances and
             related materials, petroleum and petroleum products, any substance
             that, if added to water, may degrade or alter or form part of a
             process of degradation or alteration of the quality or temperature
             of that water to the extent that it is detrimental to its use by
             man or by any animal, fish or plant, and substances declared to be
             hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter
             enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority having
             jurisdiction over the Landlord, the Tenant, the Leased Premises or
             the Building (the "Authorities");

       (d)   The Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with the Laws;

       (e)   The Tenant shall, at its own expense, make all submissions to,
             provide all information required by, and comply with all
             requirements of the Authorities under the Laws;

       (f)   The Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Landlord,
             the Landlord's mortgagees, any manager of the building, and their
             respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders,
             partners, agents and employees, from all fines, suits, procedures,
             claims and actions of every kind, and all costs associated
             therewith (including legal fees on a solicitor and his own client
             basis and consultants' fees) arising out of or in any way connected
             with any deposit, spill, discharge, or other release of Hazardous
             Substances that occurs during the Term or any renewal or extension
             period, at or from the Premises, or which arises at any time from
             the Tenant's use or occupancy of the Premises, or from the Tenant's
             failure to 

                                   Page 110
<PAGE>
 
             provide all information, make all submissions, and take all steps
             required by this Section or by the Authorities;

       (g)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if the Tenant
             creates or brings to the Leased Premises any Hazardous Substances
             or if the conduct of the Tenant's business shall cause there to be
             any Hazardous Substances at or near the Leased Premises, or
             discharged or released on, under or about the Premises, the
             building or the lands upon which the building is constructed, the
             air, soil or ground water, then, notwithstanding any rule of law to
             the contrary, such Hazardous Substances shall be and remain the
             sole and exclusive property of the Tenant and shall not become the
             property of the Landlord, notwithstanding the degree of affixation
             to the Premises of the Hazardous Substances or the goods containing
             the Hazardous Substances. This affirmation of the Tenant's interest
             in the Hazardous Substances or the goods containing the Hazardous
             Substances shall not however prohibit the Landlord from dealing
             with such material as otherwise provided for in this Lease.

7.24   NUISANCE

       The Tenant shall not cause or maintain any nuisance in or about the
       Leased Premises, and shall keep the Leased Premises free of debris,
       rodents, vermin and anything of a dangerous noxious or offensive nature
       or which could create a fire hazard (through undue load on electrical
       circuits or otherwise) or undue vibration, heat or noise.

8.00   LANDLORD'S COVENANTS

       The Landlord further covenants with the Tenant:

8.01   QUIET ENJOYMENT

       The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that if the Tenant pays the Annual
       Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums reserved herein and observes and
       performs the covenants, conditions and agreements set out in this Lease,
       the Tenant shall and may peaceably possess and enjoy the Leased Premises
       during the Term without interruption or disturbance from the Landlord.

8.02   TAXES, ETC

       To pay or cause to be paid all taxes and rates, municipal, parliamentary
       or otherwise, including, without limiting the generality of the
       foregoing, water rates with respect to the Lands, the Building or
       assessed against the Landlord in respect thereof, except those directly
       assessed or charged to or payable by the Tenant or assessed or charged
       with reference to the use or occupation of the Leased Premises and except
       as otherwise provided in this Lease.

8.03   HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING

       To provide for heating and air-conditioning 24 hours per day and seven
       (7) days a week so that when heat is reasonably required for the
       reasonable use of the Leased Premises the Landlord will furnish heat
       therefor up to a reasonable temperature and when the heating system is
       not in use and the Landlord considers that air-conditioning is reasonably
       required it will operate the air-conditioning systems in the Building.
       The said heating and air-conditioning systems will be maintained by the
       Landlord during

                                   Page 111
<PAGE>
 
       normal business hours except during the making of repairs and should the
       Landlord make default in so doing, it shall not be liable for any
       indirect or consequential damages for personal discomfort or illness due
       to such default. The Landlord reserves the right to stop the services of
       the heating and/or air-conditioning equipment when necessary by reason of
       any accident or any repairs, alterations or improvements which, in the
       judgment of the Landlord, are desirable or necessary to be made until
       such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. The
       Landlord shall have no further responsibility or liability for failure to
       supply the said heating and/or air-conditioning service when prevented
       from doing so, by strikes or by any cause beyond the Landlord's
       reasonable control or by orders or regulations by any body or authority
       having jurisdiction or by other reason of any failure of electrical
       current, steam or water or suitable power supply or inability upon the
       exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain such electrical current, steam
       or water for the operation of the heating or air-conditioning equipment.

8.04   REPAIR OF STRUCTURE

       To repair, replace and maintain the structural parts of the Building, and
       to perform such repairs, replacements and maintenance with reasonable
       dispatch, and in a good and workmanlike manner, at any time and from time
       to time, and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
       the Tenant shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience,
       nuisance or discomfort occasioned thereby.

8.05   DELAYS IN PROVISION OF SERVICES

       It is understood and agreed that whenever and to the extent that the
       Landlord shall be unable to fulfil, or shall be delayed or restricted in
       the fulfilment of any obligation hereunder in respect of the supply or
       provision of any service or utility or the doing of any work or the
       making of any repairs by reason of being unable to obtain the material,
       goods, equipment, service, utility or labour required to enable it to
       fulfil such obligation or by reason of any statute, law or order-in-
       council or any regulation or order passed or made pursuant thereto or by
       reason of the order or direction of any administrator, controller or
       board, or any governmental department or officer or other authority, or
       by reason of not being able to obtain any permission or authority
       required thereby, or by reason of any other cause beyond its control
       whether of the foregoing character or not, the Landlord shall be entitled
       to extend the time for fulfilment of such obligation by a time equal to
       the duration of such delay or restriction, and the Tenant shall not be
       entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance, discomfort,
       direct or indirect or consequential damage or damages thereby occasioned.

9.00   TENANT'S FIXTURES

       The Tenant may install its usual trade fixtures in the usual manner,
       provided such installation does not damage the structure of the Leased
       Premises or the Building and provided further that the Tenant shall have
       submitted detailed plans and specifications for such trade fixtures to
       the Landlord and obtained its written consent thereto which consent shall
       not be unreasonably withheld.

9.01   REMOVAL OF TENANT'S FIXTURES

       Provided that the Tenant may remove his trade or tenant's fixtures;
       provided further, however, that all installations, alterations,
       additions, partitions, and fixtures other than trade or tenant's fixtures
       in or upon the Leased Premises, whether placed there by the Tenant or the
       Landlord, shall immediately upon such placement, be the Landlord's

                                   Page 112
<PAGE>
 
        property without compensation therefor to the Tenant and, except as
        hereinafter mentioned in this paragraph shall not be removed from the
        Leased Premises by the Tenant at any time either during or after the
        term. Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord shall be
        under no obligation to repair or maintain the Tenant's installations,
        alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures or anything in the
        nature of a leasehold improvement made or installed by the Tenant or
        Landlord or third party; and further, notwithstanding anything herein
        contained, the Landlord shall have the right upon termination of this
        Lease by affluxion of time or otherwise or within six (6) months
        thereafter to require the Tenant to remove, or require the Tenant to pay
        to the Landlord the cost to remove, any installations, alterations,
        additions, partitions and fixtures or anything in the nature of a
        leasehold improvement made or installed by the Tenant, the Landlord or a
        third party, whether for the Tenant or a previous occupant, and make
        good any damage caused to the Leased Premises by such installation or
        removal.

10.00   DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES

        Provided that if during the continuation of this Lease, the Building or
        the Leased Premises are destroyed or damaged by any cause whatsoever,
        then the following provisions shall apply:

10.01   PARTIAL DAMAGE

        If damage shall occur to the Building or the Leased Premises so that all
        or part of the Leased Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from
        fire or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the
        Landlord's architect, can be substantially repaired under applicable
        laws and governmental regulations within ninety (90) days from the date
        of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime
        or other premium), the Landlord shall cause such damage to be repaired
        with all reasonable speed.

10.02   TOTAL DAMAGE

        If the Building or the Leased Premises are damaged to such an extent
        that the Leased Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from fire
        or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord's
        architect, cannot be substantially repaired under applicable laws and
        governmental regulations within ninety (90) days from the date of such
        casualty (employing normal construction methods without overtime or
        other premium), then either the Landlord or Tenant may elect to
        terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by written notice
        delivered to the other not more than ten (10) days after receipt of such
        architect's opinion (failing which the Landlord shall cause such damage
        to be repaired at its own expense with all reasonable speed).

10.03   OBLIGATION TO REPAIR

        The Landlord's obligation to repair as set forth in the preceding two
        paragraphs hereof is conditional upon the Landlord receiving adequate
        proceeds from policies of insurance maintained in respect of such
        casualties or, if such proceeds are not made available to the Landlord,
        the Landlord electing to obtain its own financing for such repairs. In
        the event that no such proceeds of insurance are available to the
        Landlord and if the Landlord elects not to obtain its own financing for
        such repairs, then the Landlord shall, by notice in writing to the
        Tenant delivered within ten (10) days after receipt of the opinion of
        the Landlord's architect, notify the Tenant that the Lease is
        terminated, which termination shall be effective as of the date of such
        casualty. In

                                   Page 113
<PAGE>
 
        calculating the amount of insurance proceeds available, the Landlord
        will be deemed to have received the deductible portion of any insurance
        policy.

10.04   ABATEMENT OF RENT

        If the Landlord is required to repair the damage pursuant to the
        provisions hereof and does not elect to terminate the Lease, the Annual
        Rent and Additional Rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease shall be
        proportionately reduced to the extent that the Leased Premises are
        thereby rendered unusable by the Tenant in its business from the date of
        such casualty until completion by the Landlord of the repairs to the
        Leased Premises and the Building so that the Leased Premises are
        thereafter fully usable by the Tenant in its business.

10.05   DAMAGE TO 50% OF BUILDING

        Notwithstanding anything otherwise contained in this Lease, if fifty
        percent (50%) or more of the rentable area of the Building is damaged or
        destroyed and if, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord's Architect,
        the said rentable area cannot be rebuilt or made fit for the purposes of
        the tenants thereof within ninety (90) days of the date of such
        casualty, the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by
        giving notice of termination to the Tenant within thirty (30) days of
        the date of such casualty and the Tenant shall, with reasonable dispatch
        and expedition, but in any event within sixty (60) days after delivery
        of the notice of termination, deliver up possession of the Leased
        Premises to the Landlord and the rent and other payments for which the
        Tenant is liable hereunder shall be apportioned and paid to the date
        possession is so delivered up.

10.06   COMPLETION OF REPAIR

        Provided that, if, upon the completion by the Landlord of any repairs
        required as a result of any such destruction or damage, a dispute shall
        arise between the Landlord and the Tenant as to whether or not the
        Leased Premises have been made fit for the purposes of the Tenant under
        this Lease, the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this Lease by
        giving thirty (30) days notice to the Tenant and if such notice shall be
        given this Lease shall, at the expiration of such period, be at an end
        and the Tenant shall deliver up the Leased Premises to the Landlord or
        whom it may appoint and the Landlord may, on demand, recover the full
        rental hereby reserved computed from the date on which such repairs were
        completed up to the date on which the Tenant is required to vacate.

11.00   LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY

        In the absence of negligence or wilful act or default on the part of the
        Landlord, its servants, agents or workmen, the Landlord shall not be
        liable or responsible in any way for any loss, damage or injury to any
        person or for any loss of or damage to any property belonging to the
        Tenant, to employees of the Tenant or to any other person while such
        property is in the Leased Premises or in the Building or in or on the
        surrounding, Lands and buildings owned by the Landlord, the areaways,
        the parking garages, the parking areas, lawns, sidewalks, reflective
        pools, steps, platforms, corridors, stairways or elevators whether or
        not any such property has been entrusted to employees of the Landlord
        and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Landlord shall
        not be liable for any damage to any such property caused by theft or
        breakage or by steam, water, rain or snow which may leak into, issue or
        flow from any part of the Building or from the water, steam or drainage
        pipes or plumbing works of

                                   Page 114
<PAGE>
 
        the Building or from any other place or quarter or for any damage caused
        by or attributable to the condition or arrangement of any electric or
        other wiring or for any damage caused by smoke or anything done or
        omitted by any other tenant in the Building or for any other loss
        whatsoever with respect to the Leased Premises, goods placed therein or
        any business carried on therein.

12.00   DEFAULT OF TENANT

        Provided and it is hereby expressly agreed that if and whenever the
        Annual Rent or Additional Rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall
        not be paid on the day appointed for payment thereof, whether lawfully
        demanded or not, or in case of breach or non-observance or non-
        performance of any of the covenants, agreements, provisos, conditions or
        Rules and Regulations on the part of the Tenant to be kept, observed or
        performed, or in case the Leased Premises shall be vacated or remain
        unoccupied for fifteen (15) days or in case the Term shall be taken in
        execution or attachment for any cause whatever, then and in every such
        case, it shall be lawful for the Landlord thereafter to enter into and
        upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole
        and the same to have again, repossess and enjoy as of its former estate,
        anything in this Lease contained to the contrary notwithstanding other
        than the proviso to this paragraph; PROVIDED that the Landlord shall not
        at any time have the right to re-enter and forfeit this Lease by reason
        of the Tenant's default in the payment of the rent reserved by this
        Lease, unless and until the Landlord shall have given to the Tenant
        written notice setting forth the default complained of and the Tenant
        shall have the right during five (5) business days next following the
        date on such notice to cure any such default in payment of rent. In case
        without the written consent of the Landlord, the Leased Premises shall
        be used by any other person than the Tenant or for any other purpose
        than that for which the same were let or in case the Term or any of the
        goods and chattels of the Tenant shall be at any time seized in
        execution or attachment by any creditor of the Tenant or if the Tenant
        makes any bulk sale, then in any such case this lease shall, at the
        option of the Landlord, cease and determine and the Term shall
        immediately become forfeited and void in accordance with the provisions
        of Section 15, RIGHT OF TERMINATION, herein.

13.00   BANKRUPTCY

        Provided further that, in case without the written consent of the
        Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be used by any other person than the
        Tenant or for any other purposes than that for which the same were let
        or in case the Term or any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant shall
        be at any time seized in execution or attachment by any creditor of the
        Tenant or by the Tenant making any assignment for the benefit of
        creditors or any bulk sale or become bankrupt or insolvent or take the
        benefit of any act now or hereafter in force for bankrupt or insolvent
        debtors, or, if the Tenant is a corporation and any order shall be made
        for the winding up of the Tenant, or other termination of the corporate
        existence of the Tenant, then in any such case this Lease shall, at the
        option of the Landlord, cease and determine and the Term shall
        immediately become forfeited and void and the then current month's rent
        and the next ensuing three (3) months rent shall immediately become due
        and be paid and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the
        Leased Premises as though the Tenant or other occupant or occupants of
        the Leased Premises was or were holding over after the expiration of the
        Term without any right whatever.

14.00   RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD

                                   Page 115
<PAGE>
 
        The Tenant further covenants and agrees that on the Landlord's becoming
        entitled to re-enter upon the Leased Premises under any of the
        provisions of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights,
        shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises as the agent of the
        Tenant either by force or otherwise, without being liable for any
        prosecution therefor and to relet the Leased Premises as the agent of
        the Tenant, and to receive the rent therefor and as the agent of the
        Tenant, to take possession of any furniture or other property on the
        Leased Premises and to sell the same at public or private sale without
        notice and to apply the proceeds of such sale and any rent derived from
        reletting the Leased Premises upon account of the rent under this Lease,
        and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for the deficiency, if
        any.

15.00   RIGHT OF TERMINATION

        The Tenant further covenants and agrees that on the Landlord becoming
        entitled to re-enter upon the Leased Premises under any of the
        provisions of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other rights,
        shall have the right to determine forthwith this Lease and the Term by
        leaving upon the Leased Premises notice in writing of its intention so
        to do, and thereupon, rent shall be computed, apportioned and paid in
        full to the date of such determination of this Lease and any other
        payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease shall be paid
        and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Leased
        Premises to the Landlord, and the Landlord may re-enter and take
        possession of the same.

16.00   DISTRESS

        The Tenant waives and renounces the benefit of any present or future
        statute taking away or limiting the Landlord's right of distress, and
        covenants and agrees that notwithstanding any such statute, none of the
        goods and chattels of the Tenant on the Leased Premises at any time
        during the Term shall be exempt from levy by distress for rent in
        arrears. In the event that the Tenant shall remove or permit the removal
        of any of its goods or chattels from the Leased Premises, the Landlord
        may within thirty (30) days thereafter and if the Tenant is in arrears
        of rent, seize such goods and chattels wherever the same may be found
        and may sell or otherwise dispose of the same as if they had actually
        been distrained upon the Leased Premises by the Landlord for arrears of
        rent.

17.00   NON-WAIVER

        No condoning, excusing or overlooking by the Landlord of any default,
        breach or non-observance by the Tenant at any time or times in respect
        of any covenant, proviso or condition herein contained shall operate as
        a waiver of the Landlord's rights hereunder in respect of any continuing
        or subsequent default, breach or non-observance, or so as to defeat or
        affect in any way the rights of the Landlord herein in respect of any
        such continuing or subsequent default or breach, and no waiver shall be
        inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted by the Landlord
        save only express waiver in writing. All rights and remedies of the
        Landlord in this Lease contained shall be cumulative and not
        alternative.

18.00   CHANGES TO BUILDING

        The Landlord hereby reserves the right at any time and from time to time
        to make changes in, additions to, subtractions from or rearrangements of
        the Building including, without limitation, all improvements at any time
        thereon, all entrances and exits thereto, and to grant, modify and
        terminate easements or other agreements

                                   Page 116
<PAGE>
 
        pertaining to the use and maintenance of all or parts of the Building
        and to make changes or additions to the pipes, conduits, utilities and
        other necessary building services in the Leased Premises which serve
        other premises, provided that prior to the commencement of the Term, the
        Landlord may alter or relocate the Leased Premises to the extent found
        necessary by the Landlord to accommodate changes in construction design
        or facilities including major alterations and relocations. The Landlord
        agrees that in performing such alterations, it shall do so in a manner
        so as to minimize any material interference with the Tenant's use and
        enjoyment of the Leased Premises.

19.00   SEVERANCE OF LAND

        The Landlord shall have the right from time to time to sever (for
        purposes of sale, lease, mortgage, charge or otherwise) any part or
        parts of the Land or any buildings or improvements thereon, including
        the creation of rights-of-way, easements and parking arrangements which
        the Landlord deems necessary and the Tenant hereby consents to any such
        severance and agrees to execute, at no cost to the Landlord, any
        documents or consents which the Landlord may request for these purposes.
        If any part or parts of the Land or the buildings or improvements on the
        lands are so severed and are deemed by the Landlord to no longer form
        part of the property, such part or parts shall be excluded from the
        Lands and the property for the purposes of this Lease at the time
        designated by the Landlord and the Tenant shall when requested by the
        Landlord, execute, at no cost to the Landlord, a release of any interest
        in the Lands so excluded.

20.00   COSTS OF COLLECTION

        The Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, all costs, expenses and legal
        fees (on a solicitor and his client basis) that may be incurred or paid
        by or on behalf of the Landlord in enforcing the covenants and
        provisions of this Lease.

21.00   PROFITS AND REMEDIES BY LANDLORD

        In addition to all rights and remedies available to the Landlord under
        the provisions of this Lease or by statute or the general law in the
        event of any default by the Tenant of the provisions of this Lease:

21.01   PAYMENTS TO THIRD PARTIES

        The Landlord shall have the right at all times to remedy or attempt to
        remedy any default of the Tenant, and in so doing, may make any payments
        due or alleged to be due by the Tenant to third parties and may enter
        upon the Leased Premises to do any work or other things therein, and in
        any such event, all costs and expenses of the Landlord in remedying or
        attempting to remedy such default shall be payable by the Tenant to the
        Landlord forthwith upon demand as Additional Rent.

21.02   NON-PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        The Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies in the event of any
        non-payment by the Tenant of any amounts payable by the Tenant under any
        provision of this Lease and the parking agreement as in the case of non-
        payment of rent and may be recovered by the Landlord as rent by any and
        all remedies available to the Landlord for the recovery of rent in
        arrears.

                                   Page 117
<PAGE>
 
21.03   INTEREST ON ARREARS

        The Landlord shall, if the Tenant shall fail to pay any Monthly Rent,
        Additional Rent or other amounts from time to time payable by it to the
        Landlord hereunder promptly when due, be entitled to interest on all
        such Annual Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts which are unpaid and
        overdue under this Lease and the parking agreement, such interest to be
        compounded monthly thereon and to be computed at a rate equal to two
        percent (2%) per annum in excess of the minimum lending rate to prime
        commercial borrowers from time to time charged by the Royal Bank of
        Canada or such other chartered bank as the Landlord may designate, from
        the date upon which such Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts
        was due until actual payment thereof.

22.00   NOTICE

        Any notice required or contemplated by any provisions of this Lease
        shall be given in writing, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed, in
        the case of notice to the Landlord c/o Kanata Research Park Corporation,
        600 March Road, P.O. Box l3600, Kanata, Ontario, Canada, K2K 2E6 and in
        the case of notice to the Tenant, to it at the Leased Premises in the
        event of a notice of distress and otherwise to it at 600 March Road,
        P.O. Box l3600, Kanata, Ontario, Canada, K2K 2E6 and mailed by
        registered mail, postage prepaid or telefaxed. The time of giving of
        such notice shall be conclusively deemed to be, if mailed the third
        (3rd) business day after the day of such mailing, if telefaxed, the next
        business day following the date sent as evidenced by the sender's
        transmittal record. Such notice shall also be sufficiently given if and
        when the same shall be delivered, in the case of notice to the Landlord,
        to an executive officer of the Landlord, and in the case of notice to
        the Tenant, to him personally or to an executive officer, manager or a
        person who appears to be in charge, of the Tenant if the Tenant is a
        corporation. Such notice, if delivered, shall be conclusively deemed to
        have been given and received at the time of such delivery. If, in this
        Lease, two or more persons are named as Tenant, such notice shall also
        be sufficiently given if and when the same shall be delivered personally
        to any one of such persons. Provided that either party may, by notice to
        the other, from time to time, designate another address in Canada to
        which notices mailed more than ten (10) days thereafter shall be
        addressed. The word "notice" in this paragraph shall include any
        request, demand, direction, or statement in this Lease provided or
        permitted to be given by the Landlord to the Tenant or by the Tenant to
        the Landlord.

23.00   SUBORDINATION, POSTPONEMENT, ATTORNMENT

        The Tenant shall promptly upon the written request of the Landlord,
        enter into an agreement:

        (a)   subordinating the Term and the rights of the Tenant hereunder to
              any mortgage, charge, ground lease, trust deed or debenture
              present or future and all renewals, modifications, replacements or
              extensions thereof, which may affect the Leased Premises, the
              Property, the Lands or the Building;

        (b)   agreeing that the Term hereof shall be subsequent in priority to
              any such mortgage, charge, ground lease, trust deed or debenture;

        provided that the Tenant's obligations under this paragraph shall be
        conditional upon any such mortgagee or secured party entering into a 
        non-disturbance agreement with

                                   Page 118
<PAGE>
 
        the Tenant under which the Tenant's continued possession of the Leased
        Premises is ensured notwithstanding any act taken by the mortgagee or
        secured party.

23.01   TENANT'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION
        
        Notwithstanding any postponement or subordination referred to herein,
        the Tenant acknowledges that its obligations under this Lease shall
        remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any action at any time
        taken by a mortgagee, chargee or ground lessor to enforce the security
        of any mortgage charge, ground lease, trust deed or debenture; provided,
        however, that any postponement or subordination given hereunder shall
        reserve to the Tenant the right to continue in possession of the Leased
        Premises under the terms of this Lease so long as the Tenant shall not
        be in default hereunder.

23.02   ATTORNMENT BY TENANT
        
        The Tenant, whenever requested by any mortgagee (including any trustee
        under a deed of trust and mortgage), chargee or ground lessor, shall
        attorn to such mortgagee, chargee or ground lessor as a tenant upon all
        the terms of this Lease.

24.00   CERTIFICATE
        
        The Tenant agrees that he will at any time and from time to time upon
        not less than five (5) days' prior notice execute and deliver to the
        Landlord or any mortgagee of the Lands (including a deed of trust and
        mortgage) a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is
        unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the
        modifications and that the same is in full force and effect as
        modified), the amount of the Annual Rental then being paid hereunder,
        the dates to which the same, by instalments or otherwise, and other
        charges hereunder have been paid, and whether or not there is any
        existing default on the part of the Landlord of which the Tenant has
        notice.

25.00   REGISTRATION
        
        The Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord that the Tenant will
        not register this Lease in this form in any Registry Office or the Land
        Titles Office. If the Tenant desires to make a registration for the
        purposes only of giving notice of this Lease, then the parties hereto
        shall contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease execute a short
        form thereof solely for the purpose of supporting an application for
        registration of notice thereof.
        
26.00   PLANNING ACT
        
        Where applicable, this Lease shall be subject to the condition that it
        is effective only if The Planning Act, 1983, as amended is complied
        with. Pending such compliance the Term and any renewal thereof shall be
        deemed to be for a total period of one (1) year less than the maximum
        lease Term permitted by law without such compliance.
        
27.00   TRANSFER BY LANDLORD
        
        In the event of a sale, transfer or lease by the Landlord of the
        Building, the Lands or a portion thereof containing the Leased Premises
        or the assignment by the Landlord of this Lease or any interest of the
        Landlord hereunder, the Landlord shall, without further written
        agreement, to the extent that such purchaser, transferee or lessee has
        become bound by the covenants and obligations of the Landlord hereunder,
        be freed,

                                   Page 119
<PAGE>
 
        released and relieved of all liability or obligations under this Lease
        incurred or arising after the date of such sale, transfer or lease.

28.00   NO ADVERTISING OF LEASED PREMISES
        
        The Tenant shall not print, publish, post, display or broadcast any
        notice or advertisement to the effect that the whole or any part of the
        Leased Premises are for rent, and it shall not permit any broker or
        other person to do so without the consent in writing of the Landlord.

29.00   TIME OF ESSENCE
        
        Time shall be of the essence of this Lease.
        
30.00   LAWS OF ONTARIO
        
        This Lease shall be deemed to have been made in and shall be construed
        in accordance with the Laws of the Province of Ontario.

31.00   SEVERABILITY OF COVENANTS
        
        The Landlord and the Tenant agree that all of the provisions of this
        Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the
        words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate
        paragraph hereof. Should any provision or provisions of this Lease be
        illegal or not enforceable it or they shall be considered separate and
        severable from the Lease and its remaining provisions shall remain in
        force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though the said
        provision or provisions had never been included.

32.00   HEADINGS
        
        The captions appearing in the margin or the headings contained in this
        Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference
        only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of this
        Lease or of any provision hereof.
        
33.00   SCHEDULES
        
        The following Schedules attached hereto form part of this Lease:
        Schedules: "A", "B", "C", "D", "E" "F"  and "G"
        
34.00   LEASE ENTIRE AGREEMENT
        
        The Tenant acknowledges that there are no covenants, representations,
        warranties, agreements or conditions expressed or implied, collateral or
        otherwise forming part of or in any way affecting or relating to this
        Lease save as expressly set out in this Lease and that this Lease
        constitutes the entire agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant and
        may not be modified except as herein explicitly provided or except by
        subsequent agreement in writing of equal formality hereto executed by
        the Landlord and the Tenant.

                                   Page 120
<PAGE>
 
35.00   INTERPRETATION

        IN THIS INDENTURE:
        
        (a)   "herein", "hereof", "hereby", "hereunder", "hereto", 
              "hereinafter", and similar expressions refer to this indenture and
              not to any particular paragraph, section or other portion thereof,
              unless there is something in the subject matter or context
              inconsistent therewith.
        

        (b)   "business day(s)" means any of the days from Monday to Friday of 
              each week inclusive unless such day is a statutory holiday or 
              public holiday.
        
        (c)   "normal business hours" means the hours from 8:00 a.m. to 
              6:00 p.m. on business days.
        
36.00   SUCCESSORS
        
        This indenture and everything herein contained shall enure to the
        benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, executors,
        administrators, permitted successors and assigns, of the Tenant and
        other legal representatives as the case may be, of each and every of the
        parties hereto, and every reference herein to any party hereto shall
        include the heirs, executors, administrators, permitted successors,
        assigns and other legal representatives of such party, and where there
        is more than one tenant or there is a female party or a corporation, the
        provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical and gender changes
        thereby rendered necessary and all covenants shall be deemed joint and
        several.

                                   Page 121
<PAGE>
 
37.00   JOINT AND SEVERAL COVENANT
        
        If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, each such person
        shall be bound jointly and severally with the other(s), waiving the
        benefit of division and discussion, for the fulfilment of all of the
        obligations of Tenant hereunder.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto affixed their 
corporate seals duly attested to by the hands of their proper signing officers 
authorized in that behalf.


SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED   )
in the presence of:            )        KANATA RESEARCH PARK
                               )        CORPORATION
                               )
                               )
                               )                                     c/s
                               ) Per: /s/ Bronwen A. Heins
                               )     ------------------------------------------
                               ) Name:    Bronwen A. Heins
                               ) Title:   Corporate Secretary
                               ) I have the authority to bind the corporation
                               )
                               )        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS
                               )        CORPORATION
                               )
                               )
                               )                                     c/s
                               ) Per: /s/ Donald Mills
                               )     ------------------------------------------
                               ) Name:    Donald Mills
                               ) Title:   Vice President, Administration
                               )
                               )
                               ) Per: /s/ Peter Nadeau
                               )     ------------------------------------------
                               ) Name:    Peter Nadeau
                               ) Title:   Vice President, Legal Services
                               )
                               )I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.

                                   Page 122
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "A"
                                 ------------
 
                               LEGAL DESCRIPTION
                               -----------------


   Monmouth Building - 359 Terry Fox Drive
   
   FIRSTLY: Parcel 8-4, Section March 4, Part of Lot 8, Concession 4, formerly
   Township of March, now in the City of Kanata, Regional Municipality of Ottawa
   Carleton, designated as Part 1, Plan 4R-12934 (Part of PIN 04517-0468)

   SECONDLY: Parcel 2-1, Section 4M-642, Block 2, Registered Plan 4M-642, City 
   of Kanata designated as Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 & 7 on Plan 4R-12934
   
   Subject to an easement over the said Part 5 on Plan 4R-12934
   
   Subject to an easement over the said Part 3 on Plan 4R-12934
   
   (Part of PIN 04517-0489)

                                   Page 123
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE "B"
                                  ------------

                                  FLOOR PLAN
                                  ----------




                                   Page 124
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "C"
                                 ------------

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
                             ---------------------

The Tenant and its invitees and employees shall observe the following rules and
regulations (as added to, amended or modified from time to time by the
Landlord).

1.   The sidewalks, entrances, elevators, stairways, passageways, shipping areas
     and corridors of the Building shall not be obstructed or used for any other
     purpose by the Tenant than for ingress and egress to and from the Leased
     Premises; the Tenant shall not place or allow to be placed in such areas or
     facilities any waste paper, garbage, refuse or anything that shall tend to
     make them appear unclean or untidy.

2.   The Tenant and its employees shall use washrooms only for the purpose for 
     which they were designed and nothing shall be placed in toilets that might
     cause them to block.

3.   The Tenant shall not make any noise which might disturb other tenants and 
     no animals or bicycles or other vehicles other than appropriate vehicles
     for the Tenant's use shall be brought into the Leased Premises or the
     Building.

4.   The Leased Premises shall not be used as overnight sleeping accommodation, 
     for public sales nor for entertaining purposes.

5.   The Tenant shall make arrangements with the Landlord ahead of time to 
     install any machines or equipment which may substantially increase the load
     on the electrical systems, installations will not be made until the
     Landlord's consent is obtained.

6.   Windows will not be left open so as to admit rain or snow.

7.   The Tenant will not alter any existing locks nor will any additional locks 
     or similar devices be attached to any door or window without the
     Landlord's written consent.

8.   Keys or other devices which are made available to the Tenant for the 
     purpose of providing access to the exterior doors of the Building shall not
     be duplicated and shall be returned to the Landlord immediately upon
     termination of the Lease.

9.   All adjustments to mechanical equipment such as thermostats, radiators, 
     diffusers, etc. shall be made by the Landlord's staff and no one else.

10.  It shall be the responsibility of the Tenant to prevent any person from 
     throwing objects out of windows or into the ducts or stairwells of the
     Building, and the Tenant shall pay for any cost, damage or injury resulting
     from any such acts.

11.  The Tenant shall provide adequate receptacles for garbage, refuse and 
     waste paper and all such garbage, refuse and waste paper shall be placed in
     such containers. The Leased Premises shall be kept in a tidy, healthy and
     clean condition.

12.  The Tenant shall not bring upon the Leased Premises any safes, heavy 
     equipment, motors or any other thing which might overload floors or damage
     the Leased Premises or the Building.

                                   Page 125
<PAGE>
 
13.  The Tenant shall not use or keep inflammable materials in the Leased 
     Premises.

14.  The Landlord shall have the right to establish rules and regulations 
     governing the use of the parking facilities from time to time and the
     Tenant hereby agrees to observe and abide by all such rules and
     regulations.

15.  Smoking is prohibited in all common areas of the Building.


The foregoing rules and regulations, as from time to time amended, are not
necessarily of uniform application, but may be waived in whole or in part in
respect of other tenants without affecting their enforceability with respect to
the Tenant or the Leased Premises. There is no obligation on the Landlord to
enforce the rules and regulations, and the Landlord shall not be liable by
reason of their non-enforcement.

                                   Page 126
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "D"
                                 ------------

                                    PARKING
                                    -------


1.     During the Term the Landlord hereby agrees to allow the Tenant, its
       employees, agents and invitees shall park their vehicles in the parking
       facilities located on the Lands ("parking facilities").

2.     The Landlord shall not be responsible for any theft, loss or damage to
       the Tenant's vehicles whatsoever, or for injury to the Tenant or others
       in the parking facilities.

3.     The Landlord shall have the right to establish rules and regulations
       governing the use of the parking facilities from time to time and the
       Tenant hereby agrees to observe and abide by all such rules and
       regulations.

                                   Page 127
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "E"
                                 ------------

                                OPTION TO RENEW
                                ---------------

1.     Provided the Tenant is in good standing, during the Term has not been in
       substantial default under this Lease and has not assigned this Lease or
       sublet all or a portion of the Leased Premises, the Tenant shall have and
       is hereby granted an option to renew this Lease for a further term of
       five (5) years provided that in order to exercise this option, the Tenant
       shall be required to give to the Landlord notice of the exercise of such
       option in writing not less than six (6) months prior to the date of
       expiry of the initial Term.

2.     Any renewal pursuant to this proviso shall be on the same terms and
       conditions contained in this Lease except:

       (a)  there shall be no additional right of renewal, and no Leasehold
            Improvements;

       (b)  the Annual Rent payable by the Tenant for such renewal period shall
            be in accordance with rates for similar premises in a similar
            location and as agreed upon by the Landlord and Tenant and shall in
            no event be less than the Annual Rent paid during the last year of
            the Term; such agreement to be reached not later than three (3)
            months prior to the expiry of the original Term. Failing such
            agreement, either party shall submit the matter to arbitration in
            accordance with the following terms:

                 The dispute shall be submitted to a single arbitrator to be
                 agreed upon by the parties, provided that if a single
                 arbitrator cannot be agreed upon by the parties hereto within
                 ten (10) days after the appointment of a single arbitrator has
                 been requested by one of the parties in writing, then the
                 dispute shall be referred to a board of three arbitrators, one
                 to be appointed by each of the Landlord and the Tenant and a
                 third arbitrator to be appointed by the first two arbitrators
                 in writing; and if either the Landlord or the Tenant shall
                 refuse or neglect to appoint an arbitrator within ten (10) days
                 after the other party shall have appointed an arbitrator and
                 shall have served a written notice upon the party so refusing
                 or neglecting to appoint an arbitrator requiring such party to
                 make such appointment, then the arbitrator first appointed
                 shall, at the request of the party appointing him, proceed to
                 hear and determine the dispute as if he were a single
                 arbitrator appointed by both the Landlord and the Tenant for
                 that purpose. If two arbitrators are so named within the time
                 prescribed and they do not agree within a period of ten (10)
                 days upon the appointment of the third arbitrator, then upon
                 the application of either the Landlord or the Tenant, the third
                 arbitrator shall be appointed by a Judge of the Ontario Court
                 (General Division). The determination which shall be made by
                 the said arbitrators or a majority of them, or by the single
                 arbitrator, as the case may be, shall be final and binding upon
                 the parties hereto and the costs of the arbitration and
                 remuneration of the third arbitrator, if any, shall be borne
                 equally between the parties hereto, each of the parties bearing
                 the remuneration of the arbitrator appointed by it. The
                 provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to be submission
                 to arbitration within the provisions of The Arbitration Act of
                                                         ----------------------
                 Ontario and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof;
                 -------
                 provided that any limitation on the remuneration of arbitrators
                 imposed by such legislation shall not have application to any
                 arbitration proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph.

                                   Page 128
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "F"
                                 ------------

                            LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
                            ----------------------


            The Landlord will, at its cost, design the Tenant's space with the
            Tenant's co-ordination. The Landlord shall, construct on behalf of
            the Tenant and install on a turnkey basis to building standards,
            those leasehold improvements agreed upon by both Landlord and Tenant
            as chosen from the Landlord's samples.

                                   Page 129
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "G"
                                 ------------

                               ADDITIONAL TERMS
                               ----------------

Notwithstanding anything contained in the Offer to the contrary the Tenant will
not be required to pay Annual Rent or Additional Rent on that portion of the
Leased Premises known as the second expansion space of Eighteen Thousand
(18,000) rentable square feet until August 1, 1997 or upon substantial
completion in accordance with the Construction Lien Act of Ontario whichever is
the later.

                                   Page 130
<PAGE>
 
                        DATED the 29th day of May, 1997.



BETWEEN:


                        KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION


                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION


                                                              OF THE SECOND PART



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    L E A S E

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------






Prepared by:                 Bronwen A. Heins
Date Edited:
Disk Reference:  Monmouth.lse

                                   Page 131
<PAGE>
 
                       KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION


                                      AND

                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION


1.00 LEASED PREMISES............................................................
1.01 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS.....................................................
2.00 TERM.......................................................................
2.01 INABILITY TO GIVE OCCUPANCY................................................
2.02 EARLY OCCUPANCY............................................................
2.03 OVERHOLDING................................................................
3.00 RENT - Basic Rent..........................................................
3.01 MONTHLY RENTAL.............................................................
3.02 ADDITIONAL RENT............................................................
3.03 ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL RENTALS...............................................
3.04 DEFICIENCY OF ADDITIONAL RENT..............................................
3.05 EXCESS OF ADDITIONAL RENTAL INSTALLMENTS...................................
3.06 PRO-RATING OF ADDITIONAL RENT..............................................
3.07 PREPAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT..............................................
3.08 DISPUTE AS TO AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL RENT....................................
3.09 MANNER AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF RENT........................................
3.10 DEFAULT....................................................................
3.11 ACCRUAL OF RENT............................................................
3.12 NET LEASE..................................................................
4.00 TENANT'S BUSINESS TAX......................................................
4.01 LANDLORD'S BUSINESS TAX....................................................
4.02 TAX ON TENANT'S LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.....................................
4.03 PROPERTY TAX...............................................................
4.04 ALLOCATION OF TAX..........................................................
4.05 SEPARATE SCHOOL TAXES......................................................
4.06 TAX APPEAL.................................................................
4.07 CAPITAL TAX................................................................
5.00 OPERATING COSTS............................................................
5.01 ALLOCATION OF OPERATING COSTS..............................................
5.02 FULL OCCUPANCY.............................................................
5.03 USE OF ELECTRICITY.........................................................
5.04 METERS.....................................................................
6.00 ASSIGNING OR SUBLETTING....................................................
6.01 REQUEST TO ASSIGN OR SUBLET................................................
6.02 ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT.......................................................
6.03 CONSENT NOT TO RELEASE TENANT..............................................
6.04 NOTICE OF CHANGE OF CONTROL................................................
6.05 COST OF CONSENT............................................................
7.00 TENANT'S COVENANTS.........................................................
7.01 TENANT REPAIRS.............................................................
7.02 RULES AND REGULATIONS......................................................
7.03 USE OF PREMISES............................................................
7.04 INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS.............................................
7.05 CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE..................................................
7.06 OBSERVANCE OF LAW..........................................................
7.07 WASTE AND OVERLOADING OF FLOORS............................................
7.08 INSPECTION.................................................................
7.09 INDEMNITY TO LANDLORD......................................................

                                   Page 132
<PAGE>
 
7.10 DAMAGE BY TENANT...........................................................
7.11 TENANT INSURANCE...........................................................
7.12 NO ABATEMENT OF RENT.......................................................
7.13 EXHIBITING PREMISES........................................................
7.14 TENANT MAINTENANCE.........................................................
7.15 SIGNS......................................................................
7.16 NAME OF BUILDING...........................................................
7.17 KEEP TIDY..................................................................
7.18 DELIVERIES.................................................................
7.19 NOTICE OF DAMAGE...........................................................
7.20 ALTERATIONS, ETC...........................................................
7.21 CONSTRUCTION LIENS.........................................................
7.22 SECURITY...................................................................
7.23 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.......................................................
7.24 NUISANCE...................................................................
8.00 LANDLORD'S COVENANTS.......................................................
8.01 QUIET ENJOYMENT............................................................
8.02 TAXES, ETC.................................................................
8.03 HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING...............................................
8.04 REPAIR OF STRUCTURE........................................................
8.05 DELAYS IN PROVISION OF SERVICES............................................
9.00 TENANT'S FIXTURES..........................................................
9.01 REMOVAL OF TENANT'S FIXTURES...............................................
10.00 DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES..................................
10.01 PARTIAL DAMAGE............................................................
10.02 TOTAL DAMAGE..............................................................
10.03 OBLIGATION TO REPAIR......................................................
10.04 ABATEMENT OF RENT.........................................................
10.06 COMPLETION OF REPAIR......................................................
10.05 DAMAGE TO 50% OF BUILDING.................................................
11.00 LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY..........................................
12.00 DEFAULT OF TENANT.........................................................
13.00 BANKRUPTCY................................................................
14.00 RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD......................................................
15.00 RIGHT OF TERMINATION......................................................
16.00 DISTRESS..................................................................
17.00 NON-WAIVER................................................................
18.00 CHANGES TO BUILDING.......................................................
19.00 SEVERANCE OF LAND.........................................................
20.00 COSTS OF COLLECTION.......................................................
21.00 PROFITS AND REMEDIES BY LANDLORD..........................................
21.01 PAYMENTS TO THIRD PARTIES.................................................
21.02 NON-PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT............................................
21.03 INTEREST ON ARREARS.......................................................
22.00 NOTICE....................................................................
23.00 SUBORDINATION, POSTPONEMENT, ATTORNMENT...................................
23.01 TENANT'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION..............................................
23.02 ATTORNMENT BY TENANT......................................................
24.00 CERTIFICATE...............................................................
25.00 REGISTRATION..............................................................
26.00 PLANNING ACT..............................................................
27.00 TRANSFER BY LANDLORD......................................................
28.00 NO ADVERTISING OF LEASED PREMISES.........................................
29.00 TIME OF ESSENCE...........................................................
30.00 LAWS OF ONTARIO...........................................................
31.00 SEVERABILITY OF COVENANTS.................................................
32.00 HEADINGS..................................................................
33.00 SCHEDULES.................................................................
34.00 LEASE ENTIRE AGREEMENT....................................................

                                   Page 133
<PAGE>
 
35.00 INTERPRETATION............................................................
36.00 SUCCESSORS................................................................
37.00 JOINT AND SEVERAL COVENANT
SCHEDULE "A"....................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "B"....................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "C"....................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "D"....................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "E"....................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "F"....................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "G"....................................................................
- ------------

                                   Page 134

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 10.22




                                   Page 135
<PAGE>
 
               THIS INDENTURE made this 23rd day of April, 1997.

BETWEEN:

                       KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION

                       (Hereinafter called the "Landlord")

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

                       NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                       (Hereinafter called the "Tenant")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART



        WITNESSETH that in consideration of the rents, covenants, conditions and
agreements herein contained, the Landlord and the Tenant covenant and agree as
follows:

1.00    LEASED PREMISES

        The Landlord hereby leases to the Tenant all those premises consisting
        of the building known municipally as 349 Terry Fox Drive and comprising
        approximately two hundred and forty-two thousand eight hundred and 
        fifty-six point six seven (242,856.67) square feet (herein called either
        the "Leased Premises" or the "Building") in the City of Kanata which
        said building is erected on the lands (herein called the "Lands")
        described in Schedule "A" annexed hereto. The Leased Premises are more
        particularly outlined on the floor plan annexed hereto and marked
        Schedule "B".

1.01    ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS

        For the purposes of this Lease and any additions or amendments thereto:

        (a)    "Improvements" means all improvements located on the Lands,
               including the Building, the parking lot or structure servicing
               the Building and other facilities and physical structures which
               are for the exclusive use of occupants of the Building;

        (b)    "Common Areas" means at any time those portions of the Lands and
               Building not leased or designated for lease to tenants but
               provided to be used in common by (or by the sublesses, agents,
               employees, customers or licensees of) Landlord, Tenant and other
               tenants of the Building, whether or not they are open to general
               public and shall include any fixtures, chattels, systems, decor,
               signs, facilities or landscaping contained in those areas or
               maintained or used in connection with them, and shall be deemed
               to include the city sidewalks adjacent to the Lands and any
               pedestrian walkway system (either above or below ground), park,
               or other public facility in respect of which Landlord is from
               time to time subject to obligations arising from the Lands and
               Building.

                                   Page 136
<PAGE>
 
        (c)    "Tenant's Proportionate Share" means one hundred percent (100%)
               provided the said percentage may be varied based on the actual
               area of the Leased Premises as certified by the Landlord.

2.00    TERM

        To have and to hold the Leased Premises for and during the Term,
        (hereinafter called the "Term") of five (5) years to be computed from
        the 1st day of June, l997 or from the date the Tenant takes occupancy of
        the Leased Premises, whichever is sooner, and from thenceforth next
        ensuing and fully to be completed and ended on the 31st day of May 2002.

2.01    INABILITY TO GIVE OCCUPANCY

        It is hereby agreed that if the Landlord is unable to deliver vacant
        possession of the Leased Premises on the date of commencement of the
        Term by reason of the Leased Premises or the Building being uncompleted
        or by reason of any previous tenant or occupant overholding (but not by
        reason of circumstances beyond the Landlord's control or by reason of
        the failure of the Tenant to complete Tenant's Work herein or by reason
        of the Tenant failing on or before the date occurring six (6) weeks
        prior to the commencement of the Term herein to supply all necessary
        approvals and specifications which the Landlord requires in order to
        complete the Leasehold Improvements herein,) the Landlord shall
        diligently exercise all of its rights to obtain completion and vacant
        possession of the Leased Premises and the rent payable hereunder shall
        abate at a rental per day equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent payable
        until such completion or vacant possession is obtained but the Landlord
        shall not be liable to the Tenant for damages of any nature whatsoever
        and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect subject only to
        the abatement of rent as aforesaid.

2.02    EARLY OCCUPANCY

        If the Tenant occupies the Leased Premises prior to the commencement of
        the Term, then during the period up to the date of commencement the
        Tenant shall be a tenant of the Landlord subject to all the covenants,
        conditions and agreements set out in this Lease and at a rental per day
        equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent and Additional Rent and such rental
        shall be paid on or before the commencement of the Term.

2.03    OVERHOLDING

        If the Tenant shall continue to occupy the Leased Premises after the
        expiration of this Lease with or without the consent of the Landlord and
        without any further written agreement, the Tenant shall be a monthly
        tenant at a rent equivalent to 150% of the Monthly Rent and Additional
        Rent hereby reserved and subject to all the terms and conditions herein
        set out except as to length of tenancy.

3.00    RENT - Basic Rent

        In each year during the Term of this Lease the Tenant covenants and
        agrees to pay without any set-off or deduction whatsoever, to the
        Landlord, as rent for the Leased Premises the following:

                                   Page 137
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
               Years     Rate/sq foot          Leased Premises
               -----     ------------          ---------------
               <S>       <C>                   <C> 
                1-5             $9.40            $2,282,852.60
</TABLE> 

        herein called "Annual Rent". The Annual Rent will be adjusted
        proportionately for any lease year which is other than twelve months.

3.01    MONTHLY RENTAL

        The Annual Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments of One
        Hundred and Ninety Thousand Two Hundred and Thirty-Seven Dollars and
        Seventy-Two Cents ($190,237.72) (hereinafter called the "Monthly Rent")
        in advance on the first day of each calendar month during the Term. If
        the Term commences on any day other than the first (1st) or ends on any
        day other than the last of a calendar month, rent for the fraction of a
        month at the commencement and at the end of the Term shall be prorated
        at a rate per day equal to 1/365th of the Annual Rent payable.

3.02    ADDITIONAL RENT

        The Tenant covenants to pay as additional rent all sums to be paid to
        the Landlord hereunder including, without limiting the generality of the
        foregoing, all tax on the Tenant's leasehold improvements, Goods and
        Services Tax and the Tenant's Proportionate Share of the Tax, Capital
        Tax, Landlord's Business Tax and Operating Costs (herein called
        "Additional Rent").

3.03    ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL RENTALS

        During the Term, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly in advance
        on the 1st day of each and every month during the Term, one-twelfth
        (1/12) of the amount of such annual Additional Rent as reasonably
        estimated by the Landlord to be due from the Tenant. Such estimates may
        be adjusted from time to time and re-adjusted by the Landlord and the
        Tenant shall pay to the Landlord monthly installments of Additional Rent
        according to such estimates, as so adjusted.

3.04    DEFICIENCY OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        If the aggregate amount of such estimated Additional Rent payments made
        by the Tenant in any year should be less than the Additional Rent due
        for such year, then the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional
        Rent within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice thereof from the
        Landlord the amount of such deficiency.

3.05    EXCESS OF ADDITIONAL RENTAL INSTALLMENTS

        If the aggregate amount of such Additional Rent payments made by the
        Tenant in any year of the Term should be greater than the Additional
        Rent due for such year, then should the Tenant not be otherwise in
        default hereunder, the amount of such excess will be applied by the
        Landlord to the next succeeding installments of such Additional Rent due
        hereunder; and if there be any such excess for the last year of the
        Term, the amount thereof will be refunded by the Landlord to the Tenant
        within thirty (30) days after the completion of the Landlord's year-end
        audit provided the Tenant is not otherwise in default under the terms of
        the Lease.

                                   Page 138
<PAGE>
 
3.06    PRO-RATING OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        If only part of any calendar year is included within the Term the amount
        of the Additional Rent payable by the Tenant for such partial year shall
        be prorated and shall be based upon the estimates made by the Landlord
        and upon a final determination of such Additional Rent, the amount
        remaining unpaid at the termination of this Lease shall, notwithstanding
        such termination, be adjusted and paid within a reasonable time
        thereafter.

3.07    PREPAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Landlord is required to pay any
        amount, which it is entitled to collect from the tenants of the
        Building, more frequently than provided for in this Lease or if the
        Landlord is required to prepay any such amount, the Tenant shall pay to
        the Landlord its portion of such amount calculated in accordance with
        this Lease, forthwith upon demand.

3.08    DISPUTE AS TO AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

        In the event of any dispute by the Tenant as to the amount of any
        Additional Rent claimed by the Landlord or the amount of the Tenant's
        Proportionate Share thereof, the opinion of the Landlord's auditors
        shall be conclusive and binding as to the amount thereof for any period
        to which the opinion relates.

3.09    MANNER AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF RENT

        All rent shall, until further written notice is received from the
        Landlord, be paid by the Tenant without any prior demand therefor to
        Kanata Research Park Corporation, at par in the City of Ottawa at the
        principal office of, Kanata Research Park Corporation, 600 March Road,
        P.O. Box l3600, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2K 2E6, or at such other place
        in Canada as Kanata Research Park Corporation may designate in writing
        from time to time and shall be payable in lawful money of Canada. The
        Landlord agrees that payments made to Kanata Research Park Corporation
        pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed to be payments made to the
        Landlord and the Tenant shall not be required to see to the application
        thereof.

3.10    DEFAULT

        Any sums received by the Landlord from or for the account of the Tenant
        when the Tenant is in default hereunder may be applied at the Landlord's
        option to the satisfaction, in whole or part, of any of the obligations
        of the Tenant then due hereunder in such manner as the Landlord sees
        fit, and regardless of any designation or instructions of the Tenant to
        the contrary.

3.11    ACCRUAL OF RENT

        Rent shall be considered as annual and accruing from day to day, and
        where it becomes necessary for any reason to calculate such rent for an
        irregular period of less than one (1) year an appropriate apportionment
        and adjustment shall be made. Where the calculation of any Additional
        Rent is not made until after the termination of this Lease, the
        obligation of the Tenant to pay such Additional Rent shall survive the
        termination of this Lease and such amounts shall be payable by the
        Tenant upon demand by the Landlord.

                                   Page 139
<PAGE>
 
3.12    NET LEASE

        The Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it is intended that this Lease
        shall be a completely carefree net lease for the Landlord and that the
        Landlord shall not be responsible during the Term for any costs,
        charges, expenses or outlays of any nature whatsoever arising from or
        relating to the Leased Premises, whether foreseen or unforeseen and
        whether or not within the contemplation of the parties at the
        commencement of the Term except as shall be otherwise expressly provided
        for in this Lease and other than Income Tax due by the Landlord, the
        Tenant shall be responsible for any business transfer tax, value added
        tax, multi-stage sales tax, goods and services tax or any other tax or
        levy on rental income that may be charged, levied or assessed by any
        government or other applicable taxing authority against the Landlord
        whether known as a goods and services tax or any other name ("Goods and
        Services Tax").

4.00    TENANT'S BUSINESS TAX

        In each and every year during the Term the Tenant covenants to pay and
        discharge prior to the same becoming due and payable all taxes, rates,
        duties and assessments and other charges that may be levied, rated,
        charged or assessed against or in respect of the Tenant's or other
        occupant's use and occupancy of the Leased Premises or in respect of the
        Tenant's or other occupant's leasehold improvements, equipment,
        machinery, trade fixtures and facilities situate or installed on or in
        the Leased Premises and every tax and license fee in respect of any and
        every business carried on in the Leased Premises or in respect of the
        use or occupancy thereof by the Tenant (and any and every subtenant,
        licensee or occupant thereof) whether such taxes, rates, duties,
        assessments and license fees are charged by any municipal,
        parliamentary, school or other body during the term hereby demised. The
        Tenant will indemnify and keep indemnified the Landlord from and against
        payment of all loss, costs, charges and expenses occasioned by, or
        arising from any and all such taxes, rates, duties, assessments, license
        fees, and any and all taxes which may in future be levied or charged in
        lieu of such taxes; and any such loss, costs, charges and expenses
        suffered by the Landlord may be collected by the Landlord as rent with
        all rights of distress and otherwise as reserved to the Landlord in
        respect of rent in arrears. The Tenant further covenants and agrees that
        upon written request of the Landlord, the Tenant will promptly deliver
        to the Landlord for inspection receipts for payment of all such taxes,
        rates, duties, assessments, license fees and other charges in respect of
        all improvements, equipment and facilities of the Tenant on or in the
        Leased Premises or in respect of any business carried on in the Leased
        Premises which were due and payable up to one (1) month prior to such
        request.

4.01    LANDLORD'S BUSINESS TAX

        In the event that there are any taxes, rates, duties, assessments or
        charges levied, rated, charged or assessed against the Landlord by any
        municipal or other governmental authority with respect to the Landlord's
        use or occupancy of any part of the Building or the Land which the
        Tenant is entitled to use in common with other persons or with respect
        to any other part of the Building which the Landlord uses or occupies
        for the purpose of supplying services to the Leased Premises (such
        taxes, rates, duties, assessments or charges hereinafter called the
        "Landlord's Business Tax"), then it is agreed that in addition to all
        other sums, the Tenant is required to pay pursuant to this Lease, the
        Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent, the Tenant's
        Proportionate Share of such Landlord's Business Tax.

                                   Page 140
<PAGE>
 
4.02    TAX ON TENANT'S LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS

        The Tenant shall pay to the Landlord as Additional Rent, in respect of
        each applicable tax year, an amount equal to that portion of the Tax for
        such tax year, as determined by the Landlord, which may reasonably be
        regarded as being attributable to the fixtures, improvements,
        installations, alterations, additions and equipment from time to time
        made, erected or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant in the Leased
        Premises.

4.03    PROPERTY TAX

        "Tax" in this Lease means an amount equivalent to all taxes, rates,
        duties, levies and assessments whatsoever levied, rated, charged or
        assessed by any municipal, parliamentary, educational, school or other
        governmental authority charged upon the Building, the Lands, the
        property and all improvements now or hereafter appurtenant thereto or
        upon the Landlord on account thereof including all taxes, rates, duties,
        levies and assessments for local improvements and including any tax
        which has been attracted by the Tenant's leasehold improvements and
        equipment and for which the Tenant is responsible hereunder and
        excluding any portion of Tax payable solely by any other tenant and
        excluding any Tax charged against or applicable to the other office
        buildings constructed on the Lands and the parking spaces (excluding
        visitor parking) applicable to such buildings and excluding such taxes
        as corporate income, capital gains, profits or excess profits, taxes
        assessed upon the income of the Landlord, and shall also include any and
        all taxes which may in future be levied in lieu of Tax as hereinbefore
        defined.

4.04    ALLOCATION OF TAX

        If the Tax or any portion thereof that may be payable by the Tenant by
        reason of this Lease, depends upon an assessment or an approximation of
        an assessment which has not been made by the taxing authority or
        authorities having jurisdiction, the Landlord shall determine the same;
        any such determination made by the Landlord shall be binding upon the
        Tenant unless shown to be unreasonable or erroneous in some substantial
        respect. The Landlord shall have the right from time to time to
        reasonably allocate and re-allocate Taxes not charged separately to the
        various buildings (including the Building) and the parking garages
        located on the Lands.

4.05    SEPARATE SCHOOL TAXES

        If the Tenant or any subtenant or licensee of the Tenant or any occupant
        of the Leased Premises shall elect to have the Leased Premises or any
        part thereof assessed for separate school taxes, the Tenant shall pay to
        the Landlord, as additional rent, as soon as the amount of the separate
        school taxes is ascertained, any amount by which the amount of separate
        school taxes exceeds the amount which would have been payable for Tax
        had such election not been made and if the Tenant or any subtenant or
        licensee of the Tenant shall elect to have the Leased Premises or any
        part thereof assessed for separate school taxes as aforesaid and if such
        separate school taxes are less than the taxes which would have been
        payable for school taxes had such election not been made, then and in
        that event, the Tenant shall be entitled to deduct from the rent for the
        first month of the year following which such taxes were payable, the
        amount by which the separate school taxes were less than the amount
        which would have been payable for school taxes in the year prior to such
        month.

                                   Page 141
<PAGE>
 
4.06    TAX APPEAL

        Any expense incurred by the Landlord in obtaining or attempting to
        obtain a reduction in the amount of the Tax or the assessment upon which
        the Tax may be based, shall be added to and included in the amount of
        the Tax and if the Tenant shall have paid its Proportionate Share of the
        Tax and the Landlord shall thereafter receive a refund of any portion of
        the Tax, the Landlord shall make an appropriate refund to the Tenant.

4.07    CAPITAL TAX

        "Capital Tax" means the tax or excise imposed or capable of being
        imposed upon the Landlord by any government authority having
        jurisdiction which is measured or based in whole or in part upon the
        taxable capital employed by the Landlord, which said taxable capital
        shall be deemed to be the cost to the Landlord of said Building and
        Lands computed as if the amount of such tax were that amount due if the
        Building and the Lands were the only property of the Landlord, the
        Landlord was entitled to no capital deduction, investment allowance or
        any other deduction whatsoever. For the purpose of this paragraph the
        Term "investment allowance" and "capital deduction" shall be defined by
        reference to the applicable taxing statute.

5.00    OPERATING COSTS

        "Operating Costs" in this Lease means the total charges, expenses,
        costs, fees, rentals, disbursements or outlays incurred, accrued, paid,
        payable or attributable whether by the Landlord or others on behalf of
        the Landlord for complete repair, maintenance, operation, cleaning and
        management of the Building, Lands and all the improvements thereon and
        the components of each of them (herein collectively called the
        "Property") such as are in keeping with maintaining the standard of a
        first class commercial Property so as to give it high character and
        distinction; and including, without limiting the generality of the
        foregoing, the cost of all repairs and replacements required for such
        operation and maintenance, the cost of maintaining and repairing the
        heating, air-conditioning, ventilating and mechanical systems and
        equipment in the Building, the cost of operating and maintaining any
        elevators, (including the cost of service contracts); the costs of
        providing hot and cold water; the costs of providing electricity not
        otherwise chargeable to tenants; the costs of all fuel, gas and steam
        used in heating, ventilating and air-conditioning; the cost of energy
        conservation devices or equipment; the cost of snow removal; landscape
        maintenance including the cost of replacing any landscaping on the
        Lands; the cost of window cleaning; the cost of insurance premiums for
        fire, casualty, liability, rental and any other insurance coverage
        maintained by the Landlord in connection with the Property; telephone
        and other utility costs; the amount paid or payable for all salaries,
        wages and benefits and other payments paid to or on behalf of persons
        engaged in the cleaning, supervision, maintenance and repair of the
        Property (including wages of the on site Property Manager); the cost of
        accounting services necessary to prepare the statements and opinions for
        the tenants and to compute the rents and other charges payable by the
        tenants of the Building and the reasonable cost of collecting and
        enforcing payment of all amounts payable by the tenants; the cost of
        porters, guards and other protection services; the cost of providing
        security services; the cost of garbage or refuse removal from the
        Building not otherwise chargeable to tenants; the cost of repair and
        maintenance of the roadways, curbs, paving, walkways, pools,
        landscaping, lighting and other common facilities and outside areas;
        cost of services provided for the common use of the tenants; building
        management (not exceeding the going rate charged by trust companies for
        building management in the Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton for
        similar buildings); the cost of service contracts with independent

                                   Page 142
<PAGE>
 
        contractors and all other expenses, paid or payable by the Landlord in
        connection with the operation of the Property together with an
        administration fee equal to fifteen percent of Operating Costs, but such
        Operating Costs shall not include any interest on any debt or capital;
        retirement of any debt; any amounts directly chargeable by the Landlord
        to any tenant or tenants of the Building and the cost of any repairs
        paid for by insurance proceeds or for which the Landlord was reimbursed
        by insurance proceeds.

5.01    ALLOCATION OF OPERATING COSTS

        In determining the Operating Costs attributable to the Building, the
        Landlord shall have the right from time to time to reasonably allocate
        and re-allocate such Operating Costs which represent operating costs
        incurred for facilities or services shared by the Building and such
        other buildings as are owned or operated by the Landlord and which are
        not charged or allocated separately against the Building and any such
        other building or buildings. Any such determination made by the Landlord
        shall be binding upon the Tenant unless shown to be unreasonable or
        erroneous in some substantive respect. The Tenant shall have the right
        to reasonable access to the books and records of the Landlord to conduct
        an examination and to ascertain whether allocations of Operating Costs
        made by the Landlord have been made reasonably.

5.02    FULL OCCUPANCY

        If in any year the Building has not been fully occupied for the whole
        year, the amount of the Operating Costs for such year may be adjusted by
        the Landlord, acting reasonably, to an amount which reflects what the
        amount of the Operating Costs would be if the Building had been fully
        occupied for the whole year.

5.03    USE OF ELECTRICITY

        The Tenant shall not, without the Landlord's prior written consent in
        each instance, connect any additional fixtures, appliances or equipment
        to the Building's electric distribution system or make any alteration or
        addition to the electrical system of the Leased Premises existing at the
        commencement of the Term. If the Landlord grants such consent, the cost
        of all additional risers and other equipment required therefor shall be
        paid as Additional Rent by the Tenant to the Landlord upon demand. As a
        condition to granting such consent, the Landlord may require the Tenant
        to agree to pay an increase in the Additional Rent for Operating Costs
        by an amount which will reasonably reflect the increased cost of the
        Landlord of the additional electrical services to be furnished to the
        Leased Premises by the Landlord.

5.04    METERS

        The Tenant covenants to pay for the cost of any additional metering
        which may be required by the Landlord to be installed in the Building
        for the purpose of determining the amount of electricity consumed by the
        Tenant in the Leased Premises.

6.00    ASSIGNING OR SUBLETTING

        The Tenant covenants that it will not assign or sublet the Leased
        Premises or any part thereof without the prior written consent of the
        Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld save and
        except in the event of any of the following, in which case the Landlord
        may arbitrarily withhold its consent:

                                   Page 143
<PAGE>
 
        (a)    an assignment or sublet of the whole of the Leased Premises, the
               terms of which have a net present value that are less or more
               than the net present value of the terms of the Lease (not
               including the value of initial leasehold improvements, leasing
               commissions or inducements of any kind under the Lease) and in
               the latter event if the Landlord consents to such assigned or
               sublet the Tenant shall pay the increased value to the Landlord
               as Additional Rent.;

        (b)    a sublet of a part of the Leased Premises;

        (c)    where the assignee or subtenant is then a tenant of the Landlord
               at the Building and the Landlord has or will have during the next
               following six (6) months, vacant space for rent in the Building.

6.01    REQUEST TO ASSIGN OR SUBLET

        If the Tenant requests the Landlord's consent to an assignment of this
        Lease or to a subletting of the whole or any part of the Leased
        Premises, the Tenant shall submit to the Landlord the name and address
        of the proposed assignee or subtenant together with a copy of an offer
        or agreement to assign or sublet or the sublease or assignment and such
        additional information as to the nature of its business and its
        financial responsibility and standing (including financial statements)
        as the Landlord may reasonably require ("required information").

6.02    ASSIGNMENT

        The Landlord's consent to any assignment may be conditional upon the
        assignee entering into an assignment in form and content satisfactory to
        the Landlord, to perform, observe and keep each and every covenant,
        condition and agreement in this Lease on the part of the Tenant to be
        performed, observed and kept including the payment of rent and all other
        sums and payments agreed to be paid or payable under this Lease on the
        days and times and in the manner specified.

6.03    CONSENT NOT TO RELEASE TENANT

        In no event shall any assignment or subletting to which the Landlord may
        have consented release or relieve the Tenant from his obligations fully
        to perform all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be
        performed.

6.04    NOTICE OF CHANGE OF CONTROL

        Where there is a change in corporate control of the Tenant, the Tenant
        shall forthwith so advise the Landlord in writing.

6.05    COST OF CONSENT

        The Tenant further agrees that prior to any consent for assignment,
        subletting or change in control being effective and binding upon the
        Landlord, the Tenant shall pay on demand the Landlord's reasonable costs
        (including the Landlord's own administrative costs) incurred in
        connection with the Tenant's request for such consent.

7.00    TENANT'S COVENANTS

        The Tenant further covenants with the Landlord as follows:

                                   Page 144
<PAGE>
 
7.01    TENANT REPAIRS

        To repair, maintain and keep the Leased Premises and all trade fixtures
        and improvements therein in good and substantial repair subject only to
        defects in construction of the structural members of the Building,
        reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire, lightning and tempest or
        other casualty against which the Landlord is insured (herein
        collectively referred to as "Tenant Repair Exceptions"); and that the
        Landlord may enter and view state of repair and that the Tenant will
        repair according to notice in writing, except for Tenant Repair
        Exceptions and that the Tenant will leave the Leased Premises in good
        repair, except for Tenant Repair Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything
        hereinbefore contained, the Landlord may in any event make repairs to
        the Leased Premises without notice if such repairs are, in the
        Landlord's opinion, necessary for the protection of the Building and the
        Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord that if the Landlord
        exercises any such option to repair, the Tenant will pay to the Landlord
        together with the next instalment of Monthly Rent which shall become due
        after the exercise of such option all sums which the Landlord shall have
        expended in making such repairs and that such sums, if not so paid
        within such time, shall be recoverable from the Tenant as rent in
        arrears. Provided further that in the event that the Landlord from time
        to time makes any repairs as hereinbefore provided, the Tenant shall not
        be deemed to have been relieved from the obligation to repair and leave
        the Leased Premises in a good state of repair.

7.02    RULES AND REGULATIONS

        That the Tenant and his employees and all persons visiting or doing
        business with him on the Leased Premises shall be bound by and shall
        observe rules and regulations annexed hereto or as may hereafter be
        reasonably set by the Landlord of which notice in writing shall be given
        to the Tenant and upon such notice being delivered all such rules and
        regulations shall be deemed to be incorporated into and form part of
        this Lease. Such rules and regulations shall not be inconsistent with
        nor derogate from the terms of this Lease and in any event shall apply
        equally to all tenants of the Building and be non-discriminatory in
        their application.

7.03    USE OF PREMISES

        The Leased Premises shall be used only for office and hi-technology
        manufacturing purposes.

7.04    INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS

        That it will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Leased
        Premises any article which may be prohibited by any insurance policy in
        force from time to time covering the Building including any regulations
        made by any fire insurance underwriters applicable to such policies. In
        the event the Tenant's occupancy or conduct or business in, or on the
        Leased Premises, whether or not the Landlord has consented to the same,
        results in any increase in premiums for the insurance carried from time
        to time by the Landlord with respect to the Building, the Tenant shall
        pay any such increase in premiums as Additional Rent within ten (10)
        days after bills for such additional premiums shall be rendered by the
        Landlord. In determining whether increased premiums are a result of the
        Tenant's use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, a schedule issued by
        the organization computing the insurance rate on the Building showing
        the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of

                                   Page 145
<PAGE>
 
        the several items and charges which make up such rate. The Tenant shall
        promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance
        authority or of any insurer now or hereafter in effect relating to the
        Leased Premises.

7.05    CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE

        If any policy of insurance upon the Building or any part thereof or upon
        the Lands or any part thereof shall be cancelled or rendered voidable by
        the insurer by reason of any act, omission or occupation of the Leased
        Premises or any part thereof by the Tenant, any assignee or subtenant of
        the Tenant or by anyone permitted by the Tenant to be upon the Leased
        Premises, and the Tenant, after receipt of notice from the Landlord,
        shall have failed to immediately reinstate such insurance policies or
        avoid cancellation of such insurance policies, the Landlord may at its
        option determine this Lease forthwith by leaving upon the Leased
        Premises notice in writing of its intention so to do and thereupon rent
        and any other payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease
        shall be apportioned and paid in full to the date of such determination
        and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession of the Leased
        Premises to the Landlord and the Landlord may re-enter and take
        possession of the same or the Landlord shall pay any increased cost of
        such insurance and the Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent, on demand,
        the amount by which the premiums for such insurance are so increased.

7.06    OBSERVANCE OF LAW

        To comply promptly at its own expense with all provisions of law
        including without limitation, federal and provincial legislative
        enactments, building by-laws, and any other governmental or municipal
        regulations which relate to the partitioning, equipment, operation and
        use of the Leased Premises, and to the making of any repairs,
        replacements, alterations, additions, changes, substitutions or
        improvements of or to the Leased Premises. And to comply with all
        police, fire and sanitary regulations imposed by any federal, provincial
        or municipal authorities or made by fire insurance underwriters, and to
        observe and obey all governmental and municipal regulations and other
        requirements governing the conduct of any business conducted in the
        Leased Premises. Provided that in default of the Tenant so complying the
        Landlord may at its option where possible comply with any such
        requirement and the cost of such compliance shall be payable on demand
        by the Tenant to the Landlord as Additional Rent.

7.07    WASTE AND OVERLOADING OF FLOORS

        Not to do or suffer any waste or damage, disfiguration or injury to the
        Leased Premises or the fixtures and equipment thereof or permit or
        suffer any overloading of the floors thereof; and not to place therein
        any safe, heavy business machine or other heavy thing without first
        obtaining the consent in writing of the Landlord; and not to use or
        permit to be used any part of the Leased Premises for any dangerous,
        noxious or offensive trade or business and not to cause or permit any
        nuisance in, at or on the Leased Premises; and without the prior consent
        in writing of the Landlord, the Tenant will not bring onto or use in the
        Leased Premises or permit any person subject to the Tenant to bring onto
        or use on the Leased Premises any fuel or combustible material for
        heating, lighting or cooking nor will it allow onto the Leased Premises
        any stove, burner, kettle, apparatus or appliance for utilizing the same
        and the Tenant will not purchase, acquire or use electrical current or
        gas for consumption on the Leased Premises except from such supplier
        thereof as shall have been approved in writing by the Landlord.

                                   Page 146
<PAGE>
 
7.08    INSPECTION

        To permit the Landlord, its servants or agents to enter upon the Leased
        Premises at any time and from time to time for the purpose of inspection
        and of making repairs, alterations or improvements to the Leased
        Premises or to the Building and the Tenant shall not be entitled to
        compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort occasioned
        thereby. The Landlord, its servants or agents may at any time and from
        time to time enter upon the Leased Premises to remove any article or
        remedy any condition which, in the opinion of the Landlord, reasonably
        arrived at, would be likely to lead to cancellation of any policy of
        insurance and such entry by the Landlord shall not be deemed to be a re-
        entry. The Tenant shall, upon written request of the Landlord, produce
        audited Financial Statements of the Tenant, which statements shall
        include a Balance Sheet, Income Statement, Statement of Retained
        Earnings, Statement of Source and Application of Funds.

7.09    INDEMNITY TO LANDLORD

        To promptly indemnify and save harmless the Landlord for any and all
        liabilities, damages, costs, claims, suits or actions of any nature or
        kind including the full cost to the Landlord in resisting or defending
        the same to which the Landlord shall or may become liable or suffer
        arising out of or by reason of:

        (a)    any breach, violation or non-performance by the Tenant of any of
               its covenants and obligations under this Lease;

        (b)    any damage to property while said property shall be in or about
               the Leased Premises including the systems, furnishings and
               amenities thereof, as a result of the negligence, misuse or
               wilful act of the Tenant, its express or implied invitees,
               licensees, agents, servants or employees; and

        (c)    any injury to any invitee, licensee, agent, servant or employee
               of the Tenant, including death resulting at any time therefrom,
               occurring on or about the Leased Premises, the Property or the
               Lands;

        and this indemnity shall survive the expiry or sooner determination of
        this Lease.

7.10    DAMAGE BY TENANT

        That if the Building including the Leased Premises, the elevators,
        boilers, engines, pipes and other apparatus (or any of them) used for
        the purpose of heating, ventilating or air-conditioning the Building or
        operating the elevators, or if the water pipes, drainage pipes, electric
        lighting or other equipment of the Building or the roof or outside walls
        or other parts of the Building will not function properly or become
        damaged or destroyed through the negligence, carelessness or misuse of
        the Tenant, or of any of its invitees, licensees, agents, servants,
        employees, clients, customers or contractors, or through it or them in
        any way stopping up or injuring any heating, ventilating or air-
        conditioning apparatus, elevators, water pipes, drainage pipes or other
        equipment or parts of the Building, the expense of the necessary
        repairs, replacements or alterations shall be borne by the Tenant and
        paid forthwith on demand to the Landlord as Additional Rent.

                                   Page 147
<PAGE>
 
7.11    TENANT INSURANCE

        (a)    To maintain in force during currency of this Lease at the
               Tenant's expense insurance policies to cover the following:

               (i)      comprehensive general liability insurance with limits of
                        not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00)
                        (including bodily injury and property damage, tenant's
                        legal liability, cross liability and contractual
                        liability) to cover all responsibilities assumed by the
                        Tenant with respect to the use or occupancy of and the
                        business carried on, in or from the Leased Premises, in
                        amounts acceptable to the Landlord;
                       
               (ii)     all risk insurance covering leasehold improvements made
                        or installed by or on behalf of the Tenant in an amount
                        equal to the full replacement value thereof; and
                       
               (iii)    any other insurance that the Landlord (or the Landlord's
                        mortgagee, if any) may reasonably require from time to
                        time in form and amounts and for insurance risks against
                        which a prudent Tenant would protect itself;
                    
        (b)    That all Tenant's insurance required hereunder shall be with
               insurers and upon terms and conditions to which the Landlord has
               no reasonable objection. Copies of all policies, or certificates
               evidencing the insurance or its renewal shall be delivered to the
               Landlord at the Landlord's request;

        (c)    That all policies of insurance to be maintained by the Tenant
               shall, in the case of general liability insurance, include the
               Landlord (and, where applicable, the Landlord's mortgagee) as
               additional insured and, in the case of all other insurance
               coverage, contain a waiver by the insurer and Tenant of any
               rights of subrogation or indemnity or any other claim to which
               the insurer might otherwise be entitled against the Landlord (and
               mortgagee) or the agents or employees of the Landlord. All such
               insurance policies shall also contain a provision prohibiting the
               insurer from cancelling or altering the insurance coverage
               without first giving the Landlord thirty (30) days prior written
               notice thereof;

        (d)    That if the Tenant fails to take out or maintain in force such
               insurance, the Landlord may take out the necessary insurance and
               pay the premium therefor and the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord
               the amount of such premium immediately on demand as Additional
               Rent; and

        (e)    That if both the Landlord and the Tenant have claims to be
               indemnified under any such insurance, the indemnity shall be
               applied first to the settlement of the claim of the Landlord and
               the balance, if any, to the settlement of the claim of the
               Tenant.

7.12    NO ABATEMENT OF RENT

        That there shall be no abatement or reduction of rent and that the
        Landlord shall not be liable for any damage howsoever caused to property
        of the Tenant or of any person subject to the Tenant which is in or upon
        or being brought to or from the Lease Premises or the Building or for
        personal injury (including death) sustained in any

                                   Page 148
<PAGE>
 
          manner by the Tenant or any person subject to the Tenant while the
          Tenant or any such person is on or upon entering or leaving the Leased
          Premises or Building unless such property damage or personal injury
          may have been attributable to fault or neglect on the part of the
          Landlord or of any person for whom the Landlord is at law responsible,
          and that the Tenant will indemnify and save harmless the Landlord from
          and against all claims and demands made against the Landlord by any
          person for or arising out of any such property damage or personal
          injury. 


7.13      EXHIBITING PREMISES

          To permit the Landlord or its agents or servants to enter and show the
          Leased Premises, during normal business hours, to prospective
          purchasers of the Building and may after notice of termination of this
          Lease has been given or within the last six (6) months of the Term,
          enter and show the Leased Premises to prospective tenants and erect
          signs stating that the premises are "To Let".

7.14      TENANT MAINTENANCE

          That the Tenant will maintain in good repair all plate and window
          glass, all electrical fixtures, outlets and wiring, all plumbing and
          plumbing fixtures, all heating equipment and all water and gas piping
          and outlets within the Leased Premises and that he will make good any
          damage caused by or resulting from breakage of glass, interference
          with the electrical, plumbing, heating, water or gas systems of the
          Building or misuse of any of the equipment, outlets, piping or wiring
          of any such system by the Tenant or any person subject to the Tenant
          and the Tenant agrees that he shall prior to taking possession of the
          Leased Premises inspect the entire Leased Premises and shall be
          satisfied they are clean and in good order and in a good state of
          repair, and that all plate and window glass is whole and that the
          sanitary arrangements in the Building are in satisfactory condition.


7.15      SIGNS

          The Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe or place any sign,
          symbol, notice or lettering of any kind anywhere outside the Leased
          Premises within the Leased Premises so as to be visible from the
          outside of the Building with the exception only of an identification
          sign (which sign shall be subject to the Landlord's written approval
          as to size, design and location).

7.16      NAME OF BUILDING

          Not to refer to the Building by any name other than that designated
          from time to time by the Landlord and the Tenant shall use the name of
          the Building for the business address of the Tenant but for no other
          purpose.

7.17      KEEP TIDY

          The Tenant shall provide its own cleaning and janitorial services. At
          the end of each business day, the Tenant shall leave the Leased
          Premises in a tidy condition.

7.18      DELIVERIES

          The Tenant shall receive, ship, take delivery of and allow and require
          suppliers or others to deliver or take delivery of merchandise,
          supplies, fixtures, equipment,

                                   Page 149
<PAGE>
 
          furnishings, wares or merchandise only through the loading entrance
          and other facilities provided for that purpose and at the times set by
          the Landlord.

7.19      NOTICE OF DAMAGE

          To notify the Landlord promptly of any damage to or defect in the
          Leased Premises or the Building or any part thereof including any
          electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, water,
          sprinkler or gas systems or equipment, or the water pipes, gas pipes,
          telephone lines or electrical apparatus within or leading to the
          Leased Premises, and in case of fire to give immediate notice thereof
          to the Fire Department.

7.20      ALTERATIONS, ETC

          The Tenant will not make or erect in or to the Leased Premises any
          installations, alterations, additions or partitions or remove or
          change the location or style of any installations, alterations,
          equipment, outlets, piping or wiring relating to the electrical,
          plumbing, water, gas, air-conditioning, heating or ventilating systems
          without submitting drawings and specifications to the Landlord and
          obtaining the Landlord's prior written consent in each instance. The
          Tenant must further obtain the Landlord's prior written consent to any
          change or changes in such drawings and specifications submitted as
          aforesaid. The Tenant's request for such consent shall be in writing
          and accompanied by an adequate description of contemplated work and
          with appropriate working drawings and specifications thereof. The
          Landlord's cost of having its architects or engineers examine such
          drawings and specifications shall be payable by the Tenant. The
          Landlord may require that any and all work be performed by the
          Landlord's contractors or workmen or by contractors or workmen engaged
          by the Tenant but in each case only under written contract approved in
          writing by the Landlord and subject to all reasonable conditions which
          the Landlord may impose and subject to inspection by and reasonable
          supervision of the Landlord. The Landlord may at its option require
          that only the Landlord's contractors be engaged for any mechanical,
          electrical, plumbing, structural or sprinkler work to be done in the
          Leased Premises. Any work performed by or for the Tenant shall be
          performed by competent workmen whose labour union affiliations are not
          incompatible with those of any workmen who may be employed in the
          Building by the Landlord, its contractors or subcontractors. The cost
          of all such work and of all materials, labour and services involved
          therein and of all services, necessitated thereby shall be at the sole
          cost and expense of the Tenant and shall be completed in a good and
          workmanlike manner and with reasonable diligence in accordance with
          the description of the work approved by the Landlord. Any such
          alterations, additions, and fixtures shall, when made or installed, be
          and become the property of the Landlord without payment being made
          therefor; provided that upon the determination of this Lease the
          Landlord may at its option require the Tenant, or itself at the
          Tenant's expense, to remove the same and to restore the Leased
          Premises to the condition in which they were at the commencement of
          this Lease.

7.21      CONSTRUCTION LIENS

          The Tenant covenants that he will not suffer or permit during the Term
          hereof any construction or other liens for work, labour, services or
          material ordered by him or for the cost of which he may be in any way
          obligated to attach to the Leased Premises or the Building or the Land
          and that whenever and so often as any such liens shall attach or
          claims therefor shall be filed, the Tenant shall within twenty (20)
          days after the 

                                   Page 150
<PAGE>
 
          Tenant has notice of the claim for lien, procure the
          discharge thereof by payment or by giving security or in such manner
          as is or may be required or permitted by law.

7.22      SECURITY

          The Tenant will maintain on the Leased Premises sufficient moveable
          property to guarantee the payment of one (1) year's Annual Rent and
          Additional Rent.

7.23      HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES

          (a)   The Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substances to
                be brought onto, created in, released or discharged from, placed
                or disposed of, at or near the Building or Lands;

          (b)   The Tenant shall not cause or permit to occur any violation of
                any federal, provincial, municipal or local law, ordinance, or
                regulation, now or hereinafter enacted (the "Laws"), relating to
                environmental conditions on, under, at, near or about the
                Building or Lands, or relating to the Landlord, the Tenant or
                the Building, air, soil or ground water condition, including
                without limitation, the generation, storage or disposal of
                Hazardous Substances;

          (c)   For the purposes of this section, "Hazardous Substances" means
                any substance, or class of substance or mixture of substances
                which may be detrimental to the environment, plant or animal
                life, or human health and includes, without limitation,
                flammable, explosives, or radioactive materials, asbestos,
                polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), chemicals believed to cause
                cancer or reproductive toxicity, pollutants, contaminants,
                hazardous wastes, toxic substances and related materials,
                petroleum and petroleum products, any substance that, if added
                to water, may degrade or alter or form part of a process of
                degradation or alteration of the quality or temperature of that
                water to the extent that it is detrimental to its use by man or
                by any animal, fish or plant, and substances declared to be
                hazardous or toxic under any law or regulation now or hereafter
                enacted or promulgated by any governmental authority having
                jurisdiction over the Landlord, the Tenant, the Leased Premises
                or the Building (the "Authorities");


          (d)   The Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with the Laws;

          (e)   The Tenant shall, at its own expense, make all submissions to,
                provide all information required by, and comply with all
                requirements of the Authorities under the Laws;

          (f)   The Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the
                Landlord, the Landlord's mortgagees, any manager of the
                building, and their respective officers, directors,
                beneficiaries, shareholders,

                                   Page 151
<PAGE>
 
                partners, agents and employees, from all fines, suits,
                procedures, claims and actions of every kind, and all costs
                associated therewith (including legal fees on a solicitor and
                his own client basis and consultants' fees) arising out of or in
                any way connected with any deposit, spill, discharge, or other
                release of Hazardous Substances that occurs during the Term or
                any renewal or extension period, at or from the Premises, or
                which arises at any time from the Tenant's use or occupancy of
                the Premises, or from the Tenant's failure to provide all
                information, make all submissions, and take all steps required
                by this Section or by the Authorities;


          (g)   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if the Tenant
                creates or brings to the Leased Premises any Hazardous
                Substances or if the conduct of the Tenant's business shall
                cause there to be any Hazardous Substances at or near the Leased
                Premises, or discharged or released on, under or about the
                Premises, the building or the lands upon which the building is
                constructed, the air, soil or ground water, then,
                notwithstanding any rule of law to the contrary, such Hazardous
                Substances shall be and remain the sole and exclusive property
                of the Tenant and shall not become the property of the Landlord,
                notwithstanding the degree of affixation to the Premises of the
                Hazardous Substances or the goods containing the Hazardous
                Substances. This affirmation of the Tenant's interest in the
                Hazardous Substances or the goods containing the Hazardous
                Substances shall not however prohibit the Landlord from dealing
                with such material as otherwise provided for in this Lease.

7.24      NUISANCE

          The Tenant shall not cause or maintain any nuisance in or about the
          Leased Premises, and shall keep the Leased Premises free of debris,
          rodents, vermin and anything of a dangerous noxious or offensive
          nature or which could create a fire hazard (through undue load on
          electrical circuits or otherwise) or undue vibration, heat or noise.

8.00      LANDLORD'S COVENANTS

          The Landlord further covenants with the Tenant:

8.01      QUIET ENJOYMENT

          The Landlord covenants with the Tenant that if the Tenant pays the
          Annual Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums reserved herein and
          observes and performs the covenants, conditions and agreements set out
          in this Lease, the Tenant shall and may peaceably possess and enjoy
          the Leased Premises during the Term without interruption or
          disturbance from the Landlord.

                                   Page 152
<PAGE>
 
8.02      TAXES, ETC

          To pay or cause to be paid all taxes and rates, municipal,
          parliamentary or otherwise, including, without limiting the generality
          of the foregoing, water rates with respect to the Lands, the Building
          or assessed against the Landlord in respect thereof, except those
          directly assessed or charged to or payable by the Tenant or assessed
          or charged with reference to the use or occupation of the Leased
          Premises and except as otherwise provided in this Lease.

8.03      HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING

          To provide for heating and air-conditioning 24 hours per day and seven
          (7) days a week so that when heat is reasonably required for the
          reasonable use of the Leased Premises the Landlord will furnish heat
          therefor up to a reasonable temperature and when the heating system is
          not in use and the Landlord considers that air-conditioning is
          reasonably required it will operate the air-conditioning systems in
          the Building. The said heating and air-conditioning systems will be
          maintained by the Landlord during normal business hours except during
          the making of repairs and should the Landlord make default in so
          doing, it shall not be liable for any indirect or consequential
          damages for personal discomfort or illness due to such default. The
          Landlord reserves the right to stop the services of the heating and/or
          air-conditioning equipment when necessary by reason of any accident or
          any repairs, alterations or improvements which, in the judgment of the
          Landlord, are desirable or necessary to be made until such repairs,
          alterations or improvements shall have been completed. The Landlord
          shall have no further responsibility or liability for failure to
          supply the said heating and/or air-conditioning service when prevented
          from doing so, by strikes or by any cause beyond the Landlord's
          reasonable control or by orders or regulations by any body or
          authority having jurisdiction or by other reason of any failure of
          electrical current, steam or water or suitable power supply or
          inability upon the exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain such
          electrical current, steam or water for the operation of the heating or
          air-conditioning equipment.

8.04      REPAIR OF STRUCTURE

          To repair, replace and maintain the structural parts of the Building,
          and to perform such repairs, replacements and maintenance with
          reasonable dispatch, and in a good and workmanlike manner, at any time
          and from time to time, and notwithstanding anything contained herein
          to the contrary, the Tenant shall not be entitled to compensation for
          any inconvenience, nuisance or discomfort occasioned thereby.

8.05      DELAYS IN PROVISION OF SERVICES

          It is understood and agreed that whenever and to the extent that the
          Landlord shall be unable to fulfil, or shall be delayed or restricted
          in the fulfilment of any obligation hereunder in respect of the supply
          or provision of any service or utility or the doing of any work or the
          making of any repairs by reason of being unable to obtain the
          material, goods, equipment, service, utility or labour required to
          enable it to fulfil such obligation or by reason of any statute, law
          or order-in-council or any regulation or order passed or made pursuant
          thereto or by reason of the order or direction of any administrator,
          controller or board, or any governmental department or officer or
          other authority, or by reason of not being able to obtain any
          permission or authority required thereby, or by reason of any other
          cause beyond its control whether of the foregoing character or not,
          the Landlord shall be entitled to extend the time for fulfilment of
          such obligation by a time equal to the duration of such delay or
          restriction, and the Tenant 

                                   Page 153
<PAGE>
 
          shall not be entitled to compensation for any inconvenience, nuisance,
          discomfort, direct or indirect or consequential damage or damages
          thereby occasioned.

9.00      TENANT'S FIXTURES

          The Tenant may install its usual trade fixtures in the usual manner,
          provided such installation does not damage the structure of the Leased
          Premises or the Building and provided further that the Tenant shall
          have submitted detailed plans and specifications for such trade
          fixtures to the Landlord and obtained its written consent thereto
          which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

9.01      REMOVAL OF TENANT'S FIXTURES

          Provided that the Tenant may remove his trade or tenant's fixtures;
          provided further, however, that all installations, alterations,
          additions, partitions, and fixtures other than trade or tenant's
          fixtures in or upon the Leased Premises, whether placed there by the
          Tenant or the Landlord, shall immediately upon such placement, be the
          Landlord's property without compensation therefor to the Tenant and,
          except as hereinafter mentioned in this paragraph shall not be removed
          from the Leased Premises by the Tenant at any time either during or
          after the term. Notwithstanding anything herein contained, the
          Landlord shall be under no obligation to repair or maintain the
          Tenant's installations, alterations, additions, partitions and
          fixtures or anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement made or
          installed by the Tenant or Landlord or third party; and further,
          notwithstanding anything herein contained, the Landlord shall have the
          right upon termination of this Lease by affluxion of time or otherwise
          or within six (6) months thereafter to require the Tenant to remove,
          or require the Tenant to pay to the Landlord the cost to remove, any
          installations, alterations, additions, partitions and fixtures or
          anything in the nature of a leasehold improvement made or installed by
          the Tenant, the Landlord or a third party, whether for the Tenant or a
          previous occupant, and make good any damage caused to the Leased
          Premises by such installation or removal.

10.00     DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES

          Provided that if during the continuation of this Lease, the Building
          or the Leased Premises are destroyed or damaged by any cause
          whatsoever, then the following provisions shall apply:

10.01     PARTIAL DAMAGE

          If damage shall occur to the Building or the Leased Premises so that
          all or part of the Leased Premises are rendered untenantable by damage
          from fire or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the
          Landlord's architect, can be substantially repaired under applicable
          laws and governmental regulations within ninety (90) days from the
          date of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without
          overtime or other premium), the Landlord shall cause such damage to be
          repaired with all reasonable speed.

10.02     TOTAL DAMAGE

          If the Building or the Leased Premises are damaged to such an extent
          that the Leased Premises are rendered untenantable by damage from fire
          or other casualty which, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord's
          architect, cannot be substantially repaired under applicable laws and
          governmental regulations within ninety (90) days from the 

                                   Page 154
<PAGE>
 
          date of such casualty (employing normal construction methods without
          overtime or other premium), then either the Landlord or Tenant may
          elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of such casualty by
          written notice delivered to the other not more than ten (10) days
          after receipt of such architect's opinion (failing which the Landlord
          shall cause such damage to be repaired at its own expense with all
          reasonable speed).

10.03     OBLIGATION TO REPAIR

          The Landlord's obligation to repair as set forth in the preceding two
          paragraphs hereof is conditional upon the Landlord receiving adequate
          proceeds from policies of insurance maintained in respect of such
          casualties or, if such proceeds are not made available to the
          Landlord, the Landlord electing to obtain its own financing for such
          repairs. In the event that no such proceeds of insurance are available
          to the Landlord and if the Landlord elects not to obtain its own
          financing for such repairs, then the Landlord shall, by notice in
          writing to the Tenant delivered within ten (10) days after receipt of
          the opinion of the Landlord's architect, notify the Tenant that the
          Lease is terminated, which termination shall be effective as of the
          date of such casualty. In calculating the amount of insurance proceeds
          available, the Landlord will be deemed to have received the deductible
          portion of any insurance policy.

10.04     ABATEMENT OF RENT

          If the Landlord is required to repair the damage pursuant to the
          provisions hereof and does not elect to terminate the Lease, the
          Annual Rent and Additional Rent payable by the Tenant under this Lease
          shall be proportionately reduced to the extent that the Leased
          Premises are thereby rendered unusable by the Tenant in its business
          from the date of such casualty until completion by the Landlord of the
          repairs to the Leased Premises and the Building so that the Leased
          Premises are thereafter fully usable by the Tenant in its business.

10.05     DAMAGE TO 50% OF BUILDING

          Notwithstanding anything otherwise contained in this Lease, if fifty
          percent (50%) or more of the rentable area of the Building is damaged
          or destroyed and if, in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord's
          Architect, the said rentable area cannot be rebuilt or made fit for
          the purposes of the tenants thereof within ninety (90) days of the
          date of such casualty, the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this
          Lease by giving notice of termination to the Tenant within thirty (30)
          days of the date of such casualty and the Tenant shall, with
          reasonable dispatch and expedition, but in any event within sixty (60)
          days after delivery of the notice of termination, deliver up
          possession of the Leased Premises to the Landlord and the rent and
          other payments for which the Tenant is liable hereunder shall be
          apportioned and paid to the date possession is so delivered up.

10.06     COMPLETION OF REPAIR

          Provided that, if, upon the completion by the Landlord of any repairs
          required as a result of any such destruction or damage, a dispute
          shall arise between the Landlord and the Tenant as to whether or not
          the Leased Premises have been made fit for the purposes of the Tenant
          under this Lease, the Landlord may, at its option, terminate this
          Lease by giving thirty (30) days notice to the Tenant and if such
          notice shall be given this Lease shall, at the expiration of such
          period, be at an end and the Tenant shall deliver up the Leased
          Premises to the Landlord or whom it may appoint and the Landlord may,
          on demand, recover the full rental hereby reserved computed from the

                                   Page 155
<PAGE>
 
          date on which such repairs were completed up to the date on which the
          Tenant is required to vacate.

11.00     LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY

          In the absence of negligence or wilful act or default on the part of
          the Landlord, its servants, agents or workmen, the Landlord shall not
          be liable or responsible in any way for any loss, damage or injury to
          any person or for any loss of or damage to any property belonging to
          the Tenant, to employees of the Tenant or to any other person while
          such property is in the Leased Premises or in the Building or in or on
          the surrounding, Lands and buildings owned by the Landlord, the
          areaways, the parking garages, the parking areas, lawns, sidewalks,
          reflective pools, steps, platforms, corridors, stairways or elevators
          whether or not any such property has been entrusted to employees of
          the Landlord and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
          Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to any such property
          caused by theft or breakage or by steam, water, rain or snow which may
          leak into, issue or flow from any part of the Building or from the
          water, steam or drainage pipes or plumbing works of the Building or
          from any other place or quarter or for any damage caused by or
          attributable to the condition or arrangement of any electric or other
          wiring or for any damage caused by smoke or anything done or omitted
          by any other tenant in the Building or for any other loss whatsoever
          with respect to the Leased Premises, goods placed therein or any
          business carried on therein.

12.00     DEFAULT OF TENANT

          Provided and it is hereby expressly agreed that if and whenever the
          Annual Rent or Additional Rent hereby reserved or any part thereof
          shall not be paid on the day appointed for payment thereof, whether
          lawfully demanded or not, or in case of breach or non-observance or
          non-performance of any of the covenants, agreements, provisos,
          conditions or Rules and Regulations on the part of the Tenant to be
          kept, observed or performed, or in case the Leased Premises shall be
          vacated or remain unoccupied for fifteen (15) days or in case the Term
          shall be taken in execution or attachment for any cause whatever, then
          and in every such case, it shall be lawful for the Landlord thereafter
          to enter into and upon the Leased Premises or any part thereof in the
          name of the whole and the same to have again, repossess and enjoy as
          of its former estate, anything in this Lease contained to the contrary
          notwithstanding other than the proviso to this paragraph; PROVIDED
          that the Landlord shall not at any time have the right to re-enter and
          forfeit this Lease by reason of the Tenant's default in the payment of
          the rent reserved by this Lease, unless and until the Landlord shall
          have given to the Tenant written notice setting forth the default
          complained of and the Tenant shall have the right during five (5)
          business days next following the date on such notice to cure any such
          default in payment of rent. In case without the written consent of the
          Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be used by any other person than
          the Tenant or for any other purpose than that for which the same were
          let or in case the Term or any of the goods and chattels of the Tenant
          shall be at any time seized in execution or attachment by any creditor
          of the Tenant or if the Tenant makes any bulk sale, then in any such
          case this lease shall, at the option of the Landlord, cease and
          determine and the Term shall immediately become forfeited and void in
          accordance with the provisions of Section 15, RIGHT OF TERMINATION,
          herein.

13.00     BANKRUPTCY

          Provided further that, in case without the written consent of the
          Landlord, the Leased Premises shall be used by any other person than
          the Tenant or for any other purposes

                                   Page 156
<PAGE>
 
          than that for which the same were let or in case the Term or any of
          the goods and chattels of the Tenant shall be at any time seized in
          execution or attachment by any creditor of the Tenant or by the Tenant
          making any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any bulk sale or
          become bankrupt or insolvent or take the benefit of any act now or
          hereafter in force for bankrupt or insolvent debtors, or, if the
          Tenant is a corporation and any order shall be made for the winding up
          of the Tenant, or other termination of the corporate existence of the
          Tenant, then in any such case this Lease shall, at the option of the
          Landlord, cease and determine and the Term shall immediately become
          forfeited and void and the then current month's rent and the next
          ensuing three (3) months rent shall immediately become due and be paid
          and the Landlord may re-enter and take possession of the Leased
          Premises as though the Tenant or other occupant or occupants of the
          Leased Premises was or were holding over after the expiration of the
          Term without any right whatever.

14.00     RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD

          The Tenant further covenants and agrees that on the Landlord's
          becoming entitled to re-enter upon the Leased Premises under any of
          the provisions of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other
          rights, shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises as the agent
          of the Tenant either by force or otherwise, without being liable for
          any prosecution therefor and to relet the Leased Premises as the agent
          of the Tenant, and to receive the rent therefor and as the agent of
          the Tenant, to take possession of any furniture or other property on
          the Leased Premises and to sell the same at public or private sale
          without notice and to apply the proceeds of such sale and any rent
          derived from reletting the Leased Premises upon account of the rent
          under this Lease, and the Tenant shall be liable to the Landlord for
          the deficiency, if any.

15.00     RIGHT OF TERMINATION

          The Tenant further covenants and agrees that on the Landlord becoming
          entitled to re-enter upon the Leased Premises under any of the
          provisions of this Lease, the Landlord, in addition to all other
          rights, shall have the right to determine forthwith this Lease and the
          Term by leaving upon the Leased Premises notice in writing of its
          intention so to do, and thereupon, rent shall be computed, apportioned
          and paid in full to the date of such determination of this Lease and
          any other payments for which the Tenant is liable under this Lease
          shall be paid and the Tenant shall immediately deliver up possession
          of the Leased Premises to the Landlord, and the Landlord may re-enter
          and take possession of the same.

16.00     DISTRESS

          The Tenant waives and renounces the benefit of any present or future
          statute taking away or limiting the Landlord's right of distress, and
          covenants and agrees that notwithstanding any such statute, none of
          the goods and chattels of the Tenant on the Leased Premises at any
          time during the Term shall be exempt from levy by distress for rent in
          arrears. In the event that the Tenant shall remove or permit the
          removal of any of its goods or chattels from the Leased Premises, the
          Landlord may within thirty (30) days thereafter and if the Tenant is
          in arrears of rent, seize such goods and chattels wherever the same
          may be found and may sell or otherwise dispose of the same as if they
          had actually been distrained upon the Leased Premises by the Landlord
          for arrears of rent.

                                   Page 156
<PAGE>
 
17.00     NON-WAIVER

          No condoning, excusing or overlooking by the Landlord of any default,
          breach or non-observance by the Tenant at any time or times in respect
          of any covenant, proviso or condition herein contained shall operate
          as a waiver of the Landlord's rights hereunder in respect of any
          continuing or subsequent default, breach or non-observance, or so as
          to defeat or affect in any way the rights of the Landlord herein in
          respect of any such continuing or subsequent default or breach, and no
          waiver shall be inferred from or implied by anything done or omitted
          by the Landlord save only express waiver in writing. All rights and
          remedies of the Landlord in this Lease contained shall be cumulative
          and not alternative.

18.00     CHANGES TO BUILDING

          The Landlord hereby reserves the right at any time and from time to
          time to make changes in, additions to, subtractions from or
          rearrangements of the Building including, without limitation, all
          improvements at any time thereon, all entrances and exits thereto, and
          to grant, modify and terminate easements or other agreements
          pertaining to the use and maintenance of all or parts of the Building
          and to make changes or additions to the pipes, conduits, utilities and
          other necessary building services in the Leased Premises which serve
          other premises, provided that prior to the commencement of the Term,
          the Landlord may alter or relocate the Leased Premises to the extent
          found necessary by the Landlord to accommodate changes in construction
          design or facilities including major alterations and relocations. The
          Landlord agrees that in performing such alterations, it shall do so in
          a manner so as to minimize any material interference with the Tenant's
          use and enjoyment of the Leased Premises.

19.00     SEVERANCE OF LAND

          The Landlord shall have the right from time to time to sever (for
          purposes of sale, lease, mortgage, charge or otherwise) any part or
          parts of the Land or any buildings or improvements thereon, including
          the creation of rights-of-way, easements and parking arrangements
          which the Landlord deems necessary and the Tenant hereby consents to
          any such severance and agrees to execute, at no cost to the Landlord,
          any documents or consents which the Landlord may request for these
          purposes. If any part or parts of the Land or the buildings or
          improvements on the lands are so severed and are deemed by the
          Landlord to no longer form part of the property, such part or parts
          shall be excluded from the Lands and the property for the purposes of
          this Lease at the time designated by the Landlord and the Tenant shall
          when requested by the Landlord, execute, at no cost to the Landlord, a
          release of any interest in the Lands so excluded.

20.00     COSTS OF COLLECTION

          The Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, all costs, expenses and
          legal fees (on a solicitor and his client basis) that may be incurred
          or paid by or on behalf of the Landlord in enforcing the covenants and
          provisions of this Lease.


21.00     PROFITS AND REMEDIES BY LANDLORD

          In addition to all rights and remedies available to the Landlord under
          the provisions of this Lease or by statute or the general law in the
          event of any default by the Tenant of the provisions of this Lease:

                                   Page 158
<PAGE>
 
21.01     PAYMENTS TO THIRD PARTIES

          The Landlord shall have the right at all times to remedy or attempt to
          remedy any default of the Tenant, and in so doing, may make any
          payments due or alleged to be due by the Tenant to third parties and
          may enter upon the Leased Premises to do any work or other things
          therein, and in any such event, all costs and expenses of the Landlord
          in remedying or attempting to remedy such default shall be payable by
          the Tenant to the Landlord forthwith upon demand as Additional Rent.

21.02     NON-PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT

          The Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies in the event of
          any non-payment by the Tenant of any amounts payable by the Tenant
          under any provision of this Lease and the parking agreement as in the
          case of non-payment of rent and may be recovered by the Landlord as
          rent by any and all remedies available to the Landlord for the
          recovery of rent in arrears.

21.03     INTEREST ON ARREARS

          The Landlord shall, if the Tenant shall fail to pay any Monthly Rent,
          Additional Rent or other amounts from time to time payable by it to
          the Landlord hereunder promptly when due, be entitled to interest on
          all such Annual Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts which are
          unpaid and overdue under this Lease and the parking agreement, such
          interest to be compounded monthly thereon and to be computed at a rate
          equal to two percent (2%) per annum in excess of the minimum lending
          rate to prime commercial borrowers from time to time charged by the
          Royal Bank of Canada or such other chartered bank as the Landlord may
          designate, from the date upon which such Monthly Rent, Additional Rent
          and other amounts was due until actual payment thereof.

22.00     NOTICE

          Any notice required or contemplated by any provisions of this Lease
          shall be given in writing, enclosed in a sealed envelope addressed, in
          the case of notice to the Landlord c/o Kanata Research Park
          Corporation, 600 March Road, P.O. Box l3600, Kanata, Ontario, Canada,
          K2K 2E6 and in the case of notice to the Tenant, to it at the Leased
          Premises in the event of a notice of distress and otherwise to it at
          600 March Road, P.O. Box l3600, Kanata, Ontario, Canada, K2K 2E6 and
          mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid or telefaxed. The time of
          giving of such notice shall be conclusively deemed to be, if mailed
          the third (3rd) business day after the day of such mailing, if
          telefaxed, the next business day following the date sent as evidenced
          by the sender's transmittal record. Such notice shall also be
          sufficiently given if and when the same shall be delivered, in the
          case of notice to the Landlord, to an executive officer of the
          Landlord, and in the case of notice to the Tenant, to him personally
          or to an executive officer, manager or a person who appears to be in
          charge, of the Tenant if the Tenant is a corporation. Such notice, if
          delivered, shall be conclusively deemed to have been given and
          received at the time of such delivery. If, in this Lease, two or more
          persons are named as Tenant, such notice shall also be sufficiently
          given if and when the same shall be delivered personally to any one of
          such persons. Provided that either party may, by notice to the other,
          from time to time, designate another address in Canada to which
          notices mailed more than ten (10) days thereafter shall be addressed.
          The word "notice" in this paragraph shall include any request, demand,
          direction, or statement in this Lease provided or permitted to be
          given by the Landlord to the Tenant or by the Tenant to the Landlord.

                                   Page 159
<PAGE>
 
23.00     SUBORDINATION, POSTPONEMENT, ATTORNMENT

          The Tenant shall promptly upon the written request of the Landlord,
          enter into an agreement:

          (a)   subordinating the Term and the rights of the Tenant hereunder to
                any mortgage, charge, ground lease, trust deed or debenture
                present or future and all renewals, modifications, replacements
                or extensions thereof, which may affect the Leased Premises, the
                Property, the Lands or the Building;

          (b)   agreeing that the Term hereof shall be subsequent in priority to
                any such mortgage, charge, ground lease, trust deed or
                debenture;

          provided that the Tenant's obligations under this paragraph shall be
          conditional upon any such mortgagee or secured party entering into a
          non-disturbance agreement with the Tenant under which the Tenant's
          continued possession of the Leased Premises is ensured notwithstanding
          any act taken by the mortgagee or secured party.

23.01     TENANT'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION

          Notwithstanding any postponement or subordination referred to herein,
          the Tenant acknowledges that its obligations under this Lease shall
          remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any action at any time
          taken by a mortgagee, chargee or ground lessor to enforce the security
          of any mortgage charge, ground lease, trust deed or debenture;
          provided, however, that any postponement or subordination given
          hereunder shall reserve to the Tenant the right to continue in
          possession of the Leased Premises under the terms of this Lease so
          long as the Tenant shall not be in default hereunder.

23.02     ATTORNMENT BY TENANT

          The Tenant, whenever requested by any mortgagee (including any trustee
          under a deed of trust and mortgage), chargee or ground lessor, shall
          attorn to such mortgagee, chargee or ground lessor as a tenant upon
          all the terms of this Lease.

24.00     CERTIFICATE

          The Tenant agrees that he will at any time and from time to time upon
          not less than five (5) days' prior notice execute and deliver to the
          Landlord or any mortgagee of the Lands (including a deed of trust and
          mortgage) a statement in writing certifying that this Lease is
          unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the
          modifications and that the same is in full force and effect as
          modified), the amount of the Annual Rental then being paid hereunder,
          the dates to which the same, by instalments or otherwise, and other
          charges hereunder have been paid, and whether or not there is any
          existing default on the part of the Landlord of which the Tenant has
          notice.

25.00     REGISTRATION

          The Tenant covenants and agrees with the Landlord that the Tenant will
          not register this Lease in this form in any Registry Office or the
          Land Titles Office. If the Tenant desires to make a registration for
          the purposes only of giving notice of this Lease, then the parties
          hereto shall contemporaneously with the execution of this Lease
          execute a

                                   Page 160
<PAGE>
 
          short form thereof solely for the purpose of supporting an
          application for registration of notice thereof.

26.00     PLANNING ACT

          Where applicable, this Lease shall be subject to the condition that it
          is effective only if The Planning Act, 1983, as amended is complied
          with. Pending such compliance the Term and any renewal thereof shall
          be deemed to be for a total period of one (1) year less than the
          maximum lease Term permitted by law without such compliance.

27.00     TRANSFER BY LANDLORD

          In the event of a sale, transfer or lease by the Landlord of the
          Building, the Lands or a portion thereof containing the Leased
          Premises or the assignment by the Landlord of this Lease or any
          interest of the Landlord hereunder, the Landlord shall, without
          further written agreement, to the extent that such purchaser,
          transferee or lessee has become bound by the covenants and obligations
          of the Landlord hereunder, be freed, released and relieved of all
          liability or obligations under this Lease incurred or arising after
          the date of such sale, transfer or lease.

28.00     NO ADVERTISING OF LEASED PREMISES

          The Tenant shall not print, publish, post, display or broadcast any
          notice or advertisement to the effect that the whole or any part of
          the Leased Premises are for rent, and it shall not permit any broker
          or other person to do so without the consent in writing of the
          Landlord.

29.00     TIME OF ESSENCE

          Time shall be of the essence of this Lease.

30.00     LAWS OF ONTARIO

          This Lease shall be deemed to have been made in and shall be construed
          in accordance with the Laws of the Province of Ontario.

31.00     SEVERABILITY OF COVENANTS

          The Landlord and the Tenant agree that all of the provisions of this
          Lease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the
          words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each
          separate paragraph hereof. Should any provision or provisions of this
          Lease be illegal or not enforceable it or they shall be considered
          separate and severable from the Lease and its remaining provisions
          shall remain in force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though
          the said provision or provisions had never been included.

32.00     HEADINGS

          The captions appearing in the margin or the headings contained in this
          Lease have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for reference
          only and in no way define, limit or enlarge the scope or meaning of
          this Lease or of any provision hereof.

                                   Page 161
<PAGE>
 
33.00     SCHEDULES

          The following Schedules attached hereto form part of this Lease: 
          Schedules: "A", "B", "C", "D", "E" and "F"

34.00     LEASE ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          The Tenant acknowledges that there are no covenants, representations,
          warranties, agreements or conditions expressed or implied, collateral
          or otherwise forming part of or in any way affecting or relating to
          this Lease save as expressly set out in this Lease and that this Lease
          constitutes the entire agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant
          and may not be modified except as herein explicitly provided or except
          by subsequent agreement in writing of equal formality hereto executed
          by the Landlord and the Tenant.

35.00     INTERPRETATION

          IN THIS INDENTURE:

          (a)    "herein", "hereof", "hereby", "hereunder", "hereto",
                 "hereinafter", and similar expressions refer to this indenture
                 and not to any particular paragraph, section or other portion
                 thereof, unless there is something in the subject matter or
                 context inconsistent therewith.

          (b)    "business day(s)" means any of the days from Monday to Friday
                 of each week inclusive unless such day is a statutory holiday
                 or public holiday.

          (c)    "normal business hours" means the hours from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00
                 p.m. on business days.

36.00     SUCCESSORS

          This indenture and everything herein contained shall enure to the
          benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, executors,
          administrators, permitted successors and assigns, of the Tenant and
          other legal representatives as the case may be, of each and every of
          the parties hereto, and every reference herein to any party hereto
          shall include the heirs, executors, administrators, permitted
          successors, assigns and other legal representatives of such party, and
          where there is more than one tenant or there is a female party or a
          corporation, the provisions hereof shall be read with all grammatical
          and gender changes thereby rendered necessary and all covenants shall
          be deemed joint and several.

                                   Page 162
<PAGE>
 
37.00     JOINT AND SEVERAL COVENANT

          If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, each such
          person shall be bound jointly and severally with the other(s), waiving
          the benefit of division and discussion, for the fulfilment of all of
          the obligations of Tenant hereunder.


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto affixed
their corporate seals duly attested to by the hands of their proper signing
officers authorized in that behalf.


SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED )
in the presence of:          )        KANATA RESEARCH PARK
                             )        CORPORATION
                             )
                             )
                             )                                            c/s
                             ) Per: /s/   Bronwen A. Heins
                                   ------------------------------------------
                             ) Name:      Bronwen A. Heins
                             ) Title:     Corporate Secretary
                             ) I have the authority to bind the corporation
                             )
                             )        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS
                             )        CORPORATION
                             )
                             )
                             )                                             c/s
                             ) Per: /s/ Donald Mills
                                   ---------------------------------------
                             ) Name:    Donald Mills
                             ) Title:   Vice President, Administration
                             )
                             )
                             ) Per: /s/ Peter Nadeau
                                   ----------------------------------------
                             ) Name:    Peter Nadeau
                             ) Title:   Vice President, Legal Services
                             )
                             )I/We have the authority to bind the corporation.


                                   Page 163
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "A"
                                 ------------

                               LEGAL DESCRIPTION
                               -----------------

     Swansea Building - 349 Terry Fox Drive

     FIRSTLY:  Part of Forced Road, Also being a Quarter Sessions Road, known
     locally as Sandhill Road being formerly in the Township of March, now in
     the City of Kanata, designated as Parts 20 & 21 on Plan 4R-12934
     (Part of PIN 04517-0585)

     SECONDLY:  Parcel 8-2, Section March 4, Part Lot 8, Concession 4,
     designated as Parts 22, 23, 24 and 25 on Plan 4R-12934     (PIN 04517-0469)

     THIRDLY:  Parcel 2-1, Section 4M-642, Part of Block 2, Registered Plan
     4M-642, City of Kanata, designated as Parts 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15,
     16, 17, 18 & 19 on Plan 4R-12934

     Subject to an easement as in Instrument Number LT911185 over the said Parts
     16, 17 and 19 on Plan 4R-12934 and

     Subject to an easement as in Instrument Number LT623394 over the said Part 
     10 on Plan 4R-12394

     (Part of PIN 04517-0489)

     Regional Municipality of Ottawa Carleton, Land Titles Office of Ottawa
     Carleton No. 4

                                   Page 164
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "B"
                                 ------------

                                  FLOOR PLAN
                                  ----------


                                   Page 165
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "C"
                                 ------------

                             RULES AND REGULATIONS
                             ---------------------



The Tenant and its invitees and employees shall observe the following rules and
regulations (as added to, amended or modified from time to time by the
Landlord).


1.   The sidewalks, entrances, elevators, stairways, passageways, shipping areas
     and corridors of the Building shall not be obstructed or used for any other
     purpose by the Tenant than for ingress and egress to and from the Leased
     Premises; the Tenant shall not place or allow to be placed in such areas or
     facilities any waste paper, garbage, refuse or anything that shall tend to
     make them appear unclean or untidy.

2.   The Tenant and its employees shall use washrooms only for the purpose for
     which they were designed and nothing shall be placed in toilets that might
     cause them to block.

3.   The Tenant shall not make any noise which might disturb other tenants and
     no animals or bicycles or other vehicles other than appropriate vehicles
     for the Tenant's use shall be brought into the Leased Premises or the
     Building.

4.   The Leased Premises shall not be used as overnight sleeping accommodation,
     for public sales nor for entertaining purposes.
     
5.   The Tenant shall make arrangements with the Landlord ahead of time to
     install any machines or equipment which may substantially increase the load
     on the electrical systems, installations will not be made until the
     Landlord's consent is obtained.

6.   Windows will not be left open so as to admit rain or snow.
     
7.   The Tenant will not alter any existing locks nor will any additional locks
     or similar devices be attached to any door or window without the Landlord's
     written consent.

8.   Keys or other devices which are made available to the Tenant for the
     purpose of providing access to the exterior doors of the Building shall not
     be duplicated and shall be returned to the Landlord immediately upon
     termination of the Lease.

9.   All adjustments to mechanical equipment such as thermostats, radiators,
     diffusers, etc. shall be made by the Landlord's staff and no one else.

10.  It shall be the responsibility of the Tenant to prevent any person from
     throwing objects out of windows or into the ducts or stairwells of the
     Building, and the Tenant shall pay for any cost, damage or injury resulting
     from any such acts.

11.  The Tenant shall provide adequate receptacles for garbage, refuse and waste
     paper and all such garbage, refuse and waste paper shall be placed in such
     containers. The Leased Premises shall be kept in a tidy, healthy and clean
     condition.
          
12.  The Tenant shall not bring upon the Leased Premises any safes, heavy
     equipment, motors or any other thing which might overload floors or damage
     the Leased Premises or the Building.

                                   Page 166
<PAGE>
 
13.  The Tenant shall not use or keep inflammable materials in the Leased
     Premises.

14.  The Landlord shall have the right to establish rules and regulations
     governing the use of the parking facilities from time to time and the
     Tenant hereby agrees to observe and abide by all such rules and
     regulations.

15.  Smoking is prohibited in all common areas of the Building.


The foregoing rules and regulations, as from time to time amended, are not
necessarily of uniform application, but may be waived in whole or in part in
respect of other tenants without affecting their enforceability with respect to
the Tenant or the Leased Premises. There is no obligation on the Landlord to
enforce the rules and regulations, and the Landlord shall not be liable by
reason of their non-enforcement.

                                   Page 167
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "D"
                                 ------------

                                    PARKING
                                    -------



1.   During the Term the Landlord hereby agrees to allow the Tenant, its
     employees, agents and invitees shall park their vehicles in the parking
     facilities located on the Lands ("parking facilities").

2.   The Landlord shall not be responsible for any theft, loss or damage to the
     Tenant's vehicles whatsoever, or for injury to the Tenant or others in the
     parking facilities.

3.   The Landlord shall have the right to establish rules and regulations
     governing the use of the parking facilities from time to time and the
     Tenant hereby agrees to observe and abide by all such rules and
     regulations.

                                   Page 168
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "E"
                                 ------------

                                OPTION TO RENEW
                                ---------------

1.     Provided the Tenant is in good standing, during the Term has not been in
       substantial default under this Lease and has not assigned this Lease or
       sublet all or a portion of the Leased Premises, the Tenant shall have and
       is hereby granted an option to renew this Lease for a further term of
       five (5) years provided that in order to exercise this option, the Tenant
       shall be required to give to the Landlord notice of the exercise of such
       option in writing not less than six (6) months prior to the date of
       expiry of the initial Term.
     
2.     Any renewal pursuant to this proviso shall be on the same terms and
       conditions contained in this Lease except:

       (a)    there shall be no additional right of renewal, and no Leasehold
              Improvements;
     
       (b)    the Annual Rent payable by the Tenant for such renewal period
              shall be in accordance with rates for similar premises in a
              similar location and as agreed upon by the Landlord and Tenant and
              shall in no event be less than the Annual Rent paid during the
              last year of the Term; such agreement to be reached not later than
              three (3) months prior to the expiry of the original Term. Failing
              such agreement, either party shall submit the matter to
              arbitration in accordance with the following terms:

                 The dispute shall be submitted to a single arbitrator to be
                 agreed upon by the parties, provided that if a single
                 arbitrator cannot be agreed upon by the parties hereto within
                 ten (10) days after the appointment of a single arbitrator has
                 been requested by one of the parties in writing, then the
                 dispute shall be referred to a board of three arbitrators, one
                 to be appointed by each of the Landlord and the Tenant and a
                 third arbitrator to be appointed by the first two arbitrators
                 in writing; and if either the Landlord or the Tenant shall
                 refuse or neglect to appoint an arbitrator within ten (10) days
                 after the other party shall have appointed an arbitrator and
                 shall have served a written notice upon the party so refusing
                 or neglecting to appoint an arbitrator requiring such party to
                 make such appointment, then the arbitrator first appointed
                 shall, at the request of the party appointing him, proceed to
                 hear and determine the dispute as if he were a single
                 arbitrator appointed by both the Landlord and the Tenant for
                 that purpose. If two arbitrators are so named within the time
                 prescribed and they do not agree within a period of ten (10)
                 days upon the appointment of the third arbitrator, then upon
                 the application of either the Landlord or the Tenant, the third
                 arbitrator shall be appointed by a Judge of the Ontario Court
                 (General Division). The determination which shall be made by
                 the said arbitrators or a majority of them, or by the single
                 arbitrator, as the case may be, shall be final and binding upon
                 the parties hereto and the costs of the arbitration and
                 remuneration of the third arbitrator, if any, shall be borne
                 equally between the parties hereto, each of the parties bearing
                 the remuneration of the arbitrator appointed by it. The
                 provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to be submission
                 to arbitration within the provisions of The Arbitration Act of
                                                         ----------------------
                 Ontario and any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof;
                 -------
                 provided that any limitation on the remuneration of arbitrators
                 imposed by such legislation shall not have application to any
                 arbitration proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph.

                                   Page 169
<PAGE>
 
                                 SCHEDULE "F"
                                 ------------

                            LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
                            ----------------------


The Landlord shall, construct on behalf of the Tenant and install on a turnkey
basis those leasehold improvements agreed upon by both Landlord and Tenant as
chosen from the Landlord's samples. The turnkey cost shall include the
Landlord's administrative costs which relate to the work. The Tenant shall pay
to the Landlord on or before the commencement of the Term the sum of One Million
Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,900,000.00) towards the costs of such
leasehold improvements.

                                   Page 170
<PAGE>
 
                      DATED the 23rd day of April, 1997.




BETWEEN:



                      KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION


                                                               OF THE FIRST PART

AND:

                      NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION


                                                              OF THE SECOND PART



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    L E A S E

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------









Prepared by:          Bronwen A. Heins
Date Edited:
Disk Reference:       Swansea.lse

                                   Page 171
<PAGE>
 
                       KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION

                                      AND

                        NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

<TABLE> 
<C>  <S>                                                                     <C>
1.00 LEASED PREMISES.........................................................
1.01 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS..................................................
2.00 TERM....................................................................
2.01 INABILITY TO GIVE OCCUPANCY.............................................
2.02 EARLY OCCUPANCY.........................................................
2.03 OVERHOLDING.............................................................
3.00 RENT - Basic Rent.......................................................
3.01 MONTHLY RENTAL..........................................................
3.02 ADDITIONAL RENT.........................................................
3.03 ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL RENTALS............................................
3.04 DEFICIENCY OF ADDITIONAL RENT...........................................
3.05 EXCESS OF ADDITIONAL RENTAL INSTALLMENTS................................
3.06 PRO-RATING OF ADDITIONAL RENT...........................................
3.07 PREPAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT...........................................
3.08 DISPUTE AS TO AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL RENT.................................
3.09 MANNER AND PLACE OF PAYMENT OF RENT.....................................
3.10 DEFAULT.................................................................
3.11 ACCRUAL OF RENT.........................................................
3.12 NET LEASE...............................................................
4.00 TENANT'S BUSINESS TAX...................................................
4.01 LANDLORD'S BUSINESS TAX.................................................
4.02 TAX ON TENANT'S LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS..................................
4.03 PROPERTY TAX............................................................
4.04 ALLOCATION OF TAX.......................................................
4.05 SEPARATE SCHOOL TAXES...................................................
4.06 TAX APPEAL..............................................................
4.07 CAPITAL TAX.............................................................
5.00 OPERATING COSTS.........................................................
5.01 ALLOCATION OF OPERATING COSTS...........................................
5.02 FULL OCCUPANCY..........................................................
5.03 USE OF ELECTRICITY......................................................
5.04 METERS..................................................................
6.00 ASSIGNING OR SUBLETTING.................................................
6.01 REQUEST TO ASSIGN OR SUBLET.............................................
6.02 ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT....................................................
6.03 CONSENT NOT TO RELEASE TENANT...........................................
6.04 NOTICE OF CHANGE OF CONTROL.............................................
6.05 COST OF CONSENT.........................................................
</TABLE> 

                                   Page 172
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<C>  <S>                                                                     <C>
7.00 TENANT'S COVENANTS......................................................
7.01 TENANT REPAIRS..........................................................
7.02 RULES AND REGULATIONS...................................................
7.03 USE OF PREMISES.........................................................
7.04 INCREASE IN INSURANCE PREMIUMS..........................................
7.05 CANCELLATION OF INSURANCE...............................................
7.06 OBSERVANCE OF LAW.......................................................
7.07 WASTE AND OVERLOADING OF FLOORS.........................................
7.08 INSPECTION..............................................................
7.09 INDEMNITY TO LANDLORD...................................................
7.10 DAMAGE BY TENANT........................................................
7.11 TENANT INSURANCE........................................................
7.12 NO ABATEMENT OF RENT....................................................
7.13 EXHIBITING PREMISES.....................................................
7.14 TENANT MAINTENANCE......................................................
7.15 SIGNS...................................................................
7.16 NAME OF BUILDING........................................................
7.17 KEEP TIDY...............................................................
7.18 DELIVERIES..............................................................
7.19 NOTICE OF DAMAGE........................................................
7.20 ALTERATIONS, ETC........................................................
7.21 CONSTRUCTION LIENS......................................................
7.22 SECURITY................................................................
7.23 HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES....................................................
7.24  NUISANCE...............................................................
8.00 LANDLORD'S COVENANTS....................................................
8.01 QUIET ENJOYMENT.........................................................
8.02 TAXES, ETC..............................................................
8.03 HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING............................................
8.04 REPAIR OF STRUCTURE.....................................................
8.05 DELAYS IN PROVISION OF SERVICES.........................................
9.00 TENANT'S FIXTURES.......................................................
9.01 REMOVAL OF TENANT'S FIXTURES............................................
10.00 DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES...............................
10.01 PARTIAL DAMAGE.........................................................
10.02 TOTAL DAMAGE...........................................................
10.03 OBLIGATION TO REPAIR...................................................
10.04 ABATEMENT OF RENT......................................................
10.05 DAMAGE TO 50% OF BUILDING..............................................
10.06 COMPLETION OF REPAIR...................................................
11.00 LIABILITY FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY.......................................
12.00 DEFAULT OF TENANT......................................................
13.00 BANKRUPTCY.............................................................
14.00 RE-ENTRY BY LANDLORD...................................................
15.00 RIGHT OF TERMINATION...................................................
16.00 DISTRESS...............................................................
</TABLE> 

                                   Page 173
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE> 
<C>   <S>                                                                    <C>
17.00 NON-WAIVER.............................................................
18.00 CHANGES TO BUILDING....................................................
19.00 SEVERANCE OF LAND......................................................
20.00 COSTS OF COLLECTION....................................................
21.00 PROFITS AND REMEDIES BY LANDLORD.......................................
21.01 PAYMENTS TO THIRD PARTIES..............................................
21.02 NON-PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL RENT.........................................
21.03 INTEREST ON ARREARS....................................................
22.00 NOTICE.................................................................
23.00 SUBORDINATION, POSTPONEMENT, ATTORNMENT................................
23.01 TENANT'S RIGHT TO POSSESSION...........................................
23.02 ATTORNMENT BY TENANT...................................................
24.00 CERTIFICATE............................................................
25.00 REGISTRATION...........................................................
26.00 PLANNING ACT...........................................................
27.00 TRANSFER BY LANDLORD...................................................
28.00 NO ADVERTISING OF LEASED PREMISES......................................
29.00 TIME OF ESSENCE........................................................
30.00 LAWS OF ONTARIO........................................................
31.00 SEVERABILITY OF COVENANTS..............................................
32.00 HEADINGS...............................................................
33.00 SCHEDULES..............................................................
34.00 LEASE ENTIRE AGREEMENT.................................................
35.00 INTERPRETATION.........................................................
36.00 SUCCESSORS.............................................................
37.00 JOINT AND SEVERAL COVENANT.............................................
</TABLE> 
<TABLE> 
<S>                                                                          <C>
SCHEDULE "A".................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "B".................................................................
- -----------
SCHEDULE "C".................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "D".................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "E".................................................................
- ------------
SCHEDULE "F".................................................................
- ------------
</TABLE> 
                                   Page 174

<PAGE>
 
                                  EXHIBIT 10.23


                                   Page 175
<PAGE>
 
                THIS AGREEMENT made the 1st day of October, 1996


BETWEEN:

                         CROSSKEYS SYSTEMS CORPORATION,

                                          (Hereinafter called the "Sublandlord")

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART


AND:

                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                                            (Hereinafter called the "Subtenant")

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART

AND:

                        KANATA RESEARCH PARK CORPORATION

                                             (Hereinafter called the "Landlord")

                                                               OF THE THIRD PART



                                    SUBLEASE


         WHEREAS by written Lease dated the 1st day of May, 1996 (the
"Headlease"), Kanata Research Park Corporation leased to the Sublandlord, all
those premises comprising all of the building known municipally as 350 Terry Fox
Drive, (the "Building") in the City of Kanata as more particularly described in
the Headlease (the "Leased Premises").

         AND WHEREAS the Subtenant has agreed to sublet a portion of the Leased
Premises comprising twenty thousand and seven hundred and eighteen (20,718)
usable [twenty-two thousand one hundred and forty-nine (22,149) rentable] square
feet of space on the third (3rd) floor of the Building as shown on the floor
plan attached hereto as Schedule "A" (the Sub-leased Premises") and the
Sublandlord has agreed to grant a sublease (the "Sublease") of the Sub-leased
Premises upon the following terms and conditions.

         NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the rents, covenants and conditions
herein reserved and contained, the parties agree as follows:

                                   Page 176
<PAGE>
 
1.   (a)     The Sublandlord hereby subleases the Sub-leased Premises
             to the Subtenant for a term of one (1) year commencing on the
             1st day of October, 1996 and ending on the 30th day of
             September, 1997, unless earlier terminated in accordance with
             the terms hereof.

             (b)  The Subtenant shall pay to the Sublandlord as rent for the
             Sub-leased Premises, and for the non-exclusive use of the
             common areas on the floor of the Building on which the
             Sub-leased Premises is located (which common area allocation
             is six point nine-one (6.91%) percent ), shall be as follows:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                        Rental Rate Per Sq.          For Sub-leased           Common           Total Per 
                        ------------------           --------------           ------           ---------
       Term               Ft. Per Annum                Premises                Area              Annum
       ----               -------------                --------                ----              -----
     <S>                   <C>                       <C>                    <C>            <C> 
         1                   $11.25                    $233,077.50          $16,098.75        $249,176.25
</TABLE> 

                  "Basic Rent" plus Goods and Services Tax, payable in advance
             on the first day of each calendar month during the term of the
             Sublease. The Subtenant shall pay the Basic Rent.

2.   In addition the Subtenant covenants and agrees to pay to the Sublandlord
     all Occupancy Costs and Other Costs as defined in the Headlease on a
     proportionate share basis.

3.   The Subtenant's proportionate share shall be that fraction the numerator of
     which is the usable area of the Sub-leased Premises and the denominator of
     which shall be the usable area of the Building expressed as a percentage
     ("Proportionate Share"). Calculated in accordance with the foregoing the
     Subtenants Proportionate Share is twenty-four point zero eight (24.08%)
     percent.

4.   Until otherwise notified by the Sublandlord the Subtenant shall make all of
     its rent payments directly to the Headlandlord in the same manner and
     pursuant to the same covenants and obligations as set out in the Headlease,
     however, such direct payment shall in no way derogate from the
     Sublandlord's covenants and obligations under the Lease.

5.   The Subtenant covenants with the Sublandlord as follows:

     (a)     To pay rent as aforesaid.

     (b)     To use the Sub-leased Premises only for offices only.

     (c)     The Subtenant agrees that this Sublease shall be deemed to contain
             all the provisions of the Lease except those which are inconsistent
             with the provisions of this Sublease as though they were set forth
             and contained in this Sublease and all references to "Landlord" and
             "Tenant" shall read, "Sublandlord" and "Subtenant".

                                   Page 177
<PAGE>
 
     (d)     The Subtenant covenants and agrees with the Sublandlord that it
             shall be bound by and shall fulfil all of the obligations of the
             Sublandlord under the Lease as if it had been named "Tenant"
             thereunder, save and except for the amounts of rent payable which
             shall be as set out herein.

     (e)     In its use of the Sub-leased Premises, wherever under the Headlease
             a consent of the Landlord would be required, to obtain the consent
             of the Sublandlord, and where appropriate, the Landlord.

     (f)     To indemnify and save harmless the Sublandlord from any and all
             claims made against the Sublandlord by the Landlord or others as a
             result of a contravention by the Subtenant of his covenants herein
             contained.

     (g)     Not to assign the Sublease or sublet any part of the Sub-leased
             Premises without the prior written consent of the Sublandlord and
             Landlord, such consent to be subject to the same terms and
             conditions as contained in the Headlease.

     (h)     The Subtenant agrees to accept the Sub-leased Premises in their
             current condition.

     (i)     The Subtenant covenants that it has received and reviewed the 
             Headlease.

6.   The Sublandlord covenants and agrees with the Subtenant:

     (a)     To pay the Annual Rent and the Occupancy Costs and Other Costs
             reserved by the Headlease and to perform and observe the covenants
             on the Sublandlord's part under the Headlease, so far as such
             covenants are not required to be performed and preserved by the
             Subtenant, and at all times to keep the Subtenant indemnified
             against all actions, expenses, claims and demands on account of the
             non-performance by the Sublandlord of its obligations.

     (b)     For quiet enjoyment.

     (c)     That it will not amend or surrender the Headlease during the 
             term of this Sublease.

7.   The Landlord hereby consents to this Sublease, it being understood that the
     Landlord in granting this consent does not thereby acknowledge or approve
     of or agree to be bound by any of the terms of the Sublease as between the
     Subtenant and the Sublandlord save for the direct payment of the rent by
     the Subtenant to it. It is understood and agreed by the parties that
     notwithstanding such direct payment the Sublandlord shall remain liable for
     all payments of rent as set out in the Headlease directly to the Landlord
     on the dates specified therein it being the responsibility of the
     Sublandlord to ensure that the Subtenant makes all payments. The Landlord
     shall be under no obligation to notify the Sublandlord that the Subtenant
     is in default of its payment(s) and any such default shall be 

                                   Page 178
<PAGE>
 
     deemed to be a default of the Sublandlord pursuant to the provisions of the
     Headlease.

8.   Time shall be of the essence of this Sublease.

9.   This Sublease shall be deemed to have been made and shall be construed in
     accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario.

10.  The Sublandlord and the Subtenant agree that all of the provisions of the
     Sublease are to be construed as covenants and agreements as though the
     words importing such covenants and agreements were used in each separate
     paragraph hereof. Should any provision or provisions of this Sublease be
     illegal or not enforceable, it or they shall be considered separate and
     severable from the Sublease and its remaining provisions shall remain in
     force and be binding upon the parties hereto as though the said provision
     had never been included.

11.  The Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that there are no covenants,
     representation, agreements, warranties or conditions in any way relating to
     the subject matter of this Sublet whether express or implies, collateral or
     otherwise, except those set forth in this Sublease.

12.  The Sublandlord and the Subtenant agree that this Sublease constitutes
     the entire agreement between the Sublandlord and executed by the Subtenant
     and the Sublandlord.

                                   Page 179
<PAGE>
 
         THIS Sublease shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the
Sublandlord and the Subtenant, their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto affixed their
corporate seals duly attested to by the hands of their proper signing officers
authorised in that behalf.


SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED  )
    in the presence of:       ) SUBLANDLORD:
                              ) CROSSKEYS SYSTEMS
                              ) CORPORATION
                              )
                              )
                              )
                              ) Per: /s/ John Selwyn
                                    -----------------------------
                              ) Name:     John Selwyn            c/s
                              ) Title:    Chief Executive Officer
                              )
                              )
                              ) SUBTENANT:
                              ) NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS
                              ) CORPORATION
                              )
                              ) Per: /s/ Kenneth B. Wigglesworth
                                    -----------------------------
                              ) Name:    Kenneth B. Wigglesworth  c/s
                              ) Title:    Vice President, Finance,
                                          Chief Financial Officer
                              )
                              )
                              )
                              ) LANDLORD:
                              ) KANATA RESEARCH PARK
                              )  CORPORATION
                              )
                              )
                              ) Per: /s/ Bronwen A. Heins
                                    -----------------------------
                              ) Name:    Bronwen A. Heins         c/s
                              ) Title:   Corporate Secretary
                              )

                                   Page 180
<PAGE>
 
                                  SCHEDULE "A"
                                   Floor Plan
                                   ----------

                       DATED the 1st day of October, 1996.

================================================================================



BETWEEN:

                           CROSSKEYS SYSTEMS CORPORATION

                                                               OF THE FIRST PART


AND:


                           NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                                                              OF THE SECOND PART




================================================================================

                                    SUBLEASE

================================================================================






Prepared by:               BRONWEN A. HEINS
Edit Date:
Disk Reference:   X-KEYS\SUBLEASE.AGT \NEWBRIDGE

                                   Page 181

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 11.1
                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

              (Accounting principles generally accepted in Canada)
         (Canadian dollars, amounts in thousands except per share data)



<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            for the fiscal quarter ended            for the fiscal year ended
                                                            ----------------------------            -------------------------
                                                       Jul 28,    Oct 27,    Jan 26,    Apr 30,    Apr 30,   Apr 30,    Apr 30,
                                                         1996       1996       1997       1997       1997      1996       1995
                                                         ----       ----       ----       ----       ----      ----       ----
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>        <C> 
Basic earnings per share                                                                                        
                                                                                                                
    Net earnings                                       $60,801    $62,781    $63,031   $(29,696)   $156,917  $202,864   $188,390
                                                        ======     ======     ======     ======     =======   =======    =======

    Common Shares outstanding                                                                                   
       at the beginning of the period                  168,676    169,754    170,741    171,279     168,676   164,515    161,565
    Weighted average number of Common                                                                           
       Shares issued during the period                     552        478        200        422       1,834     1,327      1,326
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------     -------   -------    -------

    Weighted average number of Common                                                                           
       Shares outstanding at the end                                                                            
       of the period                                   169,228    170,232    170,941    171,701     170,510   165,842    162,891
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======     =======   =======    =======
                                                                                                                          
    Basic earnings per share                                36(c)      37(c)      37(c)     (17)(c)      92(c)  $1.22      $1.16
                                                            ==         ==         ==         ==          ==      ====       ====




Fully diluted earnings per share

    Earnings before imputed earnings                   $60,801    $62,781    $63,031   $(29,696)   $156,917  $202,864   $188,390
    After tax imputed earnings from the                                                                          
       investment of funds received                                                                              
       through dilution                                  2,883      2,715      2,693      3,298      11,589    10,470      6,812
                                                        ------     ------     ------    -------     -------   -------    -------
    Adjusted net earnings                              $63,684    $65,496    $65,724   $(26,398)   $168,506  $213,334   $195,202
                                                        ======     ======     ======    =======     =======   =======    =======

    Weighted average number of                                                                                   
       Common Shares outstanding                                                                                 
       at the end of the period                        169,228    170,232    170,941    171,701     170,510   165,842    162,891
                                                                                                                 

       equivalents based on conversion of                                                                        
       outstanding stock options                        18,482     13,899     14,096     15,755      14,085    13,823     12,932
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------     -------   -------    -------

    Weighted average number of Common                                                                            
       Shares and equivalents outstanding                                                                       
       at the end of the period                        181,710    184,131    185,037    187,456     184,595   179,665    175,823
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======     =======   =======    =======
                                                                                                                
    Fully diluted earnings per share                        35(c)      36(c)      36(c)     (17)(c)      91(c)  $1.19      $1.11
                                                            ==         ==         ==         ==          ==      ====       ====


Earnings per share expressed in U.S. dollars

    Daily average exchange rate of a Canadian
       dollar for U.S. dollars as reported by 
       the Federal Reserve Bank of New York            $0.7309    $0.7322    $0.7406    $0.7284     $0.7344   $0.7345    $0.7248

    Basic earnings (loss) per share, in U.S. dollars        26(c)      27(c)      27(c)     (13)(c)      68(c)     90(c)      84(c)

    Fully diluted earnings (loss) per
       share, in U.S. dollars                               26(c)      26(c)      26(c)     (13)(c)      67(c)     87(c)      80(c)
</TABLE> 

                                   Page 182

<PAGE>
 
                                                                    Exhibit 11.2

                         NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION

                        COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE

         (Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States)
         (Canadian dollars, amounts in thousands except per share data)



<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                            for the fiscal quarter ended            for the fiscal year ended
                                                            ----------------------------            -------------------------
                                                       Jul 28,    Oct 27,    Jan 26,    Apr 30,    Apr 30,    Apr 30,    Apr 30,
                                                         1996       1996       1997       1997       1997       1996       1995
                                                         ----       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----       ----
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>        <C> 
Earnings per share  (U.S. GAAP - Primary)                                                                        
                                                                                                                 
    Net earnings                                       $60,801    $62,781   $(33,909)   $67,244    $156,917   $202,864   $188,390
                                                        ======     ======     ======     ======     =======    =======    =======
                                                                                                                 
    Weighted average number of                                                                                   
       Common Shares outstanding                                                                                 
       at the end of the period                        169,228    170,232    170,941    171,701     170,510    165,842    162,891
                                                                                                                 
    Net effect of dilutive stock options and                                                                     
       shares to be issued in settlement of                                                                      
       litigation, based on the treasury stock                                                                   
       method                                            5,702      4,515       --        4,853       4,015      5,148      3,755
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                                 
    Weighted average number of Common                                                                            
       Shares outstanding at the end of the                                                                      
       period as adjusted                              174,930    174,747    170,941    176,554     174,525    170,990    166,646
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======     =======    =======    =======
                                                                                                                          
    Earnings per share (U.S. GAAP)                          35(c)      36(c)     (20)(c)     38(c)       90(c)   $1.19      $1.13
                                                            ==         ==         ==         ==          ==       ====       ====


Earnings per share  (U.S. GAAP - Fully Diluted)

    Net earnings                                       $60,801    $62,781   $(33,909)   $67,244    $156,917   $202,864   $188,390
                                                        ======     ======     ======     ======     =======    =======    =======
                                                                                                                
    Weighted average number of                                                                                  
       Common Shares outstanding                                                                                
       at the end of the period                        169,228    170,232    170,941    171,701     170,510    165,842    162,891
                                                                                                                 
    Net effect of dilutive stock options and                                                                     
       shares to be issued in settlement of                                                                      
       litigation, based on the treasury stock                                                                   
       method                                            5,702      4,515       --        4,853       4,015      6,938      3,755
                                                       -------    -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------
                                                                                                                 
    Weighted average number of Common                                                                            
       Shares outstanding at the end of the                                                                      
       period as adjusted                              174,930    174,747    170,941    176,554     174,525    172,780    166,646
                                                       =======    =======    =======    =======     =======    =======    =======
                                                                                                              
    Earnings per share (U.S. GAAP)                          35(c)      36(c)     (20)(c)     38(c)       90(c)   $1.17      $1.13
                                                            ==         ==         ==         ==          ==       ====       ====


Earnings per share expressed in U.S. dollars

    Daily average exchange rate of a Canadian
       dollar for U.S. dollars as reported by 
       the Federal Reserve Bank of New York            $0.7309    $0.7322    $0.7406    $0.7284     $0.7344    $0.7345    $0.7248

    Primary earnings (loss) per share, in U.S. 
       dollars                                              25(c)      26(c)     (15)(c)     28(c)       66(c)      87(c)      82(c)

    Fully diluted earnings (loss) per
       share, in U.S. dollars                               25(c)      26(c)     (15)(c)     28(c)       66(c)      86(c)      82(c)
</TABLE> 

                                   Page 183

<PAGE>
 
                                                                     EXHIBIT 21


                 SUBSIDIARIES OF NEWBRIDGE NETWORKS CORPORATION


The names of certain other subsidiaries, which considered in the aggregate would
not constitute a significant subsidiary, have been omitted.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
                                                             Jurisdiction
Name of                                                      of Incorporation
Subsidiary                                                   or Organization
- ----------                                                   ---------------
<S>                                                          <C> 
Newbridge Networks Inc.                                        Delaware
Newbridge Networks Limited                                     England and Wales
Newbridge Networks (Asia) Limited                              Hong Kong
Advanced Computer Communications                               California
Transistemas S.A.                                              Argentina
Newbridge Networks Telecomunicacoes Ltda.                      Brazil
Newbridge Networks de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.                     Mexico
Newbridge Networks S.A.                                        France
Ouest Standard Telematique, S.A.                               France
Newbridge Networks (Middle East) WLL                           Bahrain
Newbridge Networks Japan KK                                    Japan
Newbridge Networks Australia (Pty.) Limited                    Australia
Newbridge Networks Korea Ltd.                                  Korea
Newbridge Networks Venezuela, S.A.                             Venezuela
Newbridge Networks GmbH                                        Germany
Newbridge Networks Ireland Ltd.                                Ireland
Newbridge Networks (Pty) Ltd                                   South Africa
Newbridge Networks International Corporation                   Barbados
Newbridge (Barbados) Corporation                               Barbados
Newbridge Networks S.p.A.                                      Italy
Newbridge Networks GmbH (Austria)                              Austria
Coasin Chile S.A.                                              Chile
Acacia Limited                                                 Barbados
Newbridge Networks (APL) L. BHD                                Malaysia
Danring A/S                                                    Denmark
</TABLE> 

                                   Page 184

<PAGE>
 
                                                                      EXHIBIT 23


                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements of
Newbridge Networks Corporation (the "Company") on Form S-8 (File Nos. 33-51538,
33-55964, 33-68710, 33-78276, 33-89624, 33-97472, 333-2446, and 333-30777) of
our report dated June 2, 1997 (June 24, 1997 for Note 18), included herein, on
our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which are
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K dated July 14, 1997, as included in
Item 8 herein.



/s/ Deloitte and Touche

Deloitte & Touche
Chartered Accountants

July 14, 1997

Ottawa, Canada

                                   Page 185

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of earnings and consolidated
statement of cash flows included in the Company's Form 10-K for the period
ending April 30, 1997, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such
financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<CURRENCY> CANADIAN DOLLARS
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          APR-30-1997
<PERIOD-START>                             MAY-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               APR-30-1997
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                 0.7319
<CASH>                                         197,007
<SECURITIES>                                   136,897
<RECEIVABLES>                                  397,910
<ALLOWANCES>                                    10,572
<INVENTORY>                                    159,495
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               944,928
<PP&E>                                         622,949
<DEPRECIATION>                                 328,010
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                               1,496,703
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          306,536
<BONDS>                                              0
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                       351,388
<OTHER-SE>                                     775,111
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                 1,496,703
<SALES>                                      1,376,727
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                     0
<CGS>                                          507,588
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                1,105,964
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 9,615
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               1,351
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                279,753
<INCOME-TAX>                                   117,718
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            156,917
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   156,917
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.90
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.90
        




</TABLE>

<PAGE>
 
                                   EXHIBIT 99




                                   Page 187
<PAGE>
 
                       STATEMENT OF EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Composition of the Employee Compensation Committee

The Employee Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee")
is comprised of three directors of the Corporation who are neither officers nor
employees of the Corporation or its subsidiaries. The members of the Committee
are Mr. Kent Plumley, the Chairman of the Committee, Dr. Denzil Doyle and Mr.
Daniel Rusheleau.

As established by the Board of Directors, the terms of reference for the
Committee include overall review of current compensation policies and processes
to ensure that (i) the Chief Executive Officer and the other Executive Officers
are fairly and competitively compensated; (ii) human resources development,
succession planning and performance evaluation programs are established and
operating effectively throughout the Corporation and (iii) the Corporation's
Consolidated Key Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Consolidated Plan") is
properly administered.

Report on Executive Compensation

The establishment of salary levels for the executive officers of the Corporation
is the responsibility of the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, together with
the President and Chief Operating Officer in the case of those Executive
Officers reporting to him; all are subject to review by the Committee. Salaries
are reviewed annually and are based on individual performance against specific
goals or overall accomplishment, the extent of individual responsibility and
comparisons with salaries paid in the industry. On occasion a bonus may be
awarded to an individual Executive Officer in recognition of a specific
achievement.

A significant component of Executive Compensation consists of grants of stock
options under the Consolidated Key Employee Stock Option Plan (the "Consolidated
Plan"). Options are granted primarily based on the extent of individual
responsibility and performance and on occasion are granted to attract new
executives and to recognize job promotions. While the cash compensation of
executives is generally believed to be below industry norms in relation to the
size and profitability of the Corporation, stock options provide a substantial
connection between the total long term remuneration of Executive Officers and
corporate performance as reflected in the market value of the Corporation's
Common Shares, as well as to directly align the interests of Executive Officers
with those of the shareholders.

Options vest after one year and have a maximum term of five years from the date
of grant. Shareholders will be asked to approve certain amendments to the
Consolidated Plan including amendments to the vesting period (see heading
"Resolution No. 1 - Amendment to Newbridge Networks Corporation Consolidated Key
Employee Stock Option Plan" below). The exercise price is equal to the average
of the average of the daily high and low board lot trading prices on The Toronto
Stock Exchange for the five days preceding the date of grant. The value of the
options granted to Executive Officers depends on the market price of the Common
Shares of the Corporation. Options are not transferable and may be exercised
only for so long as the optionholder remains an employee subject to certain
exceptions such as death, disability or retirement. When an option is exercised,
the Common Shares must be paid for in full.

The Corporation implemented the Newbridge Group Retirement Savings Plan/Deferred
Profit Sharing Plan effective January 1, 1997 (the "Group Plan"). Full-time and
permanent part-time employees of the Corporation in Canada are eligible to
participate in the Group Plan. Employees may contribute a percentage of annual
earnings (within the limits prescribed by current Canadian income tax
legislation) and the Corporation will, on a matching basis, contribute an amount
equal to 50% of the employees contribution, up to a maximum amount equal to 5%
of annual salary, into a deferred profit sharing plan. The Group Plan requires
two years of membership from the date of enrollment before the contributions
made by the Corporation vest to an employee.

The Board of Directors established the level of compensation to be paid to the
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO") in 1991 at an amount considered
to be reasonable, fair and equitable. Although the compensation of the CEO has
been reviewed since that time, the CEO has declined to receive any increase in
his annual cash compensation or stock options under either the Consolidated Plan
or its predecessor plans.

The foregoing has been furnished by the members of the Employee Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors: Mr. Kent Plumley (Chairman) Dr. Denzil
Doyle, Mr. Daniel Rusheleau.

                                   Page 188
<PAGE>
 
Summary Compensation Table

The following table states the compensation paid for each of the Corporation's
three most recently completed financial years to the Chief Executive Officer and
the next four most highly compensated Executive Officers (the "Named Executive
Officers") during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997.

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION>  
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                  Long Term  
                                            Annual Compensation                  Compensation 
                                   --------------------------------------        ------------              All
Name and Principal        Fiscal                         All Other             Securities Under           Other
Position                  Year       Salary   Bonus    Compensation/(1)/      Options Granted/(2)/     Compensation
                                                                        
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>                    <C>                      <C> 
Terence H. Matthews /(3)/  1997     $175,790    --        $22,584                      --                   --
Chairman of the Board      1996     $149,791    --        $47,105                      --                   --
& CEO                      1995     $148,800    --        $49,878                      --                   --
                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
Peter Sommerer             1997    $209,511     --         $7,043                    70,000                 --
Vice Chairman of the       1996    $211,147     --         $3,472                    40,000                 --          
Board                      1995    $194,372     --         $3,342                    20,000                 --
                                                                        
                                                                        
F. Michael Pascoe          1997    $231,880     --        $13,525                    20,000             $31,814/(5)/
Executive Vice President   1996    $231,438     --         $9,400                    42,000             $16,869/(5)/
and General Manager        1995    $234,872     --         $9,443                    12,000             $30,444/(5)/
Americas Region                                                         
                                                                        
                                                                        
John Everard               1997     $258,875    --        $29,860                    40,000             $20,710/(4)/
Executive Vice President   1996     $237,574    --        $27,902                    12,000             $19,006/(4)/
and General Manager        1995     $215,987    --        $21,395                    10,000             $13,291/(4)/
European  Region                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
Scott Marshall             1997     $202,413    --        $10,063                    20,000                 --
Executive Vice President   1996     $135,243    --         $6,308                    96,000                 --
Research & Development     1995     $136,270    --         $6,279                    16,000                 --


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

(1)   Except as specifically disclosed, the value of each Named Executive
      Officer's perquisites and other benefits was less than the lesser of (i)
      $50,000 and (ii) 10% of such officer's total annual salary and bonus. The
      amounts paid under "All Other Compensation" to Mr. Matthews, Mr. Sommerer,
      Mr. Pascoe, Mr. Marshall and Mr. Everard principally represent payments
      for automobile leases unless otherwise indicated.

(2)   During the fiscal year ended on April 30, 1997, the Board of Directors
      declared a two-for-one stock split effected in the form of a 100% stock
      dividend. The numbers shown in the table for previous years have been
      adjusted to reflect the stock split. Each option entitles the holder to
      acquire the indicated number of Common Shares. Particulars of stock
      options are provided under the heading "Stock Options".

(3)   Terence H. Matthews' compensation is paid by means of a management fee to
      a company which is controlled by Mr. Matthews.

(4)   Amounts paid to Mr. Everard under "All Other Compensation" represent
      contributions paid into a Retirement Benefit Plan on Mr. Everard's behalf,
      which Plan is available to all employees of the Corporation's United
      Kingdom subsidiary. Under the Plan the employer contributed 8% of the
      Executive Officer's pensionable earnings. Benefits payable upon retirement
      under the Plan are derived from a pension annuity policy purchased from an
      insurance company.

                                   Page 189
<PAGE>
 
(5)   Amounts paid to Mr. Pascoe under "All Other Compensation" represent, in
      part, the Corporation's share of contributions paid into a 401(k)
      retirement benefit plan on Mr. Pascoe's behalf, which plan is available to
      all employees of the United States subsidiary. Under the plan, the
      employer contributed 50% of the first 6% of the employees base salary
      contributed to the plan. The balance of the amount disclosed under "All
      Other Compensation" represents employer contributions paid for health and
      disability insurance. [In 1995, the amount disclosed under "All Other
      Compensation" includes relocation benefits paid to Mr. Pascoe.


Stock Options

The following table provides details of grants of options to purchase Common
Shares of the Corporation to each of the Named Executive Officers during the
fiscal year ended April 30, 1997:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          Securities       % of Total          Exercise     Market Value        Expiration
     Name                 Under         Options Granted         Price      of Securities           Date
                          Options       to Employees in          per         Underlying
                          Granted       Financial Year         Security      Options on
                                                                           Date of Grant

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>                    <C>         <C>                  <C> 
Terence H. Matthews          --                 --                --             --                 --

Peter Sommerer             20,000             .281%             $30.18         $30.18           July 26/00
                           50,000             .704%             $38.86         $38.86           Jan.  6/02

F. Michael Pascoe          20,000             .281%             $30.18         $30.18           July 26/00

John Everard               40,000             .563%             $30.18         $30.18           July 26/00

Scott Marshall             20,000             .281%             $30.18         $30.18           Jan.  6/02


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

                                   Page 190
<PAGE>
 
The following table provides details of exercises of stock options by each of
the Named Executive Officers during the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997 and the
fiscal year end value of unexercised stock options based on the closing price of
$44.60 per Common Share on April 30, 1997:

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        Securities           Aggregate             Unexercised                  Value of
                         Acquired              Value                 Options                  Unexercised
Name                    on Exercise           Realized            Exercisable(E)              in-the-Money
                                                                 Unexercisable(U)                Options
                                                                                             Exercisable [E]
                                                                                            Unexercisable [U]
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                  <C>                 <C>                        <C> 
Terence H. Matthews          --                  --                    --                        --

Peter Sommerer            132,000            $3,805,920             [E]  59,996               [E] $1,143,185
                                                                    [U] 120,004               [U] $1,856,899
                                                                                                
F. Michael Pascoe             -                   -                 [E]  35,332               [E]   $844,707
                                                                    [U]  58,668               [U] $1,232,832
                                                                                                
John Everard               10,666              $232,476             [E]       2               [E]        $49
                                                                    [U]  54,668               [U]   $928,303
                                                                                                
Scott Marshall             92,000            $2,744,385             [E]  42,664               [E]   $841,162
                                                                    [U]  89,336               [U] $1,438,757

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

Compensation of Directors

Non-employee directors of the Corporation ("Director Participants") receive an
option to purchase 10,000 Common Shares under the Consolidated Plan on the date
of each annual meeting of shareholders at which such director is elected to the
Board of Directors. A Director Participant who is appointed to the Audit
Committee, the Employee Compensation Committee, the Directors' Affairs Committee
or any future committee established by the Board of Directors and declared by
the Board of Directors to be a standing committee ("Standing Committee"), other
than as Chair of such Standing Committee, receives an option to purchase 2,000
Common Shares upon annual appointment to a Standing Committee. A Director
Participant who is appointed Chair of a Standing Committee receives an option to
purchase 4,000 Common Shares upon annual appointment as Chair. Directors are
entitled to reimbursement of all expenses for attendance at Board and Standing
Committee meetings. Directors do not receive a fee for attendance at meetings of
the Board of Directors or Committees thereof. During the fiscal year ended April
30, 1997 Director Participants as a group received options to purchase 277,000
Common Shares at a weighted average exercise price of $38.06 per share. During
the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, Director Participants as a group exercised
options to purchase 257,998 Common Shares. The aggregate market value of these
Common Shares as at the respective dates of purchase, less the exercise price,
was $1,809,500. As at June 12, 1997, 12 Director Participants held options to
purchase 672,670 Common Shares.

Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance

The Corporation maintains Directors' and Officers' Liability Insurance in the
amount of US$15,000,000 for the benefit of the directors and officers of the
Corporation and its subsidiaries. During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997,
the amount of premium paid under the policy was US$1,041,021 which covers a 3
year period from November 1, 1996 to November 1, 1999. No portion of the premium
was paid by the directors and officers of the Corporation. The policy provides
for a retention of US$1 million for each loss claimed by the Corporation. The
by-laws of the Corporation generally provide that the Corporation shall
indemnify a director or officer of the Corporation against liability incurred in
such capacity including acting at the Corporation's request as director or
officer of another corporation, to the extent permitted or required by the CBCA.


Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative return on $100 invested in Common
Shares of the Corporation with selected indices, assuming reinvestment of all
dividends. The Corporation's management consistently cautions that 

                                   Page 191
<PAGE>
 
the stock price performance shown in the graph below should not be considered
indicative of potential future share price performance.

Comparison of Cumulative Total Return Among Newbridge, NYSE Composite Index,
Pacific Stock Exchange Technology Index and TSE 300 Index for the period May 1,
1992 to April 30, 1997



                           [LINE GRAPH APPEARS HERE]


<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    April '92       April '93       April '94       April '95       April '96        April '97
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>              <C> 
Newbridge              $100            $455            $812            $493           $1,024          $1,042

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pacific Stock          $100            $111            $139            $190             $264            $298
Exchange
Technology Index
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NYSE Composite         $100            $107            $110            $121             $154            $183

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSE 300 Index          $100            $113            $127            $128             $156            $178

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE> 

Interest of Insiders in Material Transactions

The Corporation leases facilities in Canada and the United Kingdom from
companies controlled by Terence H. Matthews, Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer and the largest shareholder of the Corporation, under terms
and conditions reflecting prevailing market conditions at the time the leases
were entered into. Approximately 343,000 square feet has been leased for various
terms expiring between September 1997 and May 2002 at rates between $9.25 and
$14.00 per square foot (approximately $3,200,000 per year). During the fiscal
year ended April 30, 1996 the Corporation purchased a facility from a company
controlled by Mr. Matthews for its fair market value of $5,244,000.

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, the Corporation paid $2,621,000 for
research and development services from associated companies under usual trade
terms and conditions (fiscal 1996 -- $507,000). The Corporation also purchased
$8,597,000 of equipment and software from associated companies under usual trade
terms, generally for resale (fiscal 1996 -- $7,442,000). The Corporation sold
$20,559,000 of equipment and software to associated 

                                   Page 192
<PAGE>
 
companies under usual trade terms, generally for resale (fiscal 1996 --
$1,207,000). The Corporation has equity interests in these associated companies
ranging from 22% to 39% and is represented on the boards of directors of these
companies.

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1997, the Corporation purchased
approximately $3,393,000 of equipment under usual trade terms and conditions
from companies in which the Corporation has no equity interest, but for which
certain directors of the Corporation served as chief executive officer and as a
director and from corporations for which Terence H. Matthews served as a
director (fiscal 1996 -- $944,000).

During the fiscal year ended April 30, 1996, the Corporation performed
subcontracted research and development under agreements between the Corporation
and corporations controlled by three directors of the Corporation. Subcontracted
research and development under these agreements totalled $3,200,000 for fiscal
1996 (fiscal 1995 -- $4,900,000) and is accounted for as a recovery of gross
research and development costs. The period covered by the subcontracted research
and development agreements ended in the third quarter of fiscal 1996. The
Corporation will pay a net royalty between 2% and 10%, depending on the level of
cumulative royalties paid, on all sales of products developed.

Certain officers and directors of the Corporation and members of their immediate
families own Common Shares in entities in which the Corporation also owns Common
Shares.

The Corporation has a policy that all transactions between the Corporation and
it's officers, directors, principal shareholders or their affiliates, including
the extension of any credit, will be on terms no less favourable to the
Corporation than could be obtained from unrelated third parties and will be
approved by a majority of the Board of Directors and a majority of the
Corporation's disinterested directors.

                                   Page 193


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission